EPA 440/1-74/030-^
 Group 1, Phase II
      Development Document for
  Effluent Limitations Guidelines and
  New Source Performance Standards
                fot the

     FABRICATED  AND RECLAIMED
            Segment of the

        RUBBER PROCESSING

        Point Source Category
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENfCY
              DECEMBER 19.74

-------
             • •*/jo3*
I-
       DEVELOPMENT DOCUMENT

               for

EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES

              and

NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

            for the
                                   Russell E. Train
        Admi
                                        nistrator
                                    Janes L. Agee
                        Assistant Administrate? for Water and
                                 Hazardous Materials
                       Ti*           Allen Cywln
                       Director, Effluent Guidelines Division
                                  Richard
                                  Project
              J. Klnch
              Officer
                                  December,  1974
                                         D. C.  20460
             *<* M. b, tb. fc.prt.uote « Doeo^ta, UA Oormn,

-------

-------
k-m
                                            ABSTRACT
                  This document  presents  the findings of an extensive study of
                  the  rubber  processing   industry   to   develop   effluent
                  limitations  guidelines,   Federal  standards of performance,
                  and pretreatment  standards for the industry,  to  implement
                  sections   304, 306,  and 307 of the  Federal Mater Pollution
                  Control Act, as amended (33 USC 1251,  1314,  and  1316;  86
                  Stat 816).

                  Effluent   limitations   guidelines  contained herein set forth
                  in the degree  of  effluent reduction attainable  through  the
                  application  of   the  best  practicable  control  technology
                  currently  available and the  degree  of  effluent  reduction
                  attainable  through  the   app
                              Heat ion  of the best available
technology economically achievable, which must  be  achieved
by  existing point sources by July 1, 1977 and July 1, 1983,
respectively.  The Standards of Performance for new  sources
contained  herein set forth the degree of effluent reduction
which is achievable through  the  application  of  the  best
available   demonstrated   control   technology,  processes,
operating methods, or other a ternatives.

The development of data and recommendations 1n the  document
relate  to  the  overall rubber processing Industry which is
divided into four major .segments:  general molded,  extruded
and   fabricated   rubber   products,  wet  digester  rubber
reclaiming,  pan  (heater),  mechanical  and  dry  digestion
rubber  reclaiming  and  latek-based products.  The industry
has been further subcategorized into seven subcategories  on
the  basis  of  the  characteristics  of  the  manufacturing
processes  involved.    Separate  effluent  limitations  were
developed for each category on the basis of the level  of raw
waste  load as well  as on the J       	
by suggested model  systems.   	  _.,_
biological and physical/chemical  treatment.

Supportive  data  and  the  rationale for development  of the
effluent limitations  guidelines and standards of performance
are contained in this report.
                                               degree of treatment achievable
                                                These  systems  Include  both
                                                1i

-------
                                           CONTENTS
•*'
            Section
               I

              n

             m
               17
              VI
ABSTKO?

TABLES

FIGURES

CONCLUSIONS

REXDCWMENDRTIONS
                             Purpose and Authority
                             Summary of Methods Used for Development
                               of the Effluent Limitations Guidelines
                               and Standards of Performance
                             General Description of the Industry
                                         of gpngra^ Molded Products
     Manufacture of General Extruded Products
     Manufacture of General Fabricated Products
     Reclaimed Rubbed Production '
     Depolymerizationj          —
     Manufacture of General Latex-Based Products

                CZATIC&J
                       and Fabricated Rubber Products
INDUSTRY CATBQORI5
     Introduction
     Molded, Extruded
     Rubber Reclaiming
     Latex-Based Products

WASTE CHARACTERIZATIC fl

     General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated
       Rubber Subcatebories
     Wet Digestion, Pan (Heater), Mechanical
       and Dry Digestion
       Rubber Reclaimling Industries
     Latex-Based Products

SELECTICN OF POLLUTIO!? PARMETERS  ,

     General Molded, Sxtruded, and Fabricated
       Rubber Subcatebories
     Rubber Reclaim Industry
     Latex-Based Products
                                                            V11

                                                            x1

                                                              1

                                                              5

                                                            15

                                                            15
16
18
19
26
32
46
48
52

67

67
67
71
74

77
                                                                                     77
                                                             82
                                                             86

                                                             91
                                                                                     91
                                                                                     99
                                                                                    107

-------
    Section
     VII
   VIII
   XI



 XII

xrii

 xrv
                              CONTENTS
                             (Continued)
                OON1K2L AND TREATMENT
                       2SCHNQLOGY
                     Survey of Selected Plants


                         Digestion Rubber Reclaiming
     Latex-Based Sufccabegories
COST,
                           T, AND
                                      b
                                          QU&Lny
                    Latex-Based Products
                   Latex-Based Prcductis

              BEST AVAIIABLE
   Latex-Based Subcat
                                        ies
  Effluent Limitations
  Rretreatment Recommendations
     BIBLIOGRAPHY
            C3LOSSAKY
                                VI
                                                    ACHIEVABLE
    Page


    117

    117

    140
    144

   146
   148

   153
                                                            353
                                                            164

                                                            Y70'
                                                            174
                                                                           201
                                                           201
                                                           208

                                                           209
                                                           211
 219


 219
 220

 221
 221

 225

 225
 226

 229

231

233

-------
" Table No.


     1
     3


     4
1967 Shipments of
by U.S. Producers
                                   TABLES
                   Title
General Molded Products
                Process-Associated Waste Water Sources
                from the Production of Molded Rubber
                Items
1967 Shipments of
General Extruded
Products by U.S. Producers

Process-Associated Waste Water Sources
from the Production of Extruded Rubber
Products Including Rubber Hose and
Belting (SIC 3041)
Page


 20


 27



 28


 31
•! ' ' - I ' • '
.5 1967 Shipments of | General Fabricated
Products by U.S. Producers
; , • • 1 -- -
6 Process-Associate*
f From Rubber F«ptw<
1 7 Consumption of Ret
i L Product
-._ jt 8 Process-Associate<
gJI from Rubber Recla:
; 9 1967 Shipments of
f Products by U.S. I
; •
: 10 Process-Associatec
from Latex-Based I
! . 11 Process-Associate<
from Cement Dippet
1 Waste Water Sources
tar Production
claimed Rubber by
'
1 Waste Water Sources
jning
General Latex-Based
'roducers
I Waste Water Sources
lipped Goods Production
1 Waste Water Sources
i Goods Production
i! I 12 Raw Waste Loads of Total Effluent from
1 Subcategories E, F9 and G. Plants
_ 13 Raw Waste Loads of Process Effluents
from Typical Subcategories E, F, and G
14 Raw Waste Loads oi
Subcategories H ai

Total Effluent from
id I Plants
vii

33
^
42
•47
53
54
58
62
78
81
83
•-. . • - .••'..' ,-..•..•

-------
'Ill
Table No.

   15


   16


   17


   18



   19



   20



   21



   22



   23


   24


   25
   4.




   .26
                                             TABLES
                                           (Continued)

                                             tit
                   Title
                         Raw Waste Loads  of  Process Effluents from
                         Typical  Subcategories  H and  I Processes
                         Raw Waste Loads  of  Process Effluents from
                          Subcategories J and K Facilities
Raw Waste Loads of Process Effluents from
Typical Subcategories J and K Facilities

Waste Water Control and Treatment Technologies
at Subcategories E,F,j & G Plants with Exemplary
Features

Waste Water Control £ nd Treatment Technologies
for Subcategories H,I,J, and K plants with
Exemplary Features
                         Estimated Waste Watei
                         Different Degrees  of
                         Subcategory E Plant

                         Estimated Waste Watei
                         Different Degrees  of
                         Subcategory F Plant

                         Estimated Waste Watei
                         Different Degrees  of
                         Subcategory G Plant
                      Treatment Costs at
                     Treatment for a
                      Treatment Costs at
                     Treatment for a
                      Treatment Costs at
                     Treatment for a
                         Estimated Waste Water Treatment Costs for
                         Lead Treatment  for  Subcategories E,F, and G.
                         Estimated Waste Watei  Control Costs for a Wet
                         Digestion "Reclaim Plant  (Subcategory H)
                         Estimated Waste Watei
                         Different Degrees  of
                         Dry Digester,  or
                         (Subcategory I)
 Treatment Costs at
Treatment for a Pan,
       Reclaim Plant
                 Mechanical
                         Estimated Waste Water Control Costs for a
                         Latex Dipped Plant  (Subcategory J)
                                             viii
Page
  84


  87


  90


  119



  120



  156



  157



 ,158



  159


I  167


  171
                                                                      178

-------
Table Ko.

   27



   28
   29
   30
   31
   32
   33
   34
   35
   36
                   TABLES
                 (Continued)

                 Title
Estimated Waste Water Treatment Costs at
Different Degrees of Treatment for a
Latex Foam Plant (Subcategory K)

BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital
Costs for a Typical-Small-Sized Molded,
Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
(Subcategory E)

BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs
for a Typical Medium-Sized Molded, Extruded
or Fabricated Rubber Plant (Subcategory F)
BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs
for a Typical Large-Sized Molded, Extruded
or Fabricated Rubber Plant (Subcategory G)

BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Costs for a Typical
Wet Digestion Rubber Reclaiming Plant
(Subcategory H)
BPCTCA and BATEA
for a Typical Plan,
leal Reclaim Plant
Treatment
        Capital Costs
 Dry Digester or Mechan-
(Subcategory I)
BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs
for a Typical Latex Dipping -Production
Facility (Subcategory J)
Technology_A .Capital Costs for a Typical
Latex Foam Plant (Subcategory K)

Technology B Capital Costs for. .a Typical
Latex Foam Plant (Subcategory K)
BPCTCA and BATEA
Costs for a .Typical
Extruded or
(Subcategory E)
Operating
                           Fabricated
        and Maintenance
 Small-Sized Molded,
    Rubber Plant
Page

 181



 184




. 185



 1861



.187



 188



 189



 190


 191



 197
                                 ttx

-------
Table No.
   37
  ,38
   39
   40
   41
   42
   43
   44
                                  TABLES
                                (Continued)
                Title
 BPCTCA and BATEA
 Costs for a Typi
Operating and Maintenance
:al Medium-Sized Molded,
               Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
               (Subcategory F)
 BPCTCA and BATEA
Operating and Maintenance
               Costs for a Typical Large-Sized Molded,
               Extruded or Fabricated  Rubber Plant
               (Subcategory G)
BPCTCA and BATEA
Costs  for a Typical
Reclaiming Plant
Operating and Maintenance
   Wet Digestion Rubber
(Subcategory H)
 BPCTCA and BATEA Operating  and Maintenance
 Costs for a Typi :al Pan, Dry Digester  or
 Mechanical Reclaim Plant  (Subcategory  I)
 BPCTCA and BATEA
 Costs  for a Typical
"(Subcategory J)
Operating and Maintenance
   Latex Dipping Production
Technology A Operating and Maintenance Cost for
a Typical Latex Foam Production Facility
(Subcategory K)

Technology B  Operating and Maintenance
Costs  for a Typical Latex Foam Production
Facility  (Subcategory K)
 Conversion Table
Page


193




194




195



196



197



198



199


240

-------
Figure No.

  1
  4


  5
  7


  8


  9


 10



 11



 12
                             FIGURES
              Title
 Flew Diagram for
 Typical Molded Item
                 Flow Diagram for
                 Typical Extruded
                 Beltii>g and
 the Production of a
                  the Production of
                  Items Such as
             Sheeting
                 Flow Diagram for the Production of
                 Typical Hose Items (Including
                 Reinforced Types)
Flow Diagram for
 the Production
of Typical Canvas Footwear Items

Flow Diagram of Typical Mechanical
Pan  (Heater), and Wet Digester
Reclaim Processes
Waste Water Treatment Facility
for Subcategory J Plants

Hypothetical End-jsf-Pipe Primary
and Secondary Waste Water Treatment
             Subcc
Page ND.

  22


  30



  34



  44


  49
Flow Diagram for
of Typical Latex-
Items
Flow Diagram for
of Typical Cement
Flow Diagram for
of Typical Latex
the Production
•Based Dipped
the Production
: Dipped Items
the Production
Foam Items
Waste Water Recycle System for
the Wet Digester Reclaim Process
.•
Hypothetical Wast
and Treatment Fac
Subcategories E/
Hypothetical End-
e Water Segregation
ility for
F, "G, and I Plants
of-Pipe Secondary
56
. 59
63
134
160
T71
                                                           180
                Facility for Sul
category K Plants
                               XI

-------

-------
                              SECTION I

                                :LUSIONS
         CON
There are three major groupings in the fabricated and reclaimed rubber
segment  of  the  rubber  processing  industry   which   this   report
encompasses.    These  groupings!,  determined  on  the  basis  of  raw
materials used or products produced,  include:   1)   General  Molded,,
Extruded, and Fabricated Products; 2)  Reclaimed Rubber; and 3) Latex-
based Products.

Subcategories  referred to withil the development document are labeled
according to the corresponding Subpart used in the  Federal  Register.
Therefore,  since  Subpart  E  within  the  Federal Register refers to
small-sized General Molded, Extrjuded  and  Fabricated  Rubber  Plants,
this   subcategory   will  be  referred  to  as  Subcategory  E.   The
subcategories will be referred tp as follows:
    Subcategory E - Small-sized jseneral Molded, Extruded,
                    and Fabricated Rubber Plants
    Subcategory F - Medium-sized
             General Molded, Extruded,
                    and Fabricated Rubber Plants

    Subcategory G - Large-sized Seneral Molded, Extruded,
                    and Fabricated Rubber Plants

    Subcategory H - Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber

    Subcategory I
Pan, Dry Digestion, and Mechanical
Reclaimed
                                ibber
    Subcategory J - Latex-dipped, Latex-extruded, and
                    Latex-molded Goods
    Subcategory K - Latex Foam
For the purpose of establishing
Extruded,  and  Fabricated  Rubber
facility size, as determined by
water  flow_-rates  and  loadings
substantiate  this  breakdown.
final  product, raw materials, plant
pollution  equipment,  and  the
waters are  similar  within  each
substantiate the subcategorization
            effluent limitations. General  Molded,
               Products has been subcategorized by
            usage of raw materials. * Process waste
             and  costs  of  control  technologies
            Factors such as manufacturing process,
                age,  geographical  location,  air
             nature  and treatability of the waste
                size   subcategory   and   further

-------
Process  waste waters  evolved from  facilities within Subcategories E,
F, and G  include discharges of processing solutions, washdown of plant
areas,  runoff  from outdoor storage areas, spills and leaks of  organic
solvents   and   lubricating  oils,  and vulcanizer condensate.  Primary
pollutants (or indicators of pollution)  in these waste waters are  oil
and   grease,   suspended solids,  and  acidity and/or alkalinity  (pH).
Lead  and  COD are other  pollutants of importance  encountered  in  hose
fabrication which  employs lead-sheathed  or cloth~wrapped cures.

To  be controlled and treatjed, process waste waters must be isolated
from  other nonprocess waste waters such  as  service  water  discharges
and uncontaminated storm runoff.  Treatment  of process waste waters in
a  combined process/nonprocess  system   is  ineffective  because  the
relatively large  volume  of  nonprocess waste  waters  dilute   the
contaminated   process   waste  waters.  Segregated processing solutions
such  as anti-tacking agents can  be  containerized.   Segregated  oily
process  waste waters can be treated in  an API-type separator followed
by a  filter coalescer.

Reclaimed Rubber has been further subdivided in this  study  based  on
the    process   employed.   Subcategory   H  —  Wet  Digestion  Rubber
Reclaiming employs a wet probess;   Subcategory  I  --•  Pan  (Heater),
Mechanical,    and   Dry  Digestion  Rubber  Reclaiming  utilizes  dry
processes.  Process waste water flow rates and  loadings  substantiate
this  subcategorization.

Process  waste waters  evolved by both Subcategory H and Subcategory I
plants  include discharges of processing  solutions, washdown and runoff
from  all  plant areas,   spillis  and  leaks  of  organic  solvents  and
lubricating  oils,  and discharges  from wet  air-pollution  control
devices.   An   additional  process  waste  water  evolved  by  the  Wet
Digestion process  (Subcategory H) is dewatering liquor.  No additional
process waste  waters are evolved in  the  dry  processes (Subcategory I).
Primary  pollutants (or indicators)   are  COD, oil and grease, suspended
solids, and acidity and/or alkalinity (pH).
The technologies necessary to
Pan   (heater) , Dry Digestion,
are similar to those employed
control and treat waste waters from  the
and Mechanical processes (Subcategory I)
for the Molded, Extruded and  Fabricated
Rubber  subcategories.   These  include  isolation  of  process  waste
streams, containment of processing solution wastes, and  treatment  of
other process waste waters for suspended solids and oil.

Treatment  of  processing  waste waters from the Wet Digestion process
involves isolation and containment of  processing  solutions  and  the
recycle   and   reuse   of  oil-contaminated  dewatering  liquors  and
discharges from wet air-pollution equipment.

The  Latex-based  Products'  have  been  subcategorized  based  on  the
process,  plant size, waste water characteristics, and treatability of

-------
V;
           the waste waters.   There are -two
           latex-dipped,    latex-extruded,
           Subcategory K,  latex foam.
sutcategories:    Subcategory  J,  the
 and   latex-molded'   products;   and
           Process  waste waters evolved from both subcategories  include  product
           wash  and rinse waters and spill's, and washdown from processing areas„
           and  runoff   from  outdoor  storage  areas.    Primary  pollutants  (or
           indicators)   are  COD,  BOD, suspended solids, oil,  and acidity and/or
           alkalinity (pH).   In addition,  zinc is present in process waste waters
           evolved  at latex foam facilities.  When chromic  acid  is  used  as  a
           form-cleaning  agent,  chromium  will  be present in the process waste
           waters from  latex-dipped or latex-molded facilities.

           The technologies identified to  control and treat waste waters from the
           production of latex-based products (Subcategory J and  Subcategory  K)
           include   segregation  of  process waste water streams, coagulation and
           clarification of latex-laden wasjbe waters, and  biological  treatment,,
           In  addition,   chemical  precipitation  of  zinc  in  rinse  waters at
           facilities producing latex foam may be utilized to  comply  with  zinc
           limitations.

-------

-------
3
                              SECTION II

                           RECOMMENDATIONS
Process  waste  waters evolved from sources within the General Molded,
Extruded,  and  Fabricated  Rubber   Plants  Subcategories  should  be
treated for suspended solids, I oil and grease, lead (where applicable),
and  pH.   Limitations  and standards for the best practicable control
technology currently available are based on raw material  usage.    For
plants  consuming  less
materials these are:
                 than
Effluent
Characteristic
3,720  kg/day  (8,200  Ibs/day)   of raw
                    Maximum f ar
                    any one day
         (Metric units)   kg/kkg of raw material
Oil and grease
TSS
PH
                0.70
                1.28
Oil and grease
TSS
pH
                0.70
                1.28
                         Effluent
                         Limitations

                            Average of daily
                            values for thirty
                            consecutive days
                            shall not exceed
         0.25
         0.614
                Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

(English units)    lb/1000 Ib of raw material
         0.25
         0.64
                Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
In addition to the above limitations, discharges attributable to lead-
sheathed hose production are subject to the following limitation.
Effluent
Characteristi c
            V
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
                    T
  Effluent
  Limitations

     Average of daily
     values for thirty
     consecutive days
     shall not exceed
                            /M
 (Metric units)    kg/ikkg of raw material
Lead
                0.0017
         0.0007

-------
        (English units)   j.b/100 0 Ib of _raw material
Lead
                        0.0017
For plants utilizing wet scrubbers, an additional allowance for TSS is
as follows:
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
          (Metric units)    kg/kkc
               0.0007
        Effluent
        Limitations

           Average of daily
           values for thirty
         ,  consecutive days
           sha}! not exceed

        of raw material
TSS
TSS
                         5.8
      figuivalent

                2.9
         (English units)    lb/1000 Ib of raw_material
                         5.8
 •For plants consuming between 3,720 kg/day (8,200 Ibs/day)   and  10,430
 kg/day (23,000 Ibs/day)  of raw materials the limitations and standards
 are:                    ,   v
 Effluent
 Characteristic
                     Maximum for
                     any one day
         Effluent
         Limitations

            Average of daily
            values for thirty
            consecutive days
            shall not exceed.
          (Metric units)   feg/kkg of raw material
 Oil and grease
 TSS
 PH
0.42
0.80
Within
         0.15
         0.40
the range 6.0 to 9.0.
          (English units)   I±L£™nn  lb  of  raw material
 Oil and grease
 TSS
 pH
0.80
Within
the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                0.15
                0.40

-------
In addition to the above limitations, discharges attributable to lead-
sheathed hose production are subject to the following limitation.
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
         Effluent
         Limitations

            Average of daily
            values for thirty
            consecutive days
            shall pot exceed
         (Metric units)
Lead
Lead
  kg/kkg of raw material
     J'
0.001
0.0007
        (English units)   jLb/tOOOTnlb of^raw_material
0.001
For plants utilizing wet scrubbers, an additional allowance for TSS is
as follows:
Effluent
Characteristic
                0.0007
                    Maximum for
                    any one da'y
         Effluent
         Limitations

            Average of daily
            values for thirty
            consecutive days
            shall not exceed
         (Metric units)   kg/kkg of raw material
TSS
TSS
5.8
5,8
Finally,  for  plants using r<
       equivalent

                2.9
        (English units)   lb/1,QOO Ib of raw material
        equivalent

                2.9

      w material at a rate greater than 10,<»30
kg/day '(23,000 Ibs/day) the recommended effluent standards are:
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
         Effluent
         Limitations

            Average of daily
            values for thirty

-------
                                      consecutive days

Oil
TSS
nft
P"

Oil
TSS
T-itJ
pH
(Metric units)
and grease


(English units)
and grease


kqr/kk
0.26
0.50
Within <
ib/10(
0.26
0. 50
Within -t
»-•**** +. j. ajwi^ ^=A.wt:ea
3_of raw material


:he
)0 1


he
0.093
0.25
range 6.0 to 9,0.
Lb of raw ma*-<»rT^i
0.093
0.25
range 6.0 to 9.0.

 Effluent
 Characteristic
                     Maximum for
                     any one day
          (Metric units)    kg/kkg
 Lead
 Lead
                         0.0017
        Effluent
        Limitations

           Average of daily
           values for thirty
           consecutive days
           shall not exceed

       .of raw material
                                         0.0007
         (English units)    ib^000_lb^of_raw_inaterial
                         0.0017

                          scrubbers,
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
         (Metric units)
               0.0007

             additional allowance  for TSS is
       Effluent
       Limitatigns
          Average of daily
          values for thirty
          consecutive days
          shall not
kq/kkcr of raw material
     equivalent"
TSS
                        5.8
                                        2.9

-------
        (English units)    J.b/
TSS
5.8
      OOP Ib of raw material
equivalent

        2.9
For all three subcategories; BPCTCA, BATEA, and  NSPS  are  equivalent
except for the allowance for 
-------
                              any one day
                   (Metric units)    kq/kkq
          COD
          Oil and grease
          TSS
          PH
14.7
 0.40
 1.04
 Within t
             values for thirty
             consecutive days
             shall not exceed

          of product
        6.11
        0.144
        0.52
   range 6.0 to 9.0.
                  (English units)    lb/1.000 lb of product
          COD
          Oil and grease
          TSS
          pH
14.7
 0.40
 1.04
 Within t
        6.11
        0.144
        0.52
   range 6.0 to 9.
          For Subcategory Ef  no additional  reduction  is  reconmended  for  the
          limitations and standards on COD, suspended solids, or oil represented
          by  the  best  available technoljogy economically achievable or for new
          sources coming on stream after the guidelines are put into effect.   It
          is recognized that  no reclaimed rubber sources using the wet digestion
          process are likely  to come on stream.   Reasonable alternatives to  the
          Wet  Digestion  process  are  the  pan,  dry  digester  or  mechanical
          processes.   These processes generate a less contaminated  waste  water
          and, according to industry spokesmen,  are economically more favorable.

          Process waste waters evolved fron the Pan, Dry Digestion or Mechanical
          Rubber  Reclaiming   industry  (Subcategory  I)   should  be treated for
          suspended solids, oil and pH.  Limitations and standards for the  best
          practicable  control  technology
          material usage and are as follows:
sr
          Effluent
          Characteristic
                              Maximum for
                              any one day
                   (Metric units)    kq/kkq
          Oil and grease
          TSS
          PH
 0.40
 0.384
 Within t
           currently available are based on raw
          Effluent
          Limitations

             Average of daily
             values for thirty
             consecutive days
             shall not exceed

          of product
        0.144
        0.192
:ie  range 6.0  to 9.0.
                  (English units)    lb/1000 lb of product

-------
Oil and grease
TSS
pH
            O.«*0
            0.384
               Within the range 6.0  to 9.0.
mechanical
process.
reclaimed rubber
Effluent
Cha racteri sti c
                               0.144
                               0.192
The following COD limitations may apply to  pan,  dry  digestion,  and
                    processes integrated with a wet digestion
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
                        Effluent
                        Limitations

                           Average of daily
                           values for thirty
                           consecutive days
                           shall not exceed
COD
COD
(Metric units)    kg

               6.7
                            /k
                  kg of product
                                        2.8
      .  (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of product
               6.7
                                        2.8
No additional reduction is recommended for the limitations represented
by the best available technology economically achievable  or  for  new
sources coming on-stream after the guidelines are put into effect.

contaminants  in  the  process waste waters evolved from latex-dipped,
latex-extruded and latex-molded operations  (Subcategory J)  should  be
controlled  and  treated for
                    BOD, suspended solids, oil, chromium, and
pH.  The limitations and standards for the  best  practicable  control
technology  currently  available  are  based  on  total  latex  solids
consumption and are -as follows:
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum  for
                    any one  day
                        Effluent
                        Li mi ta t ion s

                           Average of daily
                           values for thirty
                           consecutive days
                           sha11 not exceed
                             XkJ
(Metric units)   kcr/kkg of raw material
Oil  and grease
BOD 5
TSS~
pH
               2.0
               3.72
               6.96
               With
                             0.73
                             2.20
                             2.90
                 .n the range 6.0  to 9.0.
                                11

-------
          (English units)    lb/1000
  Oil and'grease
  BODS
  TSS~
  pH
                         2.0
                         3.72
                         6.96
                         Within
the
                                  lb of raw material
     0.73
     2.20
     2.90
range 6.0 to 9.0.
  In addition  to  the  above  limitations,   discharges  attributable  to
  chromic  acid   form  cleaning  operations are  subject to the following
  limitation.                                                           ^
>  Effluent
  Characteristic
                                 Effluent
                                 Limitations
                      Maximum for
                      any one day
                                    Average of daily .
                                    values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                                    shall not exceed
           (Metric units)    kg/kkg of raw material
 Chromium
                        0.0086

        (English units)   lb/1000
Chromium
                          0.0086
                                         0.0036

                                   lb of raw material
                                        0.0036
 No additional reduction is recommended for the limitations represented
 by the best available technology Economically achievable  or  for  new
 sources coming on-stream after thd guidelines are put into effect.

 Contaminants   in   process  waste  waters  evolved  from  latex  foam
 operations  (Subcategory K) include^ BOD, suspended  solids,  zinc,  and
 pH.   The  limitations  for  the  best  practicable control technology
 currently available are based on total latex  solids  consumption  and
 are as follows:
 Effluent
 Characteristi c
                                 Effluent
                                 llimitations
                     Maximum for
                     any one day
          (Metric units)   kq/kkg of raw material
 Zinc
                         0.058
                               12
                                    Average of daily
                                    values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                                    shall not exceed

-------
 BOD5
 TSS
- pH
 Zinc
 BOD5
 TSS
 pH
                2.26
                Within

(English units)    lb/J(
                0.058
                2.4
                2.26
                Within
          1.4
          0.94
 the range 6.0  to 9.0.

OOP Ib of raw material
          0.024
          1.4
          0.9U
 the range 6.0 to 9.0,
 No additional reduction is recommended for the limitations represented
 by  the  best  available technology economically achievable or for new
 sources coming on-stream after the guidelines are put into effect.
                             13

-------

-------
mil
                                         SECTION III


                                         INTRODUCTION
             Purpose and Authority

             Section 301 (b) of the Act requires the achievement, by not later  than
             July   1,  1977,  of effluent limitations for point sources (other than
             publicly owned treatment works) which are based on the application  of
             the  "best  practicable control technology currently available" as de-
             fined by the Administrator pursuant to Section 304(b) of the Act.

             Section 301(b) also requires the achievement, by not later  than  July
             1,  1983,  of  effluent  limitations  for  point  sources  (other than
             publicly owned treatment works) which are based on the application  of
             the  "best  available  technology  economically achievable" which will
             result in reasonable further progress  toward  the  national  goal  of
             eliminating   the  discharge  I of  all  pollutants,  as'  determined  in
             accordance with regulations issued by the  Administrator  pursuamt  to
             Section 304(b) of the Act.    I

             Section  306  of  the Act requires the achievement by new sources of a
             Federal standard of performance providing for the control of the  dis-
             charge  of  pollutants  that  |would  reflect  the  greatest  degree of
             effluent reduction which the Administrator determines to be achievable
             through the application of the "best  available  demonstrated  control
             technology,  processes,  operating  methods,  or  other alternatives",
             including, where  practicable,
             pollutants.
                              a standard permitting  no  discharge  of
             Section   304(b)  of  the  Act   requires   the  Administrator to publish,
             within one  year  of   enactment  of   the  Act,   regulations  providing
             guidelines  for  effluent limitations  setting forths
                     The  degree of effluent
                     plication   of   the
                     currently available.
                                reduction attainable through  the  ap-
                                best  practicable  control  technology
                 2.   The  degree of effluent  reduction attainable through  the   ap-
                     plication   of   the best  control  measures  and   practices
                     achievable  (including   treatment  techniques,  process    and
                     procedure   innovations,   operation   methods,   and   other
                     alternatives).
The  regulations  herein  set
pursuant to Section 304(b)  of
 forth  effluent  limitation  guidelines
the Act for the fabricated and reclaimed
             rubber segment of the rubber processing industry which  encompasses the
                                           15

-------
          manufacturer   of   rubber   footwear,   reclaimed rubber,  rubber hose  and
          belting,  miscellaneous fabricated-  rubber  products,  rubber
          rubber packing and retreaded  tirejs,
                   *    °f
          to   Section   306 (b)   (1)   (A)   of
          establishing  Federal standards  of
          such categories.  "  - -  -  -
          of   January   16,
          Publication   of
          Admini strator's
                   the  Act requires the Administrator, within one ypar
                     sources is included in a list  published  pursuant
                                                            regulations
                                                                 within
                 the  Act,  to  propose
          .    - performances for new source  wxtmn
,«-,,Administrator published, in the Federal Register
1973 (38 F.R. 1624), a list of 27 source	
 the   list   constituted   announcement   of    the
intention   of       	
                      r,,-^            .-    establishing,  under  Section  306,
                      performance applicable to new sources within  the  rubber
                                Ubber'  «**«*  hose and Citing, miscellaneous^
                                 J?' rUbbef  Baskets, rubber packing and sealing
                             treading,   a^d  polysulfide   synthetic   rubber
                                              ™*™^< wh^ -re included
            B»   ••       docrent  identify   (^  terms  of  chemical,
         physical   and  biological characteristics of pollutants) the level of
         pollutant reduction attainable through the  application  of  the  best
                      technol°gy
         ™          H
         available technology economically

                                    be
                                           currently    ailable  ad  the
**H
N
                                    achievable.   The  guidelines  also
I^TT^T^" ~j~-—I 	V "."*•="- *"= ^wnoidered in identifying the technology
levels and in determining the control measures and practices which are
to be applicable within given industrial categories or classes?

Sh^JdSoi«J«, £°  tech"icai Actors, the Act requires that a number of
otter factors be considered, such as the costs or  cost-benefit  study
and  the environmental impacts not related to water quality (including
2ShSlogilsirementS)   resultin*  from   ««   application*  of   such

                  *      '         I              ' '    '   '  ' '
      IneJ-anJ^aarl^f^fSSsSS-- ~ ^ lf^^ toitatians
                                 9«ideline  and standards of performance herein
         were developed in  a  stepwise manner.
         The development of appropriate 	
         and  the   establishment of  effluenjt
         require a  sound understanding and
         the  processes  involved,   water
         characteristics of waste water,
         the capabilities of existing
                               industry
                                the
                             control
                   _  categories  and  subcategories
                 guidelines and treatment standards
               knowledge of  the  rubber  industry,
               use,   recycle  and  reuse  patterns,
                 respective raw waste loadings, and
                  and treatment methods.
        Initial categorizations  and
        materials  used, product produced,
        other factors such as plant age.
                              subcategorj
                     izations  were  based  on  raw
                manufacturing process employed, and
               Published literature  was  consulted
                                       16

-------
to  verify  raw  waste  characteristics and treatabilities in order to
support the initial industry categorizations  and  subcategorizations.
The raw waste characteristics for each tentative subcategory were then
fully  identified.   Factors  considered  in  this analysis were:  the
supply and volume of water used in the process "employed;  the  sources
of  waste  and  waste  waters  in  the  plant;  and  the constituents,
including thermal effects, of all waste  waters  together  with  those
contaminants  which  are  toxic or result in taste, odor, and color in
water or aquatic organisms.  iThe constituents of  waste  waters  which
should  be subject to effluent limitations guidelines and standards of
performance were identified.

The full range of control and treatment technologies  existing  within
each  subcategory  was identified.  This involved an identification of
each distinct control and treatment  technology  (including  both  in-
plant  and  end-of-pipe technologies) which are existent or capable of
being  designed  for  each   subcategory.    It   a.lso   included   an
identification  in  terms  of  the  amount  of constituents (including
thermal   effects),   the   chemical,   physical,    and    biological
characteristics  of  pollutants, and the effluent level resulting from
the application of each of the  treatment  and  control  technologies.
The  problems,  limitations/reliability  of each treatment and control
technology, and the required implementation time were also  identified
to  the  extent  possible.   In addition, the environmental impact not
pertaining to water quality, feuch as the effects of the application of
such technologies upon other pollution problems (including air,  solid
waste,  noise,  and  radiation)  was  also  identified  to  the extent
possible.   The  energy  requirements  of  each  of  the  control  and
treatment  technologies  werel  identified  as  well as the cost of the:
application of such technologies.

The information, as outlined above, was then  evaluated  in  order  to
determine  what levels of technology constituted the "best practicable
control  technology  currently   available",   the   "best  . available
technology   economically   ajchievable",   and   the  "best  available
demonstrated control  technology,  processes,  operating  methods,  or
other   alternatives   for   new   sources".    in   identifying  such
technologies, various factors were  considered.   These  included  the
total  cost  of  application of technology in relation to. the effluent
reduction benefits to be achieved from such application,  the  age  of
equipment  and  the  application of various types of control technique
process changes, the environmental impact  aside  from  water  quality
(including energy requirements), and other factors.

Raw  waste  water  characteristics  and  treatability data, as well as
information pertinent to treatment reliability and  cost  evaluations,
were   obtained   from   several  sources,  including:   EPA  research
information,  published  literature,  Corps  of  Engineers  Permit  to
Discharge  Applications, industry historical data,' and expert industry
consultation.
                              17

-------
 On-site visits and interviews wer
 plants  throughout  the  United
 foregoing  data.    All  factors
-subcategorizations  were  represe
  5 made to selected rubber  processing
  ;States, to confirm and supplement the
   potentially   influencing   industry
  rted in the on-site visits.  Detailed
 information was obtained oh production schedules and capacities and on
 product breakdowns, and also on management practices for water use and
 for waste water control and treatment.  Flow  diagrams  showing  water
 uses  and  process  waste  water I stream  interactions  were prepared.
 Control and treatment design data and cost information were  compiled.
 Individual, raw and treated effluent streams were sampled and analyzed
 to  confirm  company-furnished  data  in order to characterize the raw
 wastes and determine the effectiveness of the  control  and  treatment
 methods.   Duplicate  samples were analyzed by participating companies
 to confirm the analytical  results;  some  of  the  results  from  the
 analysis   of   duplicate  sample^  conflicted  with  the  contractors
 analysis.  Data received  from  all  sources  were  evaluated  in  the
 determination of the limitations.

 General Description of the Industry
 The SIC codes pertinent to the
 of the rubber processing .industry

     Rubber Footwear
     Reclaimed Rubber
     Rubber Hose and Belting
     Miscellaneous Fabricated
       Rubber Products
     Rubber Caskets, Packing, and
       Sealing Devices
     Tire Retreading
fabricated
        and reclaimed rubber segment
are as follows:

          SIC 3021
          SIC 3031
          SIC 30«1

          SIC 3069

          SIC 3293
          SIC 7534
 With  the  exception  of  reclaimed  rubber,  and miscellaneous rubber
 products fabricated from latex rubber, the  processing  operations  of
 the  fabricated  and  reclaimed rubber segment are based on mechanical
 and  dry  manufacturing  processes.   Such  processes  typically  are:
 molding,   extruding,   sheeting,  foaming,  coating,  fabrication  of
 sections, and vulcanization.   The  initial  manufacturing  operations
 involve  batch  treatment  of  the  stock  to  incorporate  colorants,
 extenders, reinforcers, and special additives such as accelerators and
 antioxidants.  After the batching] step, the production operations  are
 usually continuous, semi-continuous, or batch-continuous.

 Rubber  reclaiming utilizes several diverse process technologies which
 differ considerably from those processes used  by  the  other  product
 areas  of  the  rubber  industry included in this document.  Reclaimed
 rubber processes are by nature mechanical, dry,  or  wet.   Since  the
 waste  water  impacts of these process types are dissimilar as well as
 distinct from other processes used in the industry, it is  appropriate
                              18

-------
 to   describe  and  evaluate  the process technologies, water uses, and
 generated waste waters of rubber reclaiming  separately.

 Although rubber items produced! from  latex rubber are included  in  Sic
•3069,  the  processes  employed  and the nature of the waste water are
 such that this type of operation  warrants   separate  description  and
 evaluation.   The  factor justifying separate discussion  is the use of
 latex as a  raw material.  Becajuse of this, the  processing  operations
 are  different from those used in other product areas of  the industry.
 As a result, there is potential to generate  latex-laden   waste  waters
 which   are  distinct   in  their   characteristics,  properties,  and
 treatability.


 Based on the foregoing discussion, the fabricated and reclaimed rubber
 segment covered by this document can be grouped into three   (3)  broad
 classifications based on product and processing type:
         Regular Rubber Products
         a)
     General  Molded
         Products  found  under  SIC  3069   and
     2.

     3.
including Gaskets, Packing, and Sealing Devices  (SIC 3293).

b)   General  Extruded  Products  found  under  SIC  3069 and
including Rubber Beltjing as classified under Sic 3041.

c)   General  Fabricated  Products  found  under   SIC   3069
including  Rubber  Footwear  (SIC 3021), Tire Retreading  (SIC
7534), and Rubber Hose as classified under SIC 3041.

Reclaimed Rubber  (SIC 3031).

General Latex-based Products found under SIC 3069.
 Manufacture of General Molded
                     Products
 Rubber  products made by molding  processes are diverse  in  size,   shape
 and   end  use.  Owing to the  product diversity and wide distribution of
 manufacturers, it is extremelyj difficult to determine  the magnitude of
 the  various  product types  forming  the  broad molded product industry in
 terms of  either weight  of  rubber  consumed  or  weight  of  finished
 products.
   Table
 and  up-to-date data available
 elements  within  the  -general
present^, in a relative sense, the most complete
        on the magnitude of the various  product
         molded product industry.  Table 1 shows
 the  dollar  value of the  1967  shipments  for each product  type.

 During the  molding of rubber  products,  the rubber  is  cured  as  it is
 shaped.   curing,  which  is  often referred  to as  vulcanization,  is an
 irreversible  process during which  a rubber compound,  through a  change
 in  its   chemical  structure  (jfor  example, crosslinking) ,  becomes less
                              19

-------
        Product Type
Battery Parts
HIscellaneous Automotive
Seals', Packing, etc.
Rubber Rolls
Rubber Heels and Soles
Druggist and Medical Suppl
Stationery Supplies2
Sma'll Molded Items'
Other Miscellaneous Molded
                  Parts
    For example,  rubber
       example,  rubber  bru
 SOURCE:,  "1967 Census  of
          Products";  U.  S.
                                                            Value
                                               (million dollars)
                                                     69.9
                                                     237.8
                    es
                    Items
                                          Total
 32.8
126.1
 36.7
 •16.3
106.6
146A
917.9
example, water bottles, fountain syringes, nipples, and pacifiers.
                bands, finger cots, and. erasers.
                   shes, combs, and mouth pieces.
                  Manufacturers  — Rubber and Miscellaneous  Plastic
                   Department  af Commerce  (issued  1970).
 Table 1 - 1967 Shipments of General Molded Products by U.S. Producers
                                   20

-------
Jl
                                         to  swelling  by  organic  liquids.
                                                                    In
plastic and  more  resistant
addition, elastic properties
a   greater  range  of  temperature.   The  term  "vulcanization"
originally employed to denote  the  process  of  heating  rubb€>r  with
                                        are conferred, improved, or extended over
                                                                              was
            sulfur,  but   has  now  been
                              extended to include any process with  any
            combination  of  materials  which will produce this  effect.

            Several methods are used  to  mold rubber  products.   The  selection of  a
            particular   molding  technique  is  dependent  on  the  nature  of the
            product,  the type  of  rubber,  and   the  production  economics.   The
            principal methods used for  jbhe manufacture of  general  molded products
            are  the compression, transfer, and injection  molding   processes.   In
            many cases compression, transfer, and injection molding techniques are
            all  used  at  one plant location.
            Rubber  molding processes  typically consist  of the following:

                1.    Compounding of the :cubber stock.
                2.    Preparation of the mold  preforms or blanks.
                3.    Molding.
                iJ.    Deflashing.

            A  flow diagram for a typicajl molding operation involving compression,
            transfer, and injection molding processes is shown in Figure 1«

            Compression Molding

            Compression molding is the oldest method of making molded parts.    The
            uncured  rubber  is  formed jto -the approximate shape, referred to( as  a
            preform, and placed in the individual cavities of the  mold.    As  the
            mold  is  closed under pressure,  the compound conforms to the shape of
            the cavity and the excess material is forced out into a flash groove.

            Larger molding facilities, op plants  using  special  rubber  compound
            recipes,  compound  their own rubber stock  from basic ingredients such
            as rubber, carbon black,  colorants,  extender oils,  antioxidants,  and
accelerators.   compounding
Banbury mixer or compounding
cooling water.  Leakages of
                             is " generally  carried  out  in  either a
                             mill.  These pieces of equipment  require
                            lubricating oil and grease are common.  In
                                                       the compounding
            some  plants,  airborne  particles  generated  during
            operation are controlled by wet scrubbing devices.

            After compounding, the rubbet stock is worked on a  warm-up  mill  and
            formed to approximately the jrequired shape ready for molding by either
            a  calender  or  extruder.
            dipped in an anti-tack agent
                             The formed rubber is cooled and generally
                               In many cases,  the  formed  rubber  is
cooled  in  an open tank which produces a cooling water overflow.  The
anti-tack  liquid  is  generally  a  zinc  steairate  solution  or  its
equivalent.   Soapstone  slurry is not normally used because its anti-
tack properties are persistent and adversely affect the quality of the
                                          21

-------
22

-------
t
          subsequent molding operation.   The  preforms  are  prepared  from the
          calendered  or  extruded  stocjk rubber by cutting, slicing or  stamping
          out.   Cutting can be accomplished by a machine or by hand.   Slicing  is
          generally carried out on a meart slicing machine or guillotine.   In the
          case  of the slicing machine,  Lubricant water  flows  over  the   cutting
          surface  to  facilitate  the   operation.  The waste lubricant  water  is
          noncontaminated.  The preform stamping machine can' be equipped  with
          cooling  water.    Although the  exact  shape of  the preform is not
          crucial, it is necessary to ensure that there is sufficient  rubber  in
          the preform to fill the mold.
                         are  placed in
                         agent  powders
                              the open mold, usually by  hand.   In  some
                               or  liquids  are  spread  on  the   mold
                               items,  each mold generally has  multiple
The  preforms
cases release
surfaces.   For  small  molded
receptacles which enable several items to  be  molded  simultaneously
The  mold  is  closed  and  held  together,  normally by hydraulic oil
pressure, during the curing cy
with  steam  flowing  through
condensate is recycled to the
electrically heated.  Oil leak
                              cle.   The  molds   are  generally  heated
                               channels^  in   the mold   plates.   Steam
                              boiler.   Some   older  mold  systems  are
                              age frequently  occurs from the hydraulic
          mold closing systems and the hydraulic pump itself.   The molding cycle
          can vary considerably depending on the curing properties of the rubber
          and  the  size  of  the molded item.  At the conclusion of the molding
          cycle, the items are removed
          operation.
                              rom the mold and sent  to the  deflashing
          The  rubber  overflow or flash must be removed from the part before it
          is shipped.  Def lashing usuallly  is  carried  out  by  hand,  grinding
          wheel,  or  press-operated  dales.  In some cases, the rubber parts are
          tumbled in dry ice (solid carbjon  dioxide)   using  machines  that  are
          similar to cement mixers.  The thin rubber flash becomes brittle while
          the  main  body  of  the  part  is not cooled sufficiently and remains
          flexible.  The thinner frozen flash thus breaks off in tumbling  while
          the  heavier  main  part  is not harmed.  Blasting frozen rubber parts
          with fine shot also removes fllash.  Rubbers which are freeze-resistant
          are not used in this dry-ice process.

          Metal-bonded items, which consist of a molded rubber component  bonded
          to  the  metal  part, are manufactured in a manner similar to that for
          all rubber products.
          plant  contaminated
          manufacture of the metal part
          purposes.
                      In most cases the metal parts enter the  molding
                     by  grease.   The  grease is picked up during the
                              or is applied for shipping  and  storage
          The  metal  part  is  first  degreased.  Usually the degreasing system
          consists of a rotating drum in which the part is  brought  in  contact
          with a suitable degreasing solvent, frequently trichloroethylene.  The
          solvent  is  drummed  and  hauled  from  the plant when saturated with
                   In a few cases the metal  part  is  pickled  to  prepare  the
                   for  bonding  with  rubber.   The  waste acid pickling liquor
                                          23
grease.
surface

-------
contains metal ions, and frequently heavy  metal  ions,
containerization or treatment before it is discharged.
                        and  requires
In  some  molding  plants,  poor
 quality molded items are recycled to
reclaim the metal component for re-use.   This is  generally  practiced
in  cases  where  the  metal  part  is large or valuable, or where the
molding  operation  is  particularly  difficult,  producing   a   high
proportion of rejected molded items.  To reclaim the metal, the reject
rubber  is  ground  and  buffed from the metalj the metal item is then
sand-blasted clean.  The grinding
create  airborne  rubber-buffing
removed from the  air  with  wet
  and  buffing  operations  generally
particles, which are most effectively
produce  a  wastewater  discharge
 scrubbing  devices.   These  devices
  which, if a water recycle system is
used, can be reduced to a low daily volume

The metal surface to which the rubber is to be molded is normally pre-
pared to provide good adhesion between the metal and the rubber.   The
mating  surface  of the metal part is first sand blasted to roughen it
and then coated with rubber cement to improve the adhesion of metal to
rubber.  The metal surface is painted with cement by  hand  for  small
items; larger metal surfaces are [often sprayed with cement.
r
The  prepared metal part and its mating rubber component are placed in
the mold -cavity and molded  in  a  similar  manner  to  an  all-rubber
product.   Deflashing  is  generajlly  carried  out  by  hand or with a
grinding wheel.  One of the disadvantages of compression  moldings  is
that  the  flash  tends  to be largest at the thick side of the molded
item, making removal by tumbling jdifficult or impossible.  The cost of
preparing individual preforms and the placing  of  each  in  the  mold
cavity is another disadvantage of compression molding.

Transfer Molding

Transfer  molding  involves  the  transfer of the uncured rubber stock
from one part of the mold to another.   The  stock,  in  the  form  of
blanks,  is placed in a recess called the pot or transfer cavity.  The
pot is fitted with a ram or piston which is inserted over  the  stock.
The  force of the-press when applied to the ram plus the heat from the
mold causes the stock to be softened and flow through runners into the
previously empty molding cavities, where the stock  is  cured  in  the
desired form.

The  rubber for transfer molding lis compounded in the same way as that
for compression molding.  The rubber stock blanks, which are fed  into
the  transfer  pot  of  the  mold,  are generally cut from extruded or
sheeted-out rubber stock and take the form of slabs.  Frequently,  the
weight  of  the  rubber  blank  ils  brought  within  a  certain weight
tolerance by trimming overweight planks.  Underweight blanks  and  the
trimmings are recycled to the sheet-out mill.  The weight of the blank
                             24

-------
is  regulated  to  ensure  that  sufficient rubber is available in the
transfer pot to fill the mold Cavities.

Transfer molds are normally  hkated  by  steam  and  are  operated  by
hydraulic  oil  systems similar to compression mold hydraulic systems.
Oil leaks and spillages are frtequent.  Curing times in
similar  to  those  of  compression  molds  and
product dimension and rubber stock properties.
                                                        the  mold  are
                                                 likewise are based on
When the mold is opened the item is pulled or cut  from  the  runners.
The runners and the residual rubber in the transfer pots are discarded
as  waste.   The  molded item is deflashed by methods similar to those
described above for compression molded products.

Articles  containing  metal  ifoserts  are  generally  manufactured  by
transfer  molding  and  the  overall  processes are very comparable to
those used in compression molding including  the  preparation  of  the
metal component.

Transfer  molding  permits  closer  dimensional  control and generally
reduces flash so that the  parts  can  te  easily  finished.   Complex
shapes can be readily manufactured by this method.  Small parts can be
made  more  economically  by  this technique because of the labor cost
savings on preforms and finishing.  The disadvantages of  this  method
are that the formulations and
than with compression molds.
                              control of stocks are much more critical
                              Stocks must flow well and knit properly,
and  still cure relatively fast.  As explained above, the small amount
of compound remaining in the transfer pot, as well as the material  in
the  runners,   is  wasted.   Therefore,  this  molding method requires
careful cost calculations for
premium  priced
polyacrylates.
                              scrap loss when making  items  requiring
                 polymers  such  as  the fluororubbers, silicones, and
                             expensive  and  in  general  require  more
Transfer  molds  are  more
maintenance than compression molds.

Injection Molding

Injection  molding  is  the  newest method of molding and requires the
greatest  degree  of  sophistication  both  from  the  standpoint   of
materials  and  mold   design.
molding with the  exception
                                .Basically,  it is the same as transfer
            i t-iic  cji.wcpi.j.wtt  that  the  stock  is  injected  into  the
cavities.   There  are essentially three different types of injection-
molding machines.  One machine uses a ram to force the  stock  through
runners  into  the  cavities; I another  uses  a  screw; the third is a
combination of the first two and is a reciprocating screw.   From  the
point  of  view  of  water use, there is little difference between the
 three types of machines.   All
 V-41J. ^ ^  *~J[ r   V* JU. UlU. V* J.*^& a *—• *pJ •   f*^ ^» ^ >2 w**> "^ *•'  *^ *^ "^^•*»» ^  —•— •—••—•— — ^    ___  —	   - - -- —
 the injection molding machines are equipped with their own closed-loop

 cooling systems.
                                25
                              require cooling water.   In  some  cases

-------
 The  molds  are  often  mounted  on a revolving turret which takes the
 molds through a cyclic process.  if required, the  mold  surfaces  are
 treated  with  release  agents  followed  by  closing  the mold before
 injection.  Rubber is then injected into the closed mold  after  which
 the mold is opened and the molded

 Deflashing  of  the  molded  item
                     item removed.

                     can be carried out by either hand or
          •>      	  —————  _. ^^,,, _.m» UTZ wa4.ij.cu uut oy earner nana or
 machine techniques similar to those methods used for the deflashina of
 compression and transfer molded products.

 In order to make injection molding profitable, very short  cycles  are
 required which are generally in the 45-90 second range.  This requires
 curing temperatures of approximating 400°F.  Parts must be readily re-
 moved , from
 minimum.
the  molds  to  keep
the  heat  loss and cycle time to a
All  the advantages  mentioned for transfer molding apply  to  injection
                           '
with relatively thin  walls  and of
              '*****  f   «
                     complicated shape.
                                                         of  small items
Table  2 presents  a  review  of potential process-associated  waste  water
streams   produced  in   the manufacture of molded items  as  described in
the  foregoing  text.

Manufacture_of_General_Extruded  Products

As_described above,  rubber extrusion  is used  to prepare the  preforms
and  blanks  used  in compression  and transfer  molding  processes.   The
extrusion operation is  a   minor  element  of  the overall production
process   for   molded items.   Rubber extrusion,  however,  plays a more
significant role  in the manufacti  ~ ~f 	*- - - -          ••   •  -  -  -
and  sheeting.
                    -«• *-*.  ^,« *_b «*•«».».v*r«* f  *,iwv^ v ci. f  £jx.ay o d m \_Jiti
                    re of such items  as  rubber  belting
The types of extruded product arejvaried and the distribution of manu-
facturers is wide.  Because of this, it is extremely difficult to com-
pile  complete  data  on  the  siie  of  the  extruded rubber products
manufacturing in terms of weight of products or  raw  material  usage.
Table  3  gives an indication of the relative magnitude of the various
types of extruded rubber products in terms of the  1967 dollar value of
the shipments of those products.

Extruded rubber products can be grouped  into  two  principal  classes
based  on  the  nature  of  the  manufacturing  process.   The simpler
manufacture,  such  as  sheeting  production,   involves   essentially
compounding,  extrusion, and curing.  On the other hand, items such as
belting require a more involved  manufacture  consisting  of  all  the
above  processes  plus  building.  However, the building operation, as
used in belting manufacture is a Relatively straight  forward  process
with little waste water impact.   Therefore the manufacturing processes
                               26

-------
4)
4-1
5

4)
tft
ID «*-
S: 14-
o
14- in 1
O *J C
C 3
C ID "-

O^ ••— £•
"u ID O
O 4-> 4->
C «n
•D O
c cj >~
ID '**^
4> D.
U 3
3 1

ID U

"o.

^w
•_
0






4) VI
0 *
U ID
go
—
CO
•o
c
ID
in
*—
•«
•_
CL
CO



ID
4)

l-
O

1 •
•_
C
4)
4-1 O
C HI
ID u
— 0
Q. 4->
CO

^
•_'
O
*i —
o
•o i:
C 4J
ID C
o
in u
S J °

~ "i "*»
CU 3
§^_
^H
i- O
•* t^— CL
O (/)
S^ig.
1 ID ID l-
j{ 4) ID
S *~" - * °
« I- 5 in
4) .**-
O ID O
L, J l_ 4J
<4~ >*- C
T3 4>
in c in E
•O ID -D CL
«— *^ »<—
•i- .— — 3
O — O IT
co O co 4)
C C
ID 4)
in t. cl
^^x •_ *^
 O ^^
cm- o
in u

T3 X: 3
x: o —
in in —
ID — O
3 TJ CL











(71
c

-D
C
3
O
CL
E
O
U
it
0) ^
c o
, •
L, V
•O ID
C 4J
ID
Cf
4-> C
C —
ID —
0 O
— o
I- 0
3 C


C 4-<
in 01
4) ID
C

U- O
ID
1- 4-1
4) 1

,Q 4J
3 C
<£ ID


T3
C
ID

m
CL
in

in
u.
' 4)'
4J
ID tn
en
4) ID
in .££
C ID

"-
O
a>
3
U.
4-1
2
E
o
<4- C
1 0
£ 43
Q. ID
U
•0 ID
C CL
ID 4)
i.
-* Q.
C
ID "T3
— C
CO ID
en
j_
3

-D
0)
4J
ID

4)
D.
O

X

^—
ID
>- U
L- »^
4) —
C 3
— ID
•5 *
ID >-
E x:


w
1- U 4)
w- >t- in
in-
,— .— 4)

*O 00.






in
%/
ID
4)
•^2
C
ID
in

^_
>v.
CL
CO
















Cn
C'

u
3

                                                0)
                                               XI
                                               JQ
                                                3
                                               o:

                                               •o
                                                V
                                               -
                                                O


                                                §
                                               8
                                               Q_
                                               
                                               O
                                               O
                                               «n
                                               41
                                               U
                                               O
                                               C\J
                                               ID
27

-------
             Product  Type

Belting — conveyor and elevator
Belting — flat transmission

Sheeting — mats,  matting,, stair treads
Sheeting — floor  and wall  covering
                           Total

 Does not include  V-belt type belting.
                                                               Value
   SOURCE:  " 1967 Census of
            Plastic Products
 Manufacturers— Rubber and Miscellaneous
";*U. S. Department of Commerce (Issued 1970).
   Table 3 - 1967 Shipments
of General Extruded Products by U.S. Producers
                              (million dollars)
                                    88.2
                                    13.3

                                    17.9
                                    16.1
                                   135.5
                                   28

-------
used  to  produce  rubber
concurrently.

Sheeting and Belting
   sheeting  and  belting  will  be  described
The majority of the processes used to manufacture sheeting and belting
are very similar and serve as good examples of the production  methods
used  to manufacture extruded items.  A flow diagram for a typical ex-
trusion production facility is presented in Figure 2; Table U presents
the sources of waste water from! extrusion facilities.
The rubber stock  is  compounde
compounding  mill or Banbury mi
cooling water.  Leakage of lubr
scrubbers  are  sometimes  used
particles produced in the mixin
sheeted  out on a sheeting mill
tack leakage can occur in this
          from  the  basic  ingredients  on  a
        :er.  These pieces of machinery require
        .eating oil and grease can occur.   Wet
         to  control air pollution by airborne
         .area.  In some cases  the  rubber  is
        and dipped in anti-tack slurry.  Anti-
        trea.
After compounding, the rubber is worked on a warm-up mill and  fed  to
the  extruder.   The extruded rubber is produced as a sheet.  In cases
where the dimensions of the extruded rubber sheet  are  critical,  the
extruded  rubber is calendered to the desired thickness.  The extruded
or calendered rubber is cooled in a cooling tank  before  storage  for
further  processing.   In some cases the extruded or calendered rubber
is dipped in anti-tack slurry for storage.

Belting  is  manufactured  by  extruding  the  rubber  onto  the  wire
reinforcement in the extruder, or calendering the rubber sheeting onto
reinforcement  fabric that has been frictioned with rubber.  Calenders
require cooling water.
calendering machinery.
Oil and
grease leakage can be produced by  the
Belting  or extruded and calendered sheeting is cured using a rotacure
or press curing technique.  A rotacure is an  air  heated  drum.   The
sheeting and belting pass around the rotating drum and are cured.  The
press  curing  technique  consists  of two heated belts which hold the
rubber belting or sheeting between them under pressure  to  facilitate
the  curing  process.   The heated belts turn and drag the sheeting or
belting through the press.  Cured belting or  sheeting  is  inspected,
cut to length, and stored before shipment.

In  some  plants  a  certain  amount  of the sheeting is shipped in an
uncured state for use in the manufacture of  tank  linings  and  other
large  rubber  items.  .Such sheeting is supplied from the extrusion or
calendering line before the belting-formation or curing operations.
                               29

-------
                                                            o

                                                            2
                                                            i=
                                                            UJ
                                                            UJ
                                                            X



                                                            Q

                                                            2



                                                            O

                                                            2
                                                            i—
                                                            ._j
                                                            UJ
                                                            ID
                                                            X
                                                            U
                                                            3
                                                            (O


                                                            i
                                                            i—

                                                            o
                                                            UJ
                                                            O
                                                            I—
                                                            X
                                                            111
                                                            y
                                                            !>.

                                                            fc
                                                            u.
                                                            o

                                                            2
                                                            Q

                                                            C

                                                            b
                                                            O
                                                            w
                                                            a.
                                                            UJ
                                                            X
                                                            l-
                                                            O


                                                            15



                                                            O



                                                            tS




                                                            O
30

-------



,
m
4-1
14- C
O ro
c
— E
m tu
,_ 1 •
t- c
0 0
^o
c »-
fO O
•M
O (C
t- ^t
2
, -M 0)
TO *J
z */*
0)
"^
M-
U-
O
.1
C
3
U
E
L.
O
in

^
-O

Q.
3
J>
o
o.

* ,__
o























fl>
o

D
o







tn

<0
0)

-o
c
fc

t/}
__
Q.
to








ID
4)
t_

L.
o

4-1

*c


j m
C
It
0-




4)
CO
ID

o
4_f
CO


, -
0


• in L.
A: L- —
c o ro
0) x
•«-> — 4J

pt J
•O §> £
^iE
0 «_
CD in
•M -* ^
4-1 U
41
on c
c —
— 0
O  ID
41 in
jr c
U 41

in c «4 •—
•o  cn 4)
O — C I- 4J
co O ID o in






























in

ID
4)

"U
c
ID

in

CL
to












cn
c

u
41
TJ
C
4)

ID
U




































41
4-f
ID
in
c

-o
o















^_
cn
c
*—

3
0




cn
c
•K
4-f
l/l
41
4-f
O
MV
*—
3
ID
^
•a
>-
' -C

D.
3
0
CL i-
41
••— 4-f
_ ID
0 5

.t ": ^ L




























in

ID
41

T3
C
ID

in

CL
CO



1










CM
cn
c

4-f
in
41
t-




















•
u
3
4-f
U
ID
44-
3
C
ID
' E

41
l/l
O
-C
b
4-f
•o
«
4-f
. •»
Jj

••^

^N.
1^"
«^
(0
•^ .
4-f
C
41
VI
in
41

41
I_
(0

I/I
c
o
4-t

iZ
41
D-
O

cn
C
l_
3
U

rs

•o
41
4-f
ID

41
C
41
cn
in
' L.
41
4-f
ID
f


4J
in
ID
•—

















































•
41
u
3
4-1
U
ID
«*-
3
C


41
VI
O
-C

C
>-

§

•o
4)
in
3

41
L.
ID

l/l
U
41
4-f
2
3

cn
c

4J
in
41
tM













-------
till
         Manufacture of General Fabricated  Products

         The  types  of products  and processes covered by this manufacturing  de-
         scription^ are  varied.   It can be kaid that general fabricated products
                catch;a11  for manufacturing types not included in the molded or
                   r° duct  grouPs-   Processes employed are compounding, milling,
                     molding,  and vulcanization.

         Due  to  the^ diversity of the produk types and the wide distribution of
         P an ^in°      •lnJthis manufacturing, group, it is difficult to  esti-
         K   ^   ma9nitude   of  rubber usage or product weight.   Table 5 does
         show the  relative  magnitude  of  the  various  product  types  which
         constitute the manufacture of general fabricated products, in terms of
         the  dollar  value  of the total 1967 U.S.  shipments.   Hose production
         provides a good example of rubber building or fabricated manufacturing
         processes,   it can be  seen from Table 5  that hose products  constitute
             rt°    °f
                                    shiPmei
                                           of extruded rubber products.
         ^™    -            ^                                ruer pr
        Figure- 3  illustrates the production  steps of  typical  hose items
        Rubber hose generally consists  of
                                   three components.   They are the tube
 (lining),  the  reinforcement,  and the outer cover7

The tube is the innermost rubber Element.   Some hose,  such as a vacuum
cleaner hose,  does not   have   an  inner lining  or tube  inside  the
reinforcement   (usually   a wire spiral).   The primary function of the
tube is to retain the transported material.   The type  and thickness of
rubber used depends upon the  interjded service of the hose and the type
of hose fitting or connecting device to be used.

The reinforcement is the fabric, cord, or  metal  elements  built  into
the  body  of  the  hose  to   withstand internal pressure or external
forces.  The type of reinforcing material  depends upon the  method  of
manufacture  and  the  service  conditions.    The  rubber used to bond
together ^he   individual  elements  of  the  reinforcing  material  is
considered a part of the hose rein'forcement.
                                             It is normally made of rubber and
                                             reinforcement from outside damage
The cover is the outermost element
its prime function is to protect tjhe
or abuse.

While  most  hose  is  used  for  pressure  service,  there   are  many
applications where an essential property of the hose is  its  resistance
to collapse under suction and vacdum  service.   The  usual   method of
preventing  hose  carcass  collapse is to build a metal  reinforcement,
9fnffaliy a steel Wlre sPiraHed in the form of a helix, into the  body
or the hose.                                                          •*
        Hose manufacture can be classified
        made.    The  greatest  proportion
                                   according to the  manner   in  which
                   .             	—	— —••— »»**»^«.fc MA*»>} \~\s *~44\^  UIGLilll^JL  J.I1  WiiXV*lJ
        the  hose  is  produced.    such  factors  as service, size, production
        volume,  and cost usually determine ''     ....     ...    _  *-
                                   the method by  which  the  hose  is
                                   of  all  hose manufactured today is
           .,    -ii.   i?i        K	*—           «-»j.j-  **v^o<= MicmujLai^tuieii today JLS
        produced by highly mechanized equipment  specially  designed  for  the
                                       32

-------
         Product Type

Rubber Hose
Canvas Footwear
Waterproof Footwear1
Other Rubber Footwear
Friction Tape
Fuel Tanks
Boats, pontoons, and life rafts
Rubber coated fabrics
Rubber Clothing
                       Total

•'•Includes items manufactured by cemeni: dipping.
Source:  "196? Census of Manufacturers  —Rubber and Miscellaneous
         Plastic Products";  U. S. Department of Commerce
         (issued 1970).
Table 5 - 196? Shipments of General Fabricated Products by U.S.
          Producers
     Value
(mi 11 ion dollars)
     398-8
     276.1
      75-3
  :    i^-2
      19.0
      21.5
      15.0
      15-5
      10.7
     846.1
                             33

-------
'if


u.

_j
s ^ 1
: I • 1
u_ ce
S u- Z •—
, — ' uj ^ = J»
UJ ^ 1—,..»,«J
i s L

i '

— CS UJ «
=C d . u
« UJ UJ *-
UJSC Q=X
_j e/» o_ UJ





E
'Hs j£
•= - fcS-^ii! __

l£ 0-. «
Si . "s




K_ •
es 0= *
1 t- C= UJ


g" . «.
a
u
a
a
s

T
_j
oSci
zee uj

It



It
i— J^ Z

1-t 0^
i = or o:
It'
1 E
If'
CJ UJ
t
C3
a:
C3
U-
C. UJ
S 0=
1


3= — 1 Z
££;=
or -t uj
t— ac co

t

C9
Z
Z C*}
=3 ca ar

^»K
¥
1
WKmnrBorcr
AND MIX
COMPOUNDS

UJ
a.

O
UJ
- or co '
'
                                                           34

-------
purpose.    Three  fundamental
producing the following types of
     1.   Machine-wrapped ply hose.
     2.   Hand built hose.
     3.   Braided and spiralled
Machine-Wrapped Ply Hose
                                methods  of  hose  manufacture  exist,
                                 hose:
                               hose.
Wrapped hose consists of  a  fabric  reinforcement  wrapped  around  a
rubber  tube over which is applied a protective rubber cover.  Wrapped
hose has been manufactured for approximately 120 years; it was made at
first by hand and later  by  machine.   This  type  of  hose  is  most
commonly made in lengths approximating 50 meters (150 feet) and inside
diameters  (bore) ranging from 5 to 75 millimeters (0.2 to 3 inches) .

A  seamless  rubber  tube  is  formed to the desired diameter and wall
thickness by a continuous extrusion process. -The tube is then mounted
on a rod-like form, termed a mandrel, for the hose  making  operations
using  air  pressure  to enlarge the tube temporarily.  Lubricants are
generally injected into the tube as it is being formed to prevent  the
*-~~r  „.,,.*,—  *	  _^.._,.J__  to itself, and later in the process to
                               the mandrel.
inner  surface  from  sticking
keep the tube from adhering to
The fabric used for reinforcing the hose is received from the  textile
mill in large rolls.  The roll I of fabric is impregnated with rubber on
both  sides  in a calendering machine.  This process is referred -to as
frictioning.  The frictioned fabric is generally cut on the  bias  and
is  cemented  together with" overlapped seams to form a long strip just
wide enough to produce the required number of plies  plus  an  overlap
when wrapped around the tube.  The hose cover is prepared by working a
thin  sheet  of rubber to the Required thickness on a rubber calender.
The calendered cover stock is cut to a width which
the hose carcass with a slight overlap.

The  actual  making  of  the hose is done on a special purpose machine
known as a "making-machine".  The machine consists of three long steel
                                                    will  wrap  around
rolls; two of the rolls are in
horizontal  plane.    The third
                               a fixed parallel position in  the  same
                               or top roll is mounted on lever arms so
that it can be raised and lowered.  One or more of the rolls is  power
driven.   The mandrel-supported tube is placed in the trough formed by
the two bottom rolls of the making machine.  One  lengthwise  edge  of
the  cut  fabric  is adhered to the tube.  The pressure exerted by the
top roll when it is brought dow|n in con tact .with the tube  forces"  the
tube and mandrel to rotate as the machine rolls rotate.  The fabric is
                                wrapped  around  the  tube as the tube
drawn  into  the  machine  and
          The pressure from the
rotates.
carcass.
sheet of cover stock around the
          The machine operation
top  roll  helps  to  form
compact
is repeated for the application of the
hose carcass.

-------
          wrapped  ply  hose must be kept under pressure
          time.   The  steam  condensate ^.s,
          the  vulcanization   cycle.    The
          constituents  from   the  hose  sur
          hose removed.  The  cloth wrap is
             to the plant drains during
  condensate  can  pick    up   organic
 ace.  The autoclave  is  vented and the
 stripped  from  the  vulcanized  hose
1
..i
          Hand-Built Hose

          The term hand-built hose applies to two general types   of   hos*>   ™rm
         Non-wire  reinforced hand-built hi
         machine-wrapped  ply  hose;   i.e.
              _      *• *• —  r—j   ..^«>.f   *.,^*f   a  iujjjoei  tuce.  Dl±e
         reinforcement wrapped around the tube, and a rubblr covJr
         The  frictioned  and   cut   fabric
         rolled down progressively  as the
 >se is  made of the same components as
     rubber  tube,  plies  of  fabric
  is  applied  to the  tube by hand and
mandrel is turned.
         A calendered sheet of  cover  stnfk   •>«   =,^^1 •; **  *.*  ^t.
         Wire reinforced hand-built"hose, ,
         to the reinforcement comporient of
as
                                             the  name  indicates,  has  wire added
                                           the construction.   The wire  may  be
                                          36

-------
present  to  prevent  the  hose from collapsing in suction service, to
prevent kinking of pressure hose which  must  be  curved  in  a  small
radius  loop,  or  to  obtain the strength -necessary for high pressure
service.

The wire in suction hose is  located  underneath  the  main  plies  of
fabric  reinforcement  to  provide  rib  support  against the external
pressure.  Hose designed for la combination of suction and pressure  is
made  with  the  wire  placed approximately midway in the plies of the
fabric.  In pressure hose, the wire is positioned over the main  plies
of  fabric  to  provide  hood strength against high internal pressure.
The wire is present in most wire reinforced hose  in  the  form  of  a
closely  spaced helix or spring which opposes inward or outward radial
stresses but does not add any significant strength to the hose in  the
axial  direction.   When  high  strength  is  needed in both axial and
radial directions, the hose its built with two or moire even numbers  of
layers of wire.  Each layer ils composed of many strands of solid round
wire  or  wire  cable applied over the fabric reinforcement.  The wire
lays on the hose in a spiral forming an angle greater  than  US0  with
the  axis  of  the hose.  The direction of the wire spiral is reversed
with each layer of wire for b'alanced strength.  The wire is applied to
the hose by hand or by a simple machine using a power-driven chuck  to
rotate the mandrel and hose.
hand-built  hose
hand-built hose.
is  made  in  the same manner as non-wire reinforced
            In all other operations, wire reinforced
Braided and Spiralled Hose

The term braided hose identifies  a  type  of  hose  construction  and
method  of  manufacture  in  which -the  strands  of reinforcement are
interlaced or interwoven in c ddition to spiralling  around  the  tube.
Braided  hose  is  produced  |in size ranging from 5 to 200 millimeters
(0.2 to  8  inches)  internal  diameter.   A  variety  of  methods  is
available for manufacture.  Factors such as internal diameter, length.
burst  strength,  production
how the hose is made.

Manufacturing commences with
            rate, and cost dictate to a large extent
           the extrusion of a tube  supported  on  a
flexible  mandrel  or  a non-supported tube in lengths up to 50 meters
 (165 feet) .or in continuous lengths.  Non-supported tube must be  firm
enough  in the unvulcanized state to resist deformation and stretching
under normal processing conditions.  A high percentage of braided hose
is made with a non-supported tube.  When the tube is too thin  or  too
soft  to withstand subsequent processing or when the internal diameter
must be kept within a narrowIrange, it.  is  supported  on  a  flexible
mandrel.   The mandrel is at least as long as the hose to be made, has
a round cross-section, and can be coiled in a small diameter.   It  is
made of rubber or plastic material and may have a wire core to prevent
stretching.
                               37

-------
 The  tube,   stored  on  a  circulalr tray or a reel  after extrusion, is
 moved to the braider where the reinforcement is  applied.  The tube  is
 drawn  through the center of the  machine while the  braid is  forming on
 the tube surface.   The braid formation is brought  about  by yarn  or
 wire  carriers  weaving  in and out on a circular track not  unlike the
 movements and result of the Maypole dance.   The  speed of the carriers
 on  the   circular  track  is   kept
 adjusted  by changing the surface s
 or capstan.
                                   at maximum.  The braid angle can'be
                                  peed of the overhead  take-off  drum
After  the  hose  has   been  braided,   it  is normally passed through a
cross-head  extruder, where an  outei:  seamless rubber cover is  applied.
At  this stage,  the hose is still in  the long length either coiled on a
circular  tray   or wound on a reel, and consists of an unconsolidated
construction  of a  tube, braid  or braids, and a cover.
                                  L
The final production operation in hose manufacture  is  vulcanization.
The  lead  sheath process is so eminently suited for the vulcanization
of braided hose that only insignificant quantities are  vulcanized  by
any  other  method.   The lead casing may be formed by means of a lead
press or a lead extruder.  (The lead press deforms solid lead  into  a
continuous  sheath  whereas the lead extruder forms molten lead into a
continuous casing.)  In -both  techniques,  the  casing  or  sheath  is
actually  formed  around  the  hose  as it passes through the press or
extruder.  In the case of non-supported hose, the  lead-sheathed  hose
is  filled  with water under pressure, wound on reels, and loaded into
an open steam pressure vessel.   The internal  pressure  is  maintained
during  the  vulcanization  cycle
casing.  The water is drained from
the  lead  casing  is stripped from the hose
melting pot and is reused.
In the case of supported tube hose,
squeezes the flexible hose down on
                                   to  force the hose against the lead
                                   the hose
after  vulcanization  arid
  The lead goes back to a
                                    the application of the lead "sheath
                                   the mandrel  and  places  the   hose
under slight initial pressure.  However, most of the internal pressure
comes from the hose's trying to expand as the temperature is increased
during  vulcanization;  yet  it  is  closely confined between the lead
casing and the flexible mandrel.  After vulcanization, the lead casing
is removed in the same manner as for unsupported hose.  One end of the
hose is connected to a high pressure hydraulic system and the flexible
mandrel is  forced  out  of  the  hose.   Braided  hose  can  also  be
vulcanized  in steel molds which are constructed in two sections.  The
unvulcanized hose is laid in the bottom half of  the  cavity  and  the
mold  closed.   The  mold is steam heated and the hose is subjected to
internal air pressure causing it t6 expand,  forcing  it  against  the
inside wall of the mold.

A  third  method  of vulcanizing braided hose, which is only used on a
very limited scale, is known as nonl-mpld cure.  The hpse,  coiled  one
                               38

-------
or  -two  layers  deep  on
pressure in an autoclave.
                              etal pan, is exposed -to open  steam under
The term "spiralled hose" describes how the reinforcement in the  form
of - strands  of  yarn  or  wire is applied by machine with the strands
drawn from supply spools or packages.  This type of hose  has  all  of
the wire or textile strands of each reinforcement layer aligned in one
direction  and  parallel to each other.  In ether words, the clockwise
strands are not interwoven with  the  counter-clockwise  strands.   At
least  two  layers  of  reinforcement  are  required  with  the layers
spiralled in alternating directions to form a balanced construction.
The reaction of spiralled hose constructions to internal  pressure  is
exactly  the same as that of braided hose.  The relative simplicity of
both wire and yarn spiralling machines with the carriers  fixed  on  a
rotating  plate  makes it possible to run at higher speeds with a cor-
responding increase in the rate  of  production  compared  to  braided
hose.                    .  .                   -

Spiralled hose is not manufactured in as broad a size range as braided
hose.   Spiralled hose internal diameters generally range from 5 to 50
millimeters (0.2 to 2 inches)!

The processing equipment used in the operations performed  before  and
after  the  application of the reinforcement are the same as those de-
scribed above for braided hose.
                            V
The hose is generally vulcanized by the  lead  sheathing  method.   In
some  cases,  the  non-mold or the steel-mold vulcanization techniques
are used.  In addition, hose on rigid mandrels  can  also  be  wrapped
with a curing tape and vulcanized in an open steam pressure vessel.

Coated Materials

Materials  coated with rubber compounds are generally an essential in-
gredient in the manufacture  of  fabricated  products.   Many  plants,
starting with a rubber compounding operation, coat the fabric material
and  ship  the  coated  fabric to another plant where it is fabricated
into the finished article.  Other plants, however, have an  integrated
facility  where  the rubber stock is compounded, the fabric is coated,
and finally the article is built and vulcanized; all in the one plant.

Rubber coated materials generally consist of woven or nonwoven fabrics
to which a rubber compound or
impregnation  of  the  fabric
Synthetic  rubber  materials
                              composition has been applied  either  by
                               or by application to one or both sides.
                              such  as  acrylic   rubber,   butadiene-
aery Ipnitrile,   butadiene-styrene,   chloroprene,   chlorosulphonated
polyethylene,   fluorinated  polymeric  compositions,  polyisobutylene,
polysulfide  and  silicone polymers are used where'particular physical
properties such as water and solvent resistance,  gas  impermeability,
                              39

-------
 flame    resistance,    surface-release    characteristics,   abrasion
 resistance, and good aging properties are required.
 Rubber-coated fabrics are generally
 where   their  characteristic  odor
 objectionable.  Such  products  are
 requiring low-temperature flexibili
                                     used for  industrial  applications
                                      and  color  limitations   are  not
                                      frequently  specified  for   usage
                                    by.   Typical uses  for rubber-coat eel
 ...                    —  raincoats,  ballon bags, diaphragms, gaskets,
 inflatable  life rafts,  pontoons,  etc.   Rubber coatings  are  generally
 applied by  calendering  techniques.                                    a

 Rubber-coated  cotton sheeting  is used  to produce friction tape, rain-
 coats, gasketing,  and diaphragms.   Rubberized knit  cotton  fabric   is
 JSlLrT* m^nuf^cture rubber overshoes,  boots,  and diaphragms.  Rubber-
 coated duck and canvas  is  fabricated  into  pontoons,  lifeboats,  and
 tarpaulins.   The  origin  of   coated   fabrics  has been traced to the
 application of preservative resins  on Egyptian mummy wrappings.   More
 recent  use of  coated fabrics  during  the early nineteenth century
 evolved  from  the  linseed  oilcoatUd   fabrics (oilskins)  useT   by
 seafarers   and  the  rubber-coated  protective  garments  developed  by
 Charles Macintosh, still known  as nuicintoshes.   These  early  products
 were  accompanied  by   objectionable}  odors   and poor aging properties
 resulting either in tackiness or  iri  embrittlement.   Improvement   in
 rubber  coatings  followed  Goodyea^'s   discovery of the vulcanization
 technique in 1839.

 In early usage of coated fabrics, the base material  was  required   to
 give  strength  and  tear resistance^ to  the finished product.   In such
 constructions heavy cotton sheetingd, drill  weaves,  sateens,  broken
twills,  and  canvas were required do give proper service.   The fabric
 is often  treated  before  coating.  I  Fabric   treatments  can  include
desizing to produce pliability, surface  shearing or brushing to remove
knots  and  flaws,  dyeing  to  matdh  the coating,  matting to improve
softness or coating adhesion, and fjJame  proofing.
Most recent constructions of coated
                                    fabrics employ knitted textiles or
         •      .              	— — — »•*»—• tv*ll£'.bV
-------
dipped  in  latex  or  the  dilpping  can  be carried .out in the rubber
coating plant.  If a  fabric  dipping  operation  is  employed,  latex
spillage and washdown are potential waste water sources.

Rubber  coating  is  performed in either three or four-roll calenders.
The compounded rubber stock is generally prepared for the calender  on
a  warmup  mill.  The three-roll calender applies the coat to one side
of the fabric and the four-roll  calender  coats  both  sides  of  the
fabric.   The  top  roll  of the three-roll calender or the bottom and
offset rolls of the four-roll calender are run at a different speed to
the center roll, usually two-thirds as fast, to  friction  the  rubber
coating onto the fabric.

Rubber-coated  fabrics  need  to be cured at elevated temperatures for
periods of time varying from den minutes to several hours.  The curing
ovens can be 30 feet high and hundreds of feet long, or  6-8  feet  in
height and 8-20 feet in length for products requiring a shorter curing
cycle.   The  principal  requirement  for the ovens is that of uniform
temperature distribution to obtain  uniform  product  quality.   After
curing the coated fabric is cooled and rolled.
Fabricated  products  such  as
using dies or jigs to cut the
join  the various sections.
no waste waters should arise
cement, the spill or leak woulj
 rainwear, rafts and pontoons are built
seated material and  rubber  cements  to
 general the building areas are dry and
In the event of a  spillage  of  rubber
 most effectively be wiped away.
The  types  and  characteristics  of waste waters produced by a rubber
coating or fabrication manufacturing facility are similar to those  of
a rubber footwear facility and are presented in Table 6.

Rubber Footwear

It  can  be  seen  from Table 5 that rubber footwear (SIC 3021)  is the
second largest product area of I the general fabricated products  group,
and  that  canvas  footwear  is  the  major  type  of  rubber footwear
manufactured.

The process  description  presented  below  pertains  to  canvas  shoe
production  which  Utilizes  all  the  major  processing  technologies
commonly found in the manufacture of general fabricated  products.   A
schematic  flow  diagram for a typical canvas shoe production facility
is shown in Figure 4.

The various  rubber  stocks  consumed  in  a  canvas,  shoe  plant  are
compounded  in  Eanbury  mixers  or  .compounding  roll  mills and then
sheeted out.  The sheeted rubbter is dipped in a anti-^tack solution  to
prevent sticking during storage.
                               41

-------
-o
W
>
^—
. o
w S
*J
ID
4)

cn
ID
in
4~ 4-
0 C
ID
C 'C
Cn £
L. -U
0 C
o
T3 O
Nature an
tmm
"°
T3
C
ID '
T3
X- 4)
•4- T3
?C
4)
C O_
3 in
*- 3
in
O in
4J 0
in •— •
>, s
ji> cn
u
0. 0
i -o
.y V
." > '
Q. O tl
in —
— m —
0 *Q °




«
C

o
«n
§J2
W
in • 4-1
XX Ml A-
4>
0
O
ID Cn 2
4) ID
ID 3
-0 0) O
e •— c
ID ID
 °
1- C
1 £ ~
O -*  5 «t- tJ



D 4->
C C
ID 
•WC
C cn o
O ID 4->
tj -C 3
.e o —
in in —

in o

•w *s
i- c
m
t> 4->
C
ID O)
4J •— >*
ID O 0)
0 O C
~ !E
-D C 0
3 — ID
in
4) L.
m cnw-
4) ID
CI o 'o
ID
4) I in"
rt ... ^
3 C >-
0£ ID 4-







C
ID
in
O.
in
in
L.
U
1C
s
4) in
in .^
C ID





0

j;
v>
•o
c
ID
in
ID
4)
in
'o.








0
jj

i
£
^
T3
4>

O
in

-------
43

-------
 The  canvas  shoe  is built from four major components:  soles, canvas
 uppers, boxing, and innersoles.  These components are made  separately
 by varying operations before being brought together in the fabrication
 operation.

 The  soles  are  generally  molded  using  injection, compression,  and
 transfer molding techniques.  All molding processes  can  produce  oil
 spills  and leaks;  however, compression and transfer molding equipment
 generally  produce   more  oil  spillage  than  the  injection  molding
 machines.                                             ••     .         »
 The  molded  spies  are deflashed,
 coating with latex  adhesive.   The
usually in a buffing machine, before
latex coating is dried in an oven.
 The canvas components for footwear are  made  from  two  or  three-ply
 flfi0;-  *TJe !Kbrif-iS received 
-------
air pollution problems or requirements appear to  be  associated  with
this practice and air pollution control devices are not envisaged.
                              L
As"  described  above,  latex  is  used  in  several applications as an
adhesive.  The latex is received at the footwear plant either in  bulk
via - tank  truck  or  in 55-gallon drums.  Spills, leaks, and cleanout
waste waters, laden  in  uncoagulated  latex  solids,  are  frequently
produced.
The  nature  of  the  waste
production facility are listed

Tire Retreading
                             waters
      produced
in Table 6.
by  a  typical footwear
Tire  retreading   is   an   industry   dominated   by   independents.
Approximately   5,000   retreading   shops  or  plants  are  currently
registered with the  Federal  Department  of  Transportation  and  the
number  of  tires  retreaded  by the industry as a whole approaches 32
million each year.  There are a few large retreading plants which  are
operated  by  the major tire companies; in most aspects these are very
comparable to a plant manufacturing new tires.  An average  retreading
requires  approximately  10 pounds of rubber per passenger tire and 35
pounds per truck tire.  Very f£w tire retreading  facilities  compound
their  own  rubber stock.  Those that do mix stock will have potential
waste  water  contamination  problems  with  oil  from  machinerjf  and
suspended  solids  from  anti—tack  dip  equipment  and  wet scrubbing
devices, although well-designed curbing should contain such spillages.
After compounding, the stock 
-------
 After curing,  the tire is removed from the mold.  The rubber flash
 buffed off the tire before it is
inspected and shipped.
                                   is
 The  process  waste water types generated in a typical  retreading shop
 are minor and arise from spillage and washdowns.    These waste  water
 types  are  adequately covered by those  waste waters listed  in Table 2
 for general  molded  products.   The contaminants of these waste  waters
 are  oil   and  suspended solids.   However, most plants  do not have any
                                me*
   the  waste  water  discharges  are
process waste waters at  all,  arid	__  ««^4^yco  o
limited to boiler blowdown, cooling water, and sanitary waste waters


Reclaimed Rubber Production

The  quantity  of  scrap  rubber  being  reclaimed and re-used and the
number of rubber reclaiming plants operating in the United States have
both steadily  declined  over  the  past  decade.   This  decline  has
occurred  despite increased production and use of rubber products.  As
a percent of new  rubber  produced,  reclaimed  rubber  fell  from  19
percent  in  1958  to  .10  percerit in 1968.  Some of this reduction is
probably due  to  development  of  new  rubbers  not  compatible  with
reclaimed rubber, but, undoubtedly, the major decreases were caused by
cost, quality, and environmental reasons.  Table 7 indicates the usage
of  reclaimed  rubber  during  the  1960«s  and  it  can  be seen that
substantial   reductions   have   occurred   in   some   applications.
Competitive materials, such as rugs and colored plastics, have reduced
usage  in automotive mats and mechanical parts from 105 million pounds
in 1960 to approximately 55 million pounds.   Similar  reductions  are
noted for other mechanical goods,
rubber products.
 hose,  shoe heels  and soles,  and hard
Reclaimed rubber is the product resulting from the treatment of ground
scrap  tires, tubes, and miscellaneous waste rubber articles with h<=>at
and chemical agents whereby a substantial devulcanization or  regener-
ation  of  the  rubber  compound Lto  its  original  plastic  state is
effected, thus permitting the product to be  reprocessed,  compounded,
and  reyulcanized.   The  term  "devulcanization"  which is frequently
associated with reclaiming is a misnomer.  Actually all the commercial
reclaiming processes employed are based  on  depolymerization  of  the
rubbers.   This depolymerization can occur either by promoting thermal
scission or breaking of the polymer chain or by  oxidation  at  points
other  than  at  cross-linking  sites.   Some scission of the existing
crosslinks may also occur.
There are two fundamental factors
The first, and the most important
reclaim is made.  The second is the
claimed.
                              46
which determine the type of reclaim.
 is the type of scrap from which the
  process by which the scrap is  re-

-------
VO
en
             00
IA    •-
IA    Tf\
CM
CO
                                         IA    v!O
      VD    CT\    IA
«-     LA    CM
                                                            oo
                                                                    LA
                                                                    IA
                                    •      •     I •      •     •

                                  CO     •-    r-~    LA    CM
 v>
•o
 c

 o
O-
       LA
       CA
       ol   •
       vOI O
           OO
                        VO    •-
                        CM    CO
                    CM
                    LA
                                  VO    OO    J"
                                                      CA    O
                                                       •     •
                                                             OO
                                                             J-
                                  t^    O    CM           OA    I  

       <
                         4)
                        CO


                        •a
                         c
                         ID

                         0)
                         in
                         O
                    ID
                    O
                    C
                    ID
                   x:
                            4)
                            D.
                            in
                           •o
                            c
                            ID
                            c
                            41
                     O
                     CO


                     •D
                     c
                     ID
                                                                    VO
       £
       XI
       3
       a:
—     T3
 4)     i.
 4)
 O
 ID


 U

 3
CO


 L.
 4)
XI
                                                    41
                                                    ac
                                        ^
                                                     U
                                                     x;
                                                                                              •o
                                                                                              V
                                                                                              x:
                                                                                              in
                                                                                  XI

                                                                                   o.
                                                                                   v
                                                                                   O>
                                                                                   c


                                                                                   o
                                                                                   cc
                                                                                  •a
                                                                                   c
                                                                                   (D
                                                                                   «
                                                                                  a.
                                                                                  ->
                                                                                    •
                                                                                  a:
                                                                                   a
                                                                                  a.
                                                                                   en o
                                                                                   
                                                                                              »-• c
                                                                                              4) LU
                                                                                              XI
                                                                                              XI  •
                                                                                              3 CO
                                                                                              01  '
                                                               4>
                                                               o
                                                               1_

                                                               o
                                                               10
                                                                                                   L)
                                                                                                   3


                                                                                                   O
                                                                                                               V
                                                                                                              X)
                                                                                                              XI
                                                                                                   -o
                                                                                                   V
                                                                                                              <0


                                                                                                              O
                                                                                                   c
                                                                                                   o
 a


 VI
 c
 o
o

 I

r-.

 a>

X)
 ID
                                                47

-------
 [
?1
i
        By   far  the most  important source of raw material is tire scrap.  The
        supply is  plentiful and well distributed so that it is relatively easy
        to  collect.  The quality   of  rubber  in  tires  is  high,  giving  an
        unusually  high  percentage  of   rubber  hydrocarbon at low cost.  The
        whole "tire creates problems due to the tire-cord  fiber  contained  in
        the carcass  portion.   This fiber  has  to  be  removed  either  by
        mechanical means or by chemical me'thods such  as  those  used  in  the
        digester process.

        Three  basic  techniques   are used  at  existing  plants  to  produce
        reclaimed  rubber:  the digester process,  the  pan  process,  and  the
        mechanical process.  A generalized material flow diagram for the three
        process  is shown  in Figure 5.  Broadly, the reclaiming process can be
        divided into three major parts, two of which are mostly mechanical and
        the other  predominantly chemical.  The rubber scrap is first separated
        and ground,  then  given   heat treatment  for  depo.lymerization,  and
        finally  processed by intensive friction milling.  All three processes
        employ similar rubber-scrap  separation  and  size-reduction  methods.
        They differ in the depolymerizatidn and the final processing steps.

        Rubber Separation  and Size Reduction
The  rubber  scrap is  first  sorted, and then reduced by mechanical chop-
ping  or  cracking on  a  very heavy cracker mill to a suitable size for
the  particular depolymerization  step  being  used.   A  cracker  mill
.consists  of  two  horizontal heavy steel rolls revolving at different
speeds.  The roll surfaces are corrugated,  giving  a  scissor-cutting
action.   In  the  case  of  tired,  the  wire beads are broken in the
cracker mill and removed with magnetic separators along with any other
ferrous material which may have been picked up during their use.   The
cracked ground stock is  conveyed to a vibrating screen of a given mesh
 size.   The oversized material is
 grinding.  The stock which passes
returned to the crackers for further
through the screen  is  conveyed  to
        storage bins to await use in the depolymerization process

        Most    reclaiming    plants   reg>aire   fiber-free   scrap   in   the
        depolymerization process.  A serie's of screens,  air  separators,  and
        sizing  equipment  are  used to remove fiber from ground rubber scrap.
        First the rubber scrap is passed  through  hammer  mills  and  beaters
        which  removes fiber from the rubber.  This screened mass then goes to
        an air-flotation table where the final separation of fiber and  rubber
        takes  place.   After  passing through magnetic separators, the rubber
        crumb which results goes to storage bins.

        Rubber  scrap  separation  and  size  reduction  is  followed  by  the
        appropriate depolymerization process.

        DepglYmerization

        Digester Process
                                        48

-------
49

-------
 The  digester process consists of  placing  the ground  scrap, water, and
 reclaiming agents into a  steam-jacketed   agitator-equipped  autoclave
 (digester).    The batch is then cocked  for 5 to  24 hours at 370-405°F.
 During this  time   the  rubber  becomes  partially  depolymerized,  and
'attains  the consistency of soft granules.  Reclaiming agents that are
 used include petroleum and coal tar-base oils and resins, as  well  as
 various    chemical  softeners, such  as   phenol alkyl  sulfides  and
 disulfides,  thiols  (mercaptans) ,  and  amino  compounds.   Reclaiming
 agents  or  oils   are  used  to
 desirable processing  properties.
                                 speed the depolymerization,  to impart
                   _ _            Natural rubber can be  reclaimed  in
the absence of any reclaiming agents.   SBR types, however,  require the
assistance  of  these  reclaiming  agents  or  catalysts to produce a
reclaim.  The reclaiming agents generally function by  catalyzing  the
oxidative  breakdown  of  the polymer chain and oxidatively disrupting
sulfur crosslinks.
                               'I
Rubber scrap  which   has   not  bejen  defibered  mechanically  requires
chemical   degradation    of  the  fibers  in  the  digestion  process.
Defibering agents, such as caustic soda or the chlorides of  zinc  and
calcium,  and  plasticizing oils are added to the digester to complete
the charge.  The fiber  from tires and other rubber scrap  products  is
hydrolyzed  and  goes into solution.  The presence of synthetic rubber
such as SBR in the tire scrap necessitates the  use  of  the  metallic
chlorides  in  place  of   the  caustic soda since the caustic solution
produces a heat-hardening effect with SBR instead of softening.

At the end of the digestion period the contents of  the  digester  are
blown  down  under  internal  pressure into a blowdown tank.  Water is
added  to  the  soupy  mass  to  facilitate  the  subsequent   washing
operations.   After thorough agitation, the mixture is discharged onto
continuous vibrating  screens whede a series of  spray  nozzle  showers
wash the rubber free  from the digester liquor.
The  washed  rubber,  which is i
through a dewatering press which
water.   The  dewatered  rubber
prior to further.processing.
                                  the form of a slurry,  is then  passed
                                  forces  out  much  of   the  occluded
                                 is  dried in a hot-oven or tray dryer
In cases where chemical defibering is carried  out  in  the  digestion
process, the rubber has to be wasjhed free from the decomposed fiber as
well  as the digestion liquor.  This washing procedure generates waste
water which can be alkaline or laflen with  metal  chlorides  and  fine
sludge-like  particles • of  hydrolyzed  fiber  and  rubber.   Chemical
defibering and the  subsequent  washing  process  create  an  effluent
problem.   At  present,  mechanical fiber separation is used to reduce
the waste water problem inherent in the digester process.
                              50

-------
Pan Process

The finely-cracked scrap, which is usually free from fiber, is reduced
to a finer particle size by  grinding  on  smooth  steel  rolls.   The
finely-ground  scrap  is  blended  in  an  open mixer with the correct
amount of reclaiming oils and is then placed in open  pans  which  are
stacked  on  a  carriage and pjlaced in a large horizontal heater.,  The
heater is a single-shell pressure vessel  into  which  live  steam  is
passed.   Depolymerization  is  carried out at about 365°F for 2 to 18
hours.   After  this  treatment  the  heater  is  vented,   the   pans
discharged,  and  the  cakes of rubber sent on for further processing.
Since the condensate from this operation is highly  contaminated  with
gums,  resins,  etc.,  it  cannot  be  returned  to  the  boilers and,
therefore, must be treated as ja  waste.   This  waste  is  similar  in
composition to the digester alkali and chloride wastes.

The  pan  process  is  relatively inexpensive because the equipment is
simple, and the washing and drying steps are eliminated.   The  supply
of  cheap  fiber-free  scrap  rubber  can  be a limiting factor in the
operation of the pan reclaiming process.

Mechanical Process

The mechanical reclaiming process, unlike the other two preceding pro-
cesses, is continuous.  The fine ground, fabric-free rubber  scrap  is
fed  continuously  into  a  high-temperature, high-shear machine..  The
machine is a horizontal cylinder containing a screw  for  forcing  and
working  the  material  along  the chamber wall at 350 to 400°F in the
presence of reclaiming agents and catalysts for depolymerization.  The
rate of depolymerization is controlled by the speed of screw while the
compression and temperature is
                 maintained  constant.   The  discharged
reclaimed rubber needs no drying and is ready for further processing.

Final Processing

The final stage of the reclaiming operation, namely milling, first in-
volves the mixing and blending of the material from any of the various
depolymerization  processes  in  a  Banbury  internal mixer with small
amounts of reinforcing materials  such  as  clay,  carbon  black,,  and
softeners.    This   aids  in I smoothing  dried  stock  and  attaining
uniformity.  The reclaim is then given a  preliminary  refining  on  a
short  two-roll  mill  having
surfaces.  The sheet thickness
0.01  inch.
The  reclaim  is
                               a  high-friction ratio between the roll
                               after the first refiner pass  is  about
                                then strained to remove foreign matter
before going to the final thickness  of  0.002 -to  0.005  inch.   The
strainer is an extruder which contains a wire mesh screen held between
two  strong  perforated. steel plates in the head of the machine.  The
strainer not only removes foreign matter,  but  also  plasticizes  and
blends the reclaim.    ;

Each reclaimer may complete his reclaiming operations in either of two
ways  -  by  sending  his product to the customer in the form of slabs

-------
Stacked on pallets or bales.  Slabbed reclaim is made on  a  mill  and
the  discharged  sheet  is  wrapped  on a rotating drum of a specified
diameter, until the proper thickness is obtained.  The wrapped  layers
or "sheet are then cut off the drums, forming a solid slab of a certain
length,  width,  and  weight.   The slabs are then dusted with talc to
prevent sticking to each other, tiested, and shipped to  the  customer.
Baled reclaim, is also made on a (mill, except the thin milled sheet is
conveyed  to  a  baler,  where the rubber is compacted to form a bale.
The bale is then encased in a bag, stacked on a  pallet,  tested,  and
sent to the customer.            I

The  effluent  waste  waters  occurring  during the various reclaiming
processes are identified in Table 8.
                                  ?          •      :    . •
Manufacture of General Latex-Based Products
To manufacture  sundry  rubber  goods  from  latex  compounds,  it  is
necessary  to  convert  the compounds into solids of the desired form.
Latex compounds are generally stabilized by the latex producer
                                before
shipping  to  the  rubber  goods  manufacturing  facility.   Here, the
stabilized latex compound is transformed into the final rubber good.
:r
Prior to forming the rubber goods, the  latex  is  compounded  (mixed)
with  various  ingredients, such|as antioxidants, in accordance with a
specific recipe.  The mixing of latex compounds is a simple  operation
consisting of weighing out -the proper amounts of the various solutions
and  emulsions  required,  and  ihen stirring these materials into the
latex, usually in a large tank equipped with  a  mechanical  agitator.
In  some cases, such as the compounding of latex fox foam sponge, some
of the ingredients must be added just prior to or during  the  foaming
operation,  and  in  these  cases  complicated automatic proportioning
equipment is sometimes used.     I

Several types of rubber goods are fabricated from latex mixtures.  The
basic manufacturing processes and their waste  water  generations  for
these  product types are described below.  The major classes of latex-
based goods are dipped goods, such as finger cots and surgical gloves,
and foam-backing materials.  Table 9 lists  the  value  of  1967  U.S.
shipments  of  the  principal  rubber  products  fabricated from latex
mixes.  It is believed that manyI of the foam products, listed in  Table
9 are no longer made and have-been replaced by chemically blown sponge
or  urethane-type  foams.   As  discussed  earlier, it is difficult to
obtain more up-to-date production figures for these items in terms  of
product or raw material weights.

Latex-Based Dipped Goods

There  are  two principal technijues used in the manufacture of dipped
rubber  goods.   One  is  the  straight-dip  method  employed  in  the
production  of  very  thin-walled  dipped  goods  from which water can
                              52

-------
in

c
re
c
1
c
u
ft)
4J
re

ft)

m

^_
o
c
*a
"u
o
"O
c
to
ft)
5
re
2
in

re

in
§
«4-
O


in
>
i_


ft)
C

U
re
E
it-
's
c

"u

ft)
m

tn

re
ft)
VI
ft)
o
I
o
s>


o.

cr
1
in
re




in
in
ft)
u
S °

u
<
t_
o

4J
™


4-*
C
°-
0.

"re

u

^~
u
ft)


















4V
C
3
cr
ft)
en
c


E

C
O






























in
S- 2
Q ^
c
o u












in
U

1
u
O

•o
c
Q
O
in
3
in
•D
"o
in



O






t4_
**-
O
c
. 3
1,
r
»—
D.
vn




c

o
JO

t


c

4-> re

N O

1- CO
— O

11


















rganlcs,
o
•o
c
Q

in

O

4-»
c

3


C
O

1
"o
CL.
l_
5













^
c
re

|
.g

oo
VI


X ~~

t) XJ 1-
0. C ft)
«n re -M
§S«
u c in

V> (D U
u X>

"c c C
en u u-
t- ft) O

— in
•o **- c
c ft) O
re -o —
4-f
O ^ flJ
•_ c u •
4-1 (0 4-* VI
in c ft)
re o o —
4J O
» re o E
VI N O
•0 — .C U
*— U (71 H-
8 Is "8



p •§ "o £






o
3'
cr

*~"
1
en
o

















c
ft)
4-*
re
I
VI
*- Q.
n —
ft) -O


E tl 4-*
L. 4-1 ft)
-|-
i "1

• . u o
 V) 3
— . ^ —

-o Z"o
O CL
ft) V)
C »-

^: - re
U 4J
re c E
5 6ll
TO **- Cr*U
Cn ft) —
"5 C co
as c — •
— — *n
vt u E .*
•— re c
— o c re
O CD O -M

4J «fl 4J
C J£ C
« re ft)
I c I
cl «- G.
o~ w cr
ft) — V

§ -s.§

4-» 4-*
^ c£
a Is.
U VI L.
— re *—
< ^ re















en
c
i
in 3
i- O
ft) CL
0 0
in

to
ft)
in
g
u
M-
O

^

^

•o

ft)
c

U 4J
Q C
e|
§1
t |
~ 0>
o c
c —

u E
a
01 O

K

V
£


"a.
VI

J
in
re




in
S
£
O_
E
re

u
ft)


u

4J
re en
ft) C

c
c —
re *~
a: o









in
U

c
to
en
u
0

-a
c
to
• o
4*
in
"s
V)
2
"o
VI



o




•

M-
O
C
2
~ in
_
CL





C

4J



C
O
^
re
N ft>

u re
ft) u
E O
— CO

ti


















in
u
1
t_
0
c
re


o

4-*

i
i


c
o

4-f
3
"o
o.
l^
<
















N
"c
re
u
3

^ 0.


V)

o « c
t- 4J ft)
til
isl

.Eg
in **- —
ft) -M
> in 3
— -o —

*o ^ o

ft) CO'
C L.

jr • «
0 4J
t- 3 in
U- CTT)
4) —
O C CO
C ^ •

t- E •*
re c
« c re
m O •f

in 4J
^r c
re ft)
"I
ml-


iS
VI •—
c-?
o "o
•o CL
in u
(D —
S re















en
c
c
§
CL

























C
J
a
*c
tt
u
1
^


«*-

V
S
cr

ft

-------
         Product Type

Dipped Goods
   Household gloves
   Surgical gloves
   Prophylactics
   Balloons (Toy and Advertising)

Thread (-bare rubber)

Latex Foam
   Automotive Seating
   Upholstery
   Mattresses and Pillows
   Carpet and Rug Cushions
   Other Latex  Foam Products-
 'Includes hospital padding anc
                                 Total
topper pads.
                        Value
                   (mi 11 ion dollars)

                         11.1
                        . 20.0
                        • 16. Jf
                         10.3

                         25.2


                         19-3
                         39.9
                         17.8
                         24.2
                         59-3
                        21*3.5
SOURCE:  "1967  Census of Manufacturers —  Rubber  and Miscellaneous  Plastic
         Products"; U..S. Department of  Commerce  (issued  1970).
Table 9 - 196? Shipments of Gelneral Latex - Based  Products by U.S.  Producers
                                  54

-------
readily and quickly be removed by evaporation.  The  second  technique
is   coagulation-dipping  where  the  rubber  goods  are  produced  by
coagulating a film of rubber from a rubber latex  onto  shaped  forms.
Thicker-walled items are made by coagulation-dipping rather than those
manufactured  by  the straight-dip method.  The thicker rubber deposit
cannot be dried as readily and
                              must  be  assisted -by  coagulation  in
order that it does not disintegrate during subsequent processing.

Figure  6  is  a  flow  diagram  for  a  typical  coagulation  dipping
operation.  Such a facility might be engaged  in  the  manufacture  of
rubber  gloves.   A  close-loop  conveyor transports the forms through
various processing units.  The forms can be made of  glazed  procelain
or polished metal.

The  forms  are  first  dried  md heated to 100-120° in a conditioning
oven prior to  dipping  in  thje  coagulant  solution;.   The  coagulant
solution  is  usually  a  mixture  of organic solvents and coagulants.
Combinations of ethanol and acetone are generally  used  as  solvents.
Typical  coagulants  are  calcium  nitrate, calcium chloride, and zinc
nitrate.  A surfactant is sometimes added to  the  mixture  to  ensure
good  "wetting"  of  the  forms, and release agents are added in cases
where the form has a complicatjed shape and removal of the dipped goods
from the forms is difficult. After coating with coagulants, the  forms
are  dipped in the rubber latepc.  The rubber latex and ingredients are
compounded prior to the dipping operation.  In some cases,  the  latex
storage and compounding tanks  are cooled with cooling coils or jackets
to  prevent  degradation  of   the  latex.   The  coagulant film on the
                               rubber emulsion to "break".  The  latex
surface of the form causes the
solids coalesce to produce a film of rubber that covers 'and adheres to
the  form.
                              through a preliminary  drying oven to dry
                              it does not disintegrate and  wash  away
                              p.  In the washing operation the soluble
                                 are  leached   out   and   rinsed  away.
                               ie  leachate  are the emulsifiers used
                              !f the latex   and metal ions  from  the
The  coated  forms are passed
the film sufficiently so that
in  the subsequent washing st
constituents of the rubber
Important  constituents  of
originally in the production
coagulant mixture.

The  coated forms are sent through a drying oven to dry the goods.   In
some applications, such as rubber gloves manufacture,  the  goods  are
not  only dried but heated sufficiently so that the rubber coating can
be rolled downward on itself to form a reinforced cuff bead.

In most applications the rubber goods are stamped with the proprietary
brands and other information s'uch as size in a stamping unit after the
drying process.
 The rubber goods  are cured in
 curing  the  items  are cooled
                              an oven at approximately  200°F.   After
                              in a water cooling tank and mechanically
                               55

-------

-------
stripped from  the  forms
detergent.   The  detergent is
rinse tank.  '
                          operati
The final  manufacturing
dusting  them  inside  and  ou
packaging.
                           usually  with  the  aid  of  a  lubricating
                               subsequently washed from the goods in a
  on
;side
consists  of  drying  the  goods,
with talc to prevent sticking and
In cases where sterilized products  are  required,  such  as  surgical
rubber  gloves, the goods can be immersed in a chlorine dip tank (free
chlorine concentration typically 1,000 mg/1)  to  provide  disinfection
and  improve  the surface finish of the glove.  After disinfection the
goods are dipped in a hot water tank (approximately 170°F)  to  remove
the' residual  chlorine from the rubber product.  These two operations
generally occur between the post-curing cooling  tank  and  the  final
drying  and  packaging  operation.   In  many  cases  the  gloves  are
sterilized by dipping in a hot
                               water bath (approximately 200°F)
Periodically, it is necessary to clean the form upon which  the  goods
are deposited.  When this is necessary, the forms are passed through a
bath  containing a cleaning agent.  In the case of porcelain forms the
agent used can be  chromic  acid  (mixture  of  potassium  dichromate,
sulfuric  acid,  and water).  The cleaned forms are rinsed of residual
chromic acid in a subsequent rinse tank.  The tank is equipped with  a
fresh  water  makeup  and  overflow  to  blow down the accumulation of
cleaning agent.  The cleaning frequency is generally on the  order  of
once  a  week.  Other methods <3f cleaning involve simply scrubbing the
forms with cleaning agents followed by rinsing.

The waste water sources and characteristics of a typical dipping oper-
ation are presented in Table 10.
The straight-dip method is the
removed.   Aftet  dipping, the
                               simplest of any used in making articles
from latex.  The forms are dipped directly into the latex  and  slowly
                               form is slowly rotated while the liquid
film is drying to ensure a uniform  film  thickness.   The  films  are
dried  at  room  temperature  or in warm air at 120 to 140°F.  Thicker
articles can be made by a multiple-dipping process with drying between
dips.  Latex deposits vary from 0.005 to 0.10 inch per dip,  depending
on the viscosity of the latex compound.
Cement-Based pipped Goods
                         discuss
It  is  appropriate  to
rubber cement here because the
the  manufacture of latex-based
Figure 7.)
    the manufacture of dipped goods from
 production process has similarities  to
  dipped goods as described above.   (see
Various products are made via cement dipping processes.  The following
process description is oriented  towards  the  manufacture  of  gloves
                              57

-------




u
4)

J?
5f

4)

in

c
C ID

cn —

I- ID
0 *J

TI 0
C 0
ID
4>
L.
3
4-1
ID


TJ
C
«D

TJ
4)
TJ
C
4)
D.
in
3
in


in
0 •
— in
C TJ
(D —
cn —
v- O
O m
TJ TJ
4> 4)

^— ^—
O O
in in
in in
Q TJ
1/1

4)
T» 4-»
C 

C
Z5

4-)
ID

f^
3
O
Q.
E
O
CJ

TJ
C
(D

D
01
ID

O
4-1
CO

X
4>
4->
ID



X
4J

ID
^

TJ
4J

ID

2
cn
ID
O
O
c
3

«*-
O

in
4)
4-1
i •
C
(D
3
cr

.c
cn
31 ••

















































.
in
TJ

^
O
in

TJ
«

»••«
O
in
in
._
^j


in
U
*—
c
ID
cn
O
Tg
4) '
>

"o
in
in
Q

L.
4)
TJ *J
C  4}'
in in
Jt C
R) —
a> ;i_

j «
• 3
in o
— c

»— Q)
Q.—
CO O















a.

S

4-1
C
ID

3
cn
ID
O
O






TJ
C
ID

TJ
4!
TJ
C
4)
a.
in
3
in


in
0 •
— in
C TJ
ID —
«- "o
O «>
TJ TJ
4) 4>
> >
^^ ^^
O O
in in
in in
£*$ ^J




TJ
C
ID in
u
in 4).

ID ID
4) 5

• 5
•• o
tn —
*— 4-
^» \
._ Q)
Q. >
co o


TJ
C
ID

«.
cn
'c
,^
^-,
O
o
CJ

M
£
in in
ID ^£
3 C
4J I—
o
3 4)
TJ in
0 C

a. a:


.
4J
C
4)
Cn
ID

C
0

4J
ID
N
•—
*»
U
O
4_>
in

•>
IT)
•u
•«— ,
o
in
TJ
4)
' >
*_—
O
in
in
Q
in
i-
4)
TJ 4J
C ID
ID 5

•> J
in o

«J <4-
V L.

^
« 0
in
— 4J
— in
— c
Q.—
CO U







in
in
4>
U
O
L_
o.

c
o

4-1
ID
N

_
.-.
1_
4)
4J
CO






•^
C
ID

TJ
4)
TJ
C
4)
0-
in
3
in


in
O •
— in
C TJ
ID —
Cn —
i- O
O m
TJ TJ
4) 4)
> > _
•^ ^«
O O
in in
in in
0 TJ


4)
in
C

"u

TJ
C
ID

j:
in
ID
S in
L.
E 4)
C 4J
O ID
u. s















cn
C
•—
c
ID
4)

CJ



O
u_
in
TJ
«_
O
i/i

TJ
4J
>
*«•
0
in
V)
•^
TJ

TJ
C
ID

TJ
4)
TJ
C
4)
a.
in
3
in
.
in
U
•^
C
ID
cn
O




TJ
C
ID


M-
l^..
TJ O
_C C
in 3
ID L.
5

ID i-
4) O
1- 4->

                                                           in
                                                          O
                                                          o
                                                          in
                                                          in
                                                           in
                                                           in
                                                           4)

                                                           8

                                                          a.

                                                           I

                                                          o
                                                          -D
                                                           ID
58

-------
 tf)
 o
 t-
 iu

 IU
 U

 <
'z
 o
 §
 a
 O
 «
 O.
 IU
 ee
 O
 u.
 Of
 O

 O


 O
 O

-------
 having  a   high  electrical  resistance.   Cement dipping results in a
 product which  has good ele'ctrical resistance  since no water  or  ionic
..species are   trapped  in   the  cement as would be the  case with latex
 dipped gloves.
The solid  rubber  required  for  the
                                  cement recipe  is  compounded  in  a
 small  Banbury  mixer   or   compounding  mill.   The  recipe ingredients
 include antioxidants, curing  agents,   and  pigments.   The  compounded
 stock is cut  in small pieces  to  facilitate  dissolution in the  solvent.
 These  pieces of  stock   are separated by weight into pre-determined
 quantities  and placed in a bin.   The  wastes generated  in  the rubber
 compounding  and  weighing areas[result from  spills and leakages from
 machinery,  powders from compounding,  and washdown waste waters.

 The  rubber  cement is prepared in blend tanks using fixed quantities of
 rubber stock  and solvent.   The solvent used is generally aliphatic  in
 nature,   for  example,  hexane.
 storage tank  prior to its   use
 rubber   cements   of  different
                                  The  blended  cement  is pumped to a
                                in  the  dipping  operation.   Several
                                  colors  and  properties  are  stored
simultaneously awaiting the dipping  operation.   Solvent  and  rubber
cement leaks can occur in this area.  The gloves are formed by dipping
on  glazed procelain forms.  In the case of linesmen gloves the rubber
layer is built up with  about  twenty  to  thirty  dips.   The  dipped
products  are  allowed  to drip-dry between dips.  The temperature and
humidity of the air in the drying room is controlled  to  ensure  good
drying conditions.

When  the  dipping  and  drying operation is completed, the gloves are
stamped with size and brand information and the cuff bead is formed by
rolling the cuff back on itself.

The gloves are cured in  an  open  steam  autoclave  vulcanizer.   The
temperature  and  length  of  curing  depends on the type of glove and
properties of the rubber.  The ste'am condensate leaches organics  from
the  rubber.   The  condensate  is  extremely  low  in  volume  and is
discharged to the plant drain.  At the end of  the  curing  cycle  the
gloves are removed from the vulcanizer and left to air cool.

When partly cool the gloves are dapped in a anti-tack slurry or equiv-
alent  anti-tack  agent  prior to jfinal cooling.  The anti-tack slurry
dries leaving a powder on the gloves which are then stripped from  the
 forms.   The gloves are dusted in
 sent to product inspection.
                                  a rotating drum with talc powder and
Gloves which pass a visual inspection are tested  for  electrical  re-
sistance.   This  operation involves filling the gloves with water and
placing the gloves in a tank of waiter.  A high voltage is applied  be-
tween  two electrodes; one electrode inside the water-filled glove and
the other outside in the water-filled tank.  At  -a  given  voltage,  a
                              60

-------
satisfactory  glove  limits the current flow.  Gloves removed from the
tank are dried and packaged prior to shipment.

Periodically the forms require cleaning.  This is carried out  with  a
mild scouring slurry followed by rinsing of the forms.  Spent scouring
slurry and the rinse waters are low in volume.

The  types  of  waste  water  generated  by  a  typical cement dipping
operation are listed in Table

Rubber Goods from Porous Molds

Porous molds prepared from plaster of Paris or unglazed porcelain with
pore sizes smaller than the smelliest rubber particles, are used in the
rubber sundry industry.   The
funnel-shaped opening into the
dwell  in  the  mold  until
developed on the mold wall.
  latex  compound  is  poured  through  a
  mold.  The latex compound is allowed to
   deposit  of  the desired thickness has
and  placed  in  an  oven  to
articles, to prevent pour line
The mold is emptied  of  excess  compound
  dry  at  1
-------
o>
L.
4>
4-1
4)

5

4)

in
re

in

O C
re
V c
o — -
3 1
O 4J
CO C
O
•a o
re
o
3
re
i

E
o

in

>-
o

Q.

I
U
'o.

in
U
•*
re
en
t_
o

•o
re

^_
._
o



X-
<*-
o
c
E

E
c
o
4->
V>
8
u
3

V)
•a
c
re

•t
in

re
4)

M
in

•—
Q.
CO



4)
cn
re
4)

^

«-
o

4_l
,,,
C


4J
C
re

SI
re
L.
o

CO

4J
C
4)

_
O


T3
C
re


_
o

^
4)

re

c
re

_••
. •— •
O 

4)
°













.
in
V
re
4)
-o
c
re

in
^

C
re
E
e
*4—
U)
•—
v«_
o
CO








tJ
-C.
in
re
3
TJ
C
re

A
in
s/
re
4)

0.
in

*—
"o.













cn
c.
*_
CL
0.

u
4-*
*
4->
•;
'•«•
4J
o
3
•o
C
0
o








c
o
f*—
4J
o
4)
D.
in
c


4*J
O
3

O
U
Q.




•













O

4->
U
3

O_
m
I
' CO

•^J
4)
a
a
s
4->
4)

_
g
U
<4~

tn
4)
U
3
e
CO

u
4)
4-J
5

4)
4-J
in
5

T3
. 4)
+J
re
"o
O
in
in
<
T
in
in
4)
O
O
l_
a.

i

H
H

4>
^~
o
re
1—


-------
o

JO
m
o



o



O
50


J

Tl

O
T»


5
O
O
O
z
r»
|



I
lijlli

-------
                	        	I  .  .    .,.••'..
                                          i  •  .               •                  -
                                          I  '

       The latex may consist entirely of najtural  latex or synthetic SBR latex
       or it can be a mixture of natural and an SBR  latex.  "The  load-bearing
       capacity of  the foams at a given density falls significantly as SBR is
       used . in  place  of  natural rubber.!  Latex rubber foams are generally
       prepared in  slab or molded forms in the density range  of 4 to 8 pounds
       per cubic foot.                    I

       Many different processes are patented for  preparing this type of prod-
       uct, but there are two of prime commercial interest for  manufacturing
       such  articles  as molded-foam cushioning  stock.   These are the Dunlop
       -the most widely used — and the Talalay   processes.    Some  producers
       have developed variations which in e'ffect  are a combination of the two
       processes.                          |

       The basic aspects of the Dunlop process are:

           1.    mechanically whipping the latex to a froth;
           2.    settling the frothed mass w'ith a  coagulant" or gelling agent;  and
          ^3.    vulcanizing the rubber so that the foam is permanent.

       The  latex  is first whipped on a batch or continuous  basis to produce
       the foam.  The  Oakes  continuous  mixer   is   the  standard  piece  of
       equipment used  by  the  industry jto  prepare the foamed latex.   The
       gelling  agents are added to this foam.

       Proper coagulation of the  latex  to!  give a  stable   foam  (commonly
       referred to  as gelation)  is the key to  the process.  The gelling agent
       is  one   that can be mixed into the ifrothed latex,  then remain dormant
       long enough  to  allow  the  froth-  to  be   poured  into  molds  before
       producing the gelling effect.   The jgelling system usually consists of
       sodium silicofluoride in conjunction  with  zinc oxide.

       The foam is  poured into molds and cu^red.   The molds are usually  steam
fji      heated.    When  the  curing cycle is  .completed, the product is removed
       from the mold and washed with water to  remove those ingredients of the
:[|      latex recipe which are not held permanently in the foam  matrix.   The
       foam  is  dried  in  a hot air dryeri  prior to inspection, storage, and
       shipment.                           I

       In the Talalay process the froth is jproduced  by chemical  rather  than
       mechanical means.   Hydrogen peroxide;  and enzymatic catalysts are mixed
       into  latex   and  the mixture is placed in the mold.   Decomposition of
       the peroxide by the added enzyme results in the liberation of  oxygen,
       which causes the latex mix to foam tup  and fill the mold.  The foam is
       rapidly  chilled and carbon dioxide jis  then   introduced  to  gel  the
       latex.    The  gelled  foam is than1 handled in a manner similar to that
       used in  the  Dunlop process.

       The waste water generated by the manufacture  of  latex  foam  products
       are  similar  to those produced at al  latex-based dipped .goods facility
                                      64

-------
                               I    "       .'  -            ,'••»''.
                               I                            .;•

 with the exception that there iis an additional zinc-laden rinse  water
 generated  by washing  the  foam  product.    These  waste  waters are
 identified in Table 10.  Ah important characteristic of this  type  of
 waste water is the presence of uncoagulated  latex solids.

 Foam Backing                  !

 For  supported  flat-stock  foam,  that  is,   foam  backing on various
 fabrics such as  carpets, scatter mats,  upholstery  fabrics,  etc.,   a
 different  type   of  gelatin  jagent is employed in place of the sodium
 silicofluoride gelling agent used in latex   foam  production.    Either
 ammonium  acetate  or ammonium sulfate is employed in combination with
 zinc oxide.                   |

 The .froth is prepared with an jOakes  machine,   the  gelling  agent  is
 added  at  the  machine,  and ] the  foam is  applied to the fabric by
 spreading  directly • on  the  jfabric  or spreading  on  a  belt   and
 transferring  the  wet gel to the fabric via the belt.  The gelling is
 carried out at elevated temperatures, usually  with the aid of:infrared
 lamps.  To prevent uneven shrinkage, the fabric is carried through the
 high-temperature zone and drying ovens on tenter  frames.   For  this
 application the  foam is.poured in narrow thicknesses, from 1/8 inch up
 to  a  maximum  of  1/2  inch.:   The  waste  waters  produced  by  the
 manufacture of foam backing arje comparable to   those  generated  by  a
 typical latex-dipped dipped goods manufacturing facility  (Table 10) .
                               |  .

 Summary                       I
                         !      I      ,      '.,.,'        .
 Based on the products and processes comprising the industry segment as
 described above, it is possible to make some general conclusions about
 the  waste  water  characteristics  of  the  industry segment and which
 product areas should be groupejd for further  discussion.

 Although the types of product Manufactured by  molding  techniques  are
 diverse,  the manufacturing processes are very similar. In addition, it
 is believed that the characteristics of the  waste waters generated  by
 the  three  principal molding [technologies  (compression, transfer, and
 injection)  are comparable.    ;
                               i    -       -
 Extrusion is another fundamental rubber processing technology by which
 several types of products are bade.  Rubber  extrusion, for example, is
 a significant step in the  manufacture  of   rubber  hose  as  well  as
 belting.   The  waste water types throughout the industry appear to be
, similar and independent of the! type of extruded product.

 The final stage  in the manufacture of many   rubber  products  involves
 fabrication   using   molded  jpr  extruded   components.   In  general,
 fabrication operations are "driy" and the necessary waste water control
 and treatment requirements appjear to be simple.
                                65

-------
Based on the apparent nature of the waste waters, it can be  concluded
that  molded,  extruded, arid fabricated rubber products can be grouped
together.  The processing methods! used generate waste  waters  limited
to  spills,  leaks,  and  housekeeping operations.  The waste water is
characterized by oil and suspended solids loadings.

The quantity of reclaimed rubber knd the number of reclaim plants have
decreased dramatically over the liist several years.   Associated  with
this  decline  has been a conversion from the wet digestion process to
both pan (heater) and dry digestipn processes..  Due to the differences
in the waste water generated, rubber  reclaiming  shall  be  separated
into  two  subcategories,  the  wet  digester  process,  and  the pan,
mechanical, and dry digester process.

Two main latex-based product areas exist; latex dipped goods and latex
foam.  Two small latex-based product areas also exist:   latex  thread
and  items  made  in  porous molds.  The foam industry consists of one
major plant,  other foam plants might  exist  but  their  capacity  is
insignificant.   owing to the apparent nature of the processes and the
waste waters produced, latex-based products can be separated into  -two
subcategories:   latex  dipped,  extruded, and molded items; and latex
foam,      •               '           •  ...          ,
                                 i

                               66 !

-------
-il
                                         SECTION IV
                                           i
                                  INDUSTRY j CATEGORIZATION                   . / •. ', ..
                                           i      •    - •                        '

           Introduction           •         '         •    .

           Industry  subcategories were  established  to  define  where  separate
           effluent  limitations  and  standards  of control and treatment should
           apply.  The primary distinctions between  the  various   subcategories
           have   been   based  on  the  waste  water  generated,  its  quantity,
           characteristics, and applicability  to  control  and  treatment.   The
           factors    considered    in   ascertaining  . whether   the   developed
           subcategories are justified were the following:

               1.   Manufacturing Process
               2.   Product
               3.   Raw Materials
               i».   Plant Size
               5.   Plant Age
               6.   Plant Location
               7.'   Air Pollution Control Equipment
               8.   Nature of Wastes Generated
               9.   Treatability of Waste Waters

           As illustrated in Section III, there are obvious and intrinsic differ-
           ences between reclaimed rubber; • latex-based products; and the  molded,
           extruded,   and  fabricated  rubber  products.   Therefore,  recleiimed
           rubber, and  latex-based  products,   have  been  treated  separately.
           Molded, extruded, and fabricated products will be treated as one group
           and  the   subcategories  of  the industry to which specific standards
           should, be applied will be discussed in this section under one  of  the
           following subsections:          i
                                           i
               1.   Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Products
               2.   Reclaimed Rubber       ]
               3.   Latex-Based Products   ;

           Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Products
Manufacturing Process

There  are  two fundamental processes, molding and extrusion, by which
products in this group are made;.  Although  the  manufacture  of  many
products  involves  fabrication,  of  the  final  product  from several
individual rubber components, the individual components are themselves
manufactured typically by molding or extrusion techniques.  The  waste
waters  created by both mol^ding^ and extrusion operations orginate with
housecleaning spills, leaks, and washdown.
                                           i*-

-------
It can be said, therefore, that in spite of  process . variations,  the
waste  waters  generated  by all] products in this group are similar in
volume and constituents and  thus  further  subcategorization  is  not
warranted. .                     !  .   ,

Product          .               i
                                ! "•         ••.,•""'
The basic processes cf molding, iextrusion, and fabrication are used to
manufacture a wide array of rubbjer products.  The waste waters associ-
ated   with   the   majority   of    these  products  are  similar  and
subcategorization according to product is not justified.

Hose manufacture generally produces  a vulcanizer condensate exhibiting
a relatively high concentration of lead  (approximating 60 mg/1).   The
flow rate of this condensate is Slow  (typically less than 1 gpm) .  Some
plants  utilize contact cooling jwater during the extrusion of the lead
sheath and the cooling of the cuired  hose.  The flow, rate  from  these
cooling  operations  amounts  to: approximately 50 gpm.  However, lead-
laden waste waters can be  segreigated  and  treated  separately,  thus
separate  subcategorization based on this specific waste stream is not
justified.
|taw Materials
                                I
The basic raw materials for this; industry  group  are  rubber,  carbon
black,  pigments,  and  oil.   Although some fabrication processes use
latex as an adhesive and the methods for handling latex vary the waste
water problems associated with  the  use  of  latex  can  be  overcome
readily.   In  light  of  these tacts, it is not reasonable to further
subcategorize molded, extruded, ,and fabricated products based  on  raw
material usage.
Study of the production facilities included in this group reveals that
the  size  distribution  is  broad  and  ranges from approximately 500
pounds per day to 265,000 pounds! per day of raw material.   The  small
plants  in  this  group  are  predominantly  independent molding shops
manufacturing specialized producjts for a limited number  of  wholesale
outlets.   At the other end of tjhe spectrum, the larger plants tend to
be integrated plants making several types  of  products.   The  medium
sized  and  large plants are frequently operated by the large tire and
rubber companies.   Some  products,  such  as  hose  or  belting,  are
produced only by medium or large! facilities.

Although  the  waste  water  characteristics  and treatment methods of
small, medium, and large plants jare similar, the impact of waste water
control and treatment costs on tlie smaller plants is likely to be more
critical than their effect on lajrge plants.  This  fact  tends  to  be
                               68

-------
             magnified   since  most  small  plants  are  operated  by
             companies with less financial flexibility of resources.
                                      independent
             .Based on these observations, jit was concluded that  molded,  extruded,
             and  fabricated  rubber  products should be subcategorized in order to
             ascertain the cost of waste wjater  control  and  treatment  for  three
             separate   plant   sizes.   Accordingly,  the  molded,  extruded,  and
             fabricated rubber  products  jias  been  split  into  three  production
             capacity  size  ranges.   Thej  three  size  ranges, the percent of the
             product area covered by the sjize ranges, and the corresponding median,
             or typical, production capacity for each size range are shown below.
m
                  Range of Plant
                  	Sizes	
                kg/day (Ibs/day)"
                  >•

             less than 3,720  (8,200)
             3,720-10,430  (8,200-23,000
             greater than  10,430  (23,000)

             Plant Age
         Percent of the
          Product Area
  Typical Size For
  _  Each Range	
  kg/day (Ibs/day)
               30
               30
               40
   910
 7,710
15,420
(2,000)
(2,000)
(34,000)
             Rubber molding, extrusion, and fabricated product plants have a  broad
             age   distribution.    Howevet,   there   have   been  few  processing
             developments in that period that have had any significant waste  water
             impact.   In  general, the waste water control and treatment costs for
             an older plant will probably be higher than those of a new plant,  but
             this is not always the case. ] In addition, it is difficult to usefully
             characterize  the  cost-to-agje relationship and to define meaningfully
             the  age  demarcation  line  br  lines.  Analysis   of   waste   water
             characterization  and  treatment  data  reveal that the age of a plant
             does  not  preclude
             technologies.
the  use,  of  exemplary  control  and   treatment
             Therefore,  it  has been concluded that plant age is not a significant
             factor for separate subcategoirization.
                             •             |              -
             Plant Location               j

             Although a high proportion ofj the plants are located in one region  of
             the  country   (Akron, Ohio and its environs), climate and geographical
             location  are  not  the  reasons  behind  this  fact.   Akron  Is  the
             traditional  center  of  the | rubber  industry  where  in the past raw
             materials (rubber and the special mix ingredients) , rubber  processing
             machinery  and  equipment,  rjubber process technology, and experienced
             labor have been readily available,  climate and location do not affect"
             the basic processing techniques used by the  industry  and  will  have
             little impact on waste water jtreatability or effluent quality.  There-
             fore subcategorization according to plant location is not necessary.
                                           69

-------
ftir pollution Control Equipment   ]
                                -  ]   -. .        .   •
The  type  of air pollution control equipment employed by the facility
can have an effect on the quantity and quality  of  a  plants  overall
process waste water flow.  The use of dry scrubbing equipment produces
no waste water problem.  If wet scrubbing devices are used solid-laden
blowdown can be settled and filtered.  By recycling the water from the
settled  and  filtered  discharge,!  this  waste  water  problem can be
minimized.  Plants which utilize Wet scrubbers are given an additional
allowance for TSS.  The waste stream can be  isolated  and  kept  from
interfering  with  the  treatability  of  other  process waste waters.
Thus, air  pollution  control  requirements  do  not  warrant  further
subcategorization.                I
                                 ,j.'  '..     •    " •-
Nature of Wastes Generatgd        j                       :

Analysis  of  available  data  indicated  that the process waste water
types and characteristics generated  by  the  manufacture  of  general
molded,  extruded,  and  fabricated  rubber  products  are effectively
similar.  Some minor variations do occur.  Processes  utilizing  latex
adhesive  can  produce  latex-laden  waste  waters if inadequate water
management or housekeeping practices are employed.  Latex-laden  rinse
waters should be low in volume and can be containerized or replaceable
liners  can  be  used  inside lat^x containers thereby eliminating the
rinse waters  completely.   Waste j waters  created  by  wet  scrubbing
equipment  tend  to  be laden witiji suspended solids.  This waste water
can be recycled with a slipstreamjto blowdown the accumulated  solids.
The  slipstream  is low in volume land can be containerized, treated by
settling and filtration, or sent to a municipal system..

Based  on  these  observations,  it  is  not   deemed   necessary   to
subcategorize  further  according  to  the  nature of the waste waters
generated.

Treatability of Waste Waters      !
                                  I         •  .
The control and  treatment  practices  and  technologies  employed  by
plants  are  similar  and  are  based  on  oil  and .suspended  solids
separation.  In addition, the effluent qualities of  exemplary  plants
of all processing types and product mixes are comparable.  These facts
indicate  that subcategorization is not justified based on waste water
treatability.                     !

Summary                           I

Studies of molded, extruded, and fabricated rubber  products  indicate
that  the  only valid basis for subcategorization is plant size.  This
is not required owing to differing waste water types but  because  the
process  waste  water  flow  rate| is relatively higher for small size
plant and financial resources of  jthe  smaller  plants  are  generally
                               70

-------
                              I   :, .  .    .  '   .   ••

                              j -     -
weaker   than  those  of  larger  rubber  companies.   The  size-range
subcategorizations, which werel selected to reflect fully the potential
economic and flow rate differences, are as follows:

                              i                                Model Flow
                              i                                  1/kkg

Small Plants:  Less than 3,72ol kg/day  (8,200 Ib/day) of        16,200
               raw material,  j
Medium Plants: 3,720-10,430 kgfday  (8,200-23,000 Ib/day) of     9,810
               raw material,  j
Large Plants:  Greater than 201,430 kg/day  (23,000 Ib/day) of    6,210
               raw material,  i

Rubber Reclaiming

Manufacturing Process
                              i
As described in Section III, there are  principally  three  reclaiming
processes  used  currently  inj  the United States.  Wet digestion, the
oldest of the three,  itself  fias  process  variations  which  involve
rubber  scrap  defibering  andi the types of digestion medium used.  In
some plants, physical defibering is carried out before  the  digestion
step;  in  others,  chemical  defibering  is effected in the digestion
process itself.   The  acidic-inedium  digester  process  is  virtually
extinct  but alkaline- and neutral-medium process variations do exist.
In addition to the wet digested process, there  is  the  dry  digester
process which has fundamental process similarities to the wet process.
Some  wet digester systems havje been or are being converted to the dry
process.  The pan, or heater, process is the  most  common  reclaiming
process  and  has almost replaced the wet digester process.  The least
common or least conventional process is the mechanical process and  it
is  believed  that  only one pjlant uses this technology.  Both the pan
and mechanical reclaim processes need defibered scrap rubber  produced
by the physical defibering process.

It  was  concluded  that  therje are essentially three distinct process
technologies used in producing; reclaimed rubber:  1) digester  (wet and
dry)  process, 2)  pan (or heater)  process, and 3) mechanical process.

Product

There are primarily two types jof  reclaimed  rubber  produced  by  the
industry.   One  type  is  general reclaim prepared from general scrap
rubber items but prinpipally strap tires; the other type of  reclaimed
rubber  is  butyl rubber reclaim produced exclusively from scrap inner
tubes.  The scrap inner tube  taw  material  requires  no  defibering,
whereas  general scrap rubber,i like tires, requires either physical or
chemical defibering. .Although! there are distinct product and  process
differences  inherent  in theste two types of reclaim product, there is
                                71

-------
        waste water in>Pact' since! most reclaim plants produce  the  two
 of product.


 Raw Materials

 aIn^f^^SId  *$ the sec*ion ab<>ve' two faasic types of raw materials,
 general scrap and scrap  inner  tubes,  are  used  by  the  reclaiming

 SeUS^;^ Si?Q*  b°th  «*'«*«* can »e «*ed side 2? side .SuSSSS
 m^nSJ   fy    in?6r tUbe  SCrap  is  n^mally  overshadowed  by  the
 SKSSnJf ^jneral scrap rubber | being processed in the reclaim plant,
 necessary          according  to  raw  material  type  is  not  deemed
Plant Size             .1


Most rubber reclaiming plants in Ibusiness today tend to be large  pro-

to m™?« fafilxt*es'  Remaining smaller plants are generally clnneSed
to municioal «as^ ™<-~- treatment systems and, as such,  are  subject
                         r*A ff    TJJ  ^ —  	*_«__«•  .   • ^ .  .  _         -*
                                               ,        ,
  an             ,sta"dards-    **  -is  anticipated that future reclaim
 capac!tXsb            6d  °r   re-°Pened  wi^  have  large  production
ni^ni «J^ iS  cfnc^-uded  ^hat   further  subcategorization according to
plant size is not warranted  for  rjubber reclaiming facilities.

Plant Age                        |


jLrne"i' "Clai.m^?.?la"ts te.n!d *° be old  facilities   and   in   -the
                                            s
nn ?S SYi *           account bV considering subcategorization based
on the reclaim process used as di&cussed above.

Plant Location        .     •      ;
— — — — "•    — —        -     •      -  .
    few surviving reclaim plants are not limited to one particular re-
    li '   ! locati?n of  reclaiming  plants  is  probably  linked  v^ry
«i?*S Y *^°  a  °heap  and  available supply of scrap tires.  However
SJSenSnt  Qr°^SS technol°?y nof «>e waste water treatment me?hS i s
d,!h^df « •°n4..the, geographic  location   and,   therefore,   further
subcategorization for reasons of geographic location is not required?
                                 I
                             72
                                                                               !'

                                                                               i

-------
                         .      I  ; -                            '
     Pollution Control Equipment                         .        '

 Rubber  reclaiming  plants  ar^   infamous  for   the odor problems they
 create in the neighborhood of the plants.  Wet  air  pollution  control
.devices  are common in the industry;  however, similar control measures
 are required for all plants using the same reclaiming process.   There-
 fore,  subcategorization of the jrubber reclaiming industry according to
 the extent and type of air pollution  control equipment employed is not
 necessary.                    •'
                               i
 gature of Wastes Generated    I
                              . i  •          •  •
 The types and characteristics of the  waste waters produced by the  pan
 (heater),  mechanical, and dry |digester processes are similar although
 the waste waters generated by the pan and dry digester  processes  are
 probably  slightly  more  contaminated  with  organics  than the waste
 waters produced by mechanical process.  Therefore, if the  mechanical,
 dry  digester,  and  pan processes  are studied  as one subcategory, the
 developed guidelines • should  be based  on the  exemplary  treatment
 applicable to the pan and dry digester processes.

 Such  a  data  contraction or simplification is not detrimental to the
 objectives of the guidelines sttudy  since only one plant  is  known  to
 use  the mechanical reclaim process.   The waste waters produced by the
 wet digester process are more contaminated than those generated by the
 other reclaim processes 'and  tljieir  control and  treatment  are  more
 involved.   Accordingly, the rubber reclaim subcategorization is based
 solely on waste water types.  The result is two subcategories:  1)  wet
 digester  process,  and 2) oth^r reclaim processes to include the pan,
 mechanical, and dry digester processes.
                               I
 Treatability of Haste Waters  j     .

 The treatabilities of the process waste waters  produced  by  the-  pan,
 dry  digestion,  and mechanical  processes are similar and are based on
 suspended solids and oil  removal.    By  contrast,  the  waste   waters
 created  by  the  wet  digester   process, as well as requiring  oil and
 suspended  solids  removal,  warrant   further   treatment   to   reduce
 dissolved  organic  contaminants.  In light of these differences, the
 reclaiming  industry   should j  be    separated    into   two   distinct
 subcategories:   1) wet digestion reclaimed rubber plants, and  2) pan,
 dry digestion, and mechanical reclaimed rubber.
                               i       ,    -                       .
 Summary       ,                |
    ~"                          i
 In order to establish effluent;limitations and   standards  of  control
 and  treatment,  rubber  reclaiming  should be  divided into two sub-"
 categories because of differences in   the  natures  of  the  generated
 waste waters and their treatabilities.  The two subcategories are:
                               I         -           -        .
     1.   Wet digestion reclaimed'rubber
     2.   Pan  (heater), mechanical,  and dry digestion
          reclaimed rubber.    I

                               i   •..-.'••'...'-•
                               73 -•_•-•-•-••                - ;

-------
                                 I

Latex-Based Products             !

Manufacturing Process
.   '      •           ~            I      '  •         .
Two  types  of manufacturing process are predominant in the production
of latex-based products.  Dipped goods, such as surgical  gloves,  aire
made by single or multiple dipping operations.  Latex foam production,
on  the  other  hand, involves the frothing or foaming of rubber latex
followed by curing.  It should bejnoted that although the two  process
technologies   exhibit   distinct;   differences   there   are   strong
similarities in the two processes|from the  standpoints  of  materials
handling and waste water characteristics.  It was apparent that latex-
based  products should be tentatively subcategorized into dipped goods
and  foam  in  order  to  reflect;  the  differences  in  the   process
technologies.   Latex-based  products  such  as latex thread and items
formed  in  porous  molds,,  although  minor  product  types,  must  be
considered  separately until fina^. conclusions can be made as to which
subcategory they should be assigned.

Product                          I

The products made from latex-based raw materials are varied.  However,
the  manufacturing  processes,  waste   water   characteristics,   and
treatment  efficiencies  of  manyi  of these product types are similar.
Therefore,  only four product^ segments are  required.   These  segments
are  dipped  goods and latex foamjas well as the minor products, latex
thread and porous mold items.    I
Raw Materials
The basis for the separation of 14tex-based products from the rest  of
the  segment  covered by these guidelines and limitations was the fact
that rubber latex was the common iraw material.  The various  types  of
rubber  latex  used  do not have differing waste water impact and thus
there is no need for further subc^tegorization according to  the  type
of raw material used.            i
                                 i               •               •
Plant Size                       j
                                 i   ''.'•"'
                                 ,|      :-   • . -r   .    :- '       -
The  size  distribution  of  dipped  goods manufacturing facilities is
relatively confined, and it is not necessary to study the waste  water
characteristics  and  treatment  techniques of several plant sizes for
this subcategory.  The one known latex foam plant has a  raw  material
usage  of 200,000 Ibs/day latex solids and is large in comparison with
latex dipping facilities.  It is 'believed  by  many  rubber  industry
experts  that  no other foam production facilities exist in the United
States.  It is certainly true to say that few significant  latex  foam
plants  are  currently  operating.    Therefore,  only one size of foam
                              74

-------
             plant will  be  studied, namely that of  the  plant  that  is  known  to
             exist.
                                          I
             The  process  technology  usejd  by  the latex dipping industry has not
             changed significantly since the advent of the industry, and  therefore
             plant   age   is   not  considered  a  necessary  factor  for  further
             subcategorization.  Since therle is  only  one  significant  latex  foam
             production  facility,  plant jage is not a reason for subcategorization
             of the latex foam category.  JThis approach is supported  by  the  fact
             that  the changes in latex foam production methods over the years have
             not had a waste water impact.!

             Plant Location               i
             Geographical location does no|t have any effect on the process  techno-
             logies  or  waste water treatments used in either the latex dipping or
             foam producing industries.  Tjhus plant location is not justified as  a
             factor   for   subcategorization.    Climatic   conditions,   such  as
             temperature,  will  affect  the  rate  of  biodegradation.     However,
             climatic  effects can be tak^n into consideration during the design of
             a treatment  facility  such  |that  the  effluent  limitations  can  be
             complied with throughout the JU. S.

             Air Pollution Control Equipment

             Few  air  pollution  controls; and no wet scrubbing devices are used by
             plants manufacturing 'either Ijatex dipped goods or foam.    Accordingly,
             air  pollution  control  equipment needs do not constitute grounds for
             further subcategorization of ithe industry.
                                          !           :      '
             Nature of Wastes Generated   j      •  •   '
HI I
             Waste waters generated are characterized by latex solids, which result
             from  spills  or  leaks  arouind  loading/unloading  areas,  and   from
                          associated  with'  tankage,   blending,  and  product  wash
                           Product  and  equipment washing  operations  result  in
                                         wiaste  water.   A separate problem for the
                                                           zinc  concentrations  in
operations
facilities.
surfactants
             entering  the
latex foam industry is the existence of high
the foam rinse operations.   I

Based  on  the  specific  characteristics of the zinc-laden foaitn rinse
waters, the latex-based products industry is divided into two subcate-
             gories:   dipped goods
             latex foam.
                       (including thread and  porous  mold  items)  and
                                            75

-------
         Treatabilitv of Waste Waters     '

         The  treatability  of  latex-laden  waste  waters  from  all  types of
         production  facilities  can  be  Created   similarly   with   chemical
         coagulation  and  clarification  for  primary treatment and biological
         treatment for the removal of  sellable  contaminants.    The  zinc-laden
         waste  waters  generated in foam plants require chemical precipitation
         and  clarification  as  primary  treatment  followed   by   biological
         secondary treatment.             I

         With  this in mind, it was deemedinecessary to separate latex products
         into two separate subcategories, dipped goods (as well as  thread  and
         porous  mold  items)  and  latex jfoam, based on the different treata-
         bilities of the waste waters.    i
l:
m
Summary

Analysis of latex-based  products ! manufacturing,  point  to  subcate-
gorization  based on process, plarit size, waste water characteristics,
and treatability.  Therefore, theisubcategorization should be:

    1.   Dipped goods, latex thread, and items made in porous molds.
    2.   Latex foam. .             ;

                                  i
Summary                           ]

The  considerations  presented  in  this  section   substantiate   the
following subcategorization:      j
                                  i
Small-sized  general  molded,  extruded,  and fabricated rubber plants
subcategory; medium-sized general : molded,  extruded,  and  fabricated
rubber  plants  subcategory; large-sized general molded, extruded, and
fabricated rubber plants subcategory; wet digestion  reclaimed  rubber
subcategory;  pan,  dry  digestion,  and  mechanical  reclaimed rubber
subcategory;   latex-dipped,    latex-extruded,    and    latex-molded
subcategory; latex foam subcategory.
                                        76

-------
                                       SECTION V

                                 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION
                                        I           '                 •'
                    General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber
                                     Subcategori es
                                        i                                  .
                                        1
                                        I

         Waste  water  characterization j data was obtained from literature, EPA
         documents, and company data.  PJlant visits  (refer to Section VII) were
         made to confirm this data.  Figures 1, 2, 3, a and 7  are  generalized
         process  diagrams  of  typicalj molded,  extruded, hose, footwear, and
         cement-dipped production facilities, respectively; they  indicate  the
         location of water supply and waste water generation streams.
                                        i
         Total Effluent                 j

         Table   12   summarizes  total! effluent  quantities  and  contaminant
         loadings.   All  data  is  normalized  to   a  unit  of  raw   material
         consumption.   Indicated  flow' rate  values  include both process and
         nonprocess waste waters.  Honpirocess waste  water  can  include  once-
,         through cooling water, codling[tower blowdown, boiler blowdown, intake
|         water  treatment  wastes,  domestic wastes, and steam condensate.  The
         largest portion of the total effluent flow  is cooling water discharge.
         Fluctuations in the flow  rates  generally  reflect  water  management
         practices.   For  instance,  plants  G  and C use recirculated cooling
         water, whereas plants A and D have once-through cooling systems.
i                 '            ..          !
|         Values  tabulated  for  raw  waste  loads   include  both  process  and
         nonprocess waste waters.  In addition to the values listed, tests were
         conducted for other contaminants, such as phenols, chromium, and.zinc.
         Phenol  content  in  all  the plants visited was minimal and it can be
         assumed that phenols in Subcategories E, F, and G total raw  effluents
         will  not  be  significant.   Chromium  and zinc can be present in the
         total plant effluent from nonprocess waste  waters evolved from cooling
         tower blowdowns,*but concentrations are usually below  the  measurable
          level.   As  with  flow  rates!  COD  and   BOD  loadings reflect water
         management techniques.  Typically, the use  of cooling water  treatment
         chemicals in recirculated cooling water systems will raise the COD and
          BOD loadings in the  final effluent.

          Suspended  solids  and  oil loadings are attributable to process waste
         water discharges.  These loadings in the total effluent  appear  minor
         when  compared  to  COD and BOD loadings.   There  are two major reasons-
          for this: first, process flow  rates are minor relative  to  nonprocess
          discharges  and  dilution  by  Jnonprocess   waste  waters reduces their
          concentrations in  final raw effluents;  secondly,  the  plants   listed
          have exemplary features.  Sound housekeeping and  maintenance practices
          (i.e.,  care  to   prevent  spills,  dry pickup of  spills, and repair  of
                                         77

-------
I    ' -

    l\ 5  S-S  5-52  s S
    ,J •  • o  .' o _•  o _•
    ?i f  I f  s f 5   S *
    :!--••

   ||f S  55  SSS  is-
    -I -  o o  «•_•-•_• v
              *. * a
              £ I 5  £ 5
              2 s s  e s
              a a »  - i
 i-.n    i
SI  t "« »  • =

       ; ?. .;  «
      J
      !!  il   J!i   J
      ll i ii  i i !l i i
                             II!
                             ill
                                    -

             78

-------
                               I   ;.."..     . .  .	
                               I , ..  ,	-	• . .    , .       .    .-.-.•;

 leaking machinery and pipes)  ejubstantially reduce suspended solids  and
 oil  loadings in raw effluents.'

-Dissolved solids loadings  in  -the  raw effluents  is a function   of  both
 the  water  management  techniques,  particularly with utility  services,
 and  the quality of the  water  sjupply source.   Typically,  the use  of  a
 cooling  water  recirculation j system or the  use of an underground  raw
 water  source will increase the1 dissolved solids loadings in the  final
 effluent.                      | •

 The  raw  waste  waters from Plant D and Plant G contain lead and, in
 general,  have  a  higher   COD content.  This is attributable   to
 vulcanization techniques employed in hose manufacturing.

 Raw  waste  water loadings  of  Plant  B are lower than those of  the other
 plants. This plant produces ce|ment  dipped goods.    Their manufacture
 requires  less heavy machinery and  a correspondingly smaller  amount of
 nonprocess  and process  waste  waters are evolved.
 Individual Process  Streams
 The primary source of process waste waters within the general  molded,
 extruded,  and fabricated rubber subcategories. is related to the use of
 heavy machinery,  and various ainti-tack solutions.  Leakage of bearing,
 gear,  and seal oil can readiliy pass into nearby drains and be carried
 into the waste water effluents?.  Oil powered hydraulic systems provide
 additional potential for oil contamination of waste waters.  Anti-tack
 agents which are allowed  to  'spill  onto  the  floor  can,  when  not
 properly   handled,   contaminate   plant  effluents,'  contributing  a
 potentially high suspended solid, loading.   Washdown  of  the  dipping
 areas  where  anti-tack  agents  are  in use will create an additional
 suspended solids loading in tliie effluents.  In addition,  uncontrolled
 or  untreated runoff from-outdoor oil storage areas will contribute to
 additional oil loadings in th6 effluent.   Flow,  oil,  and  suspended
 solids  contributions  from  these sources are the major components of
 the total process effluent.  Smaller plants,  with  a  typically  less
 efficient   operation  (smaller  throughput  per  machine)  and  older
 machinery, normally have higher oil and suspended solids loadings  per
 pound  of  raw  material  usage.   Larger storage areas in relation to
 production level are also typical  of  smaller  plants  and  potential
 contamination from these area6 is relatively greater.

 The discharge from wet. air emission control devices is another process
 waste  water  which,  although  of less significance, is common to the
 general  molded,  extruded ,^..-and  fabricated   rubber   subcategories.
 Particulate  air  collec£ic*i equipment is necessary in the compounding
 areas and those area's where grinding  or  buffing  of  rubber  occurs.
 This  would  include  -such  processes as buffing of products to remove
 flash and "the grinding of rublper  from  metal  parts.   Air  pollution

                              1  . .     ,  .     "..-    ..  "•  -
                                 79

-------
control  devices  in  the compounding areas are typically the dry bag-
type collectors.  Devices in other areas can be either wet or dry.

Other process waste waters of minor importance include  the  discharge
of contact cooling water, productjtesting waters, and spillage of mold
release  solution.  Product testing and contact cooling waters are not
contaminated and in some cases are recycled.  Mold  release  solutions
are  usually  applied manually.  Spillage from this area is minute and
easily controlled.
                                  i
Process waste waters  specific  to  particular  products  within  this
industry  include  vulcanizer condensate from the curing of both lead-
sheathed and  cloth-wrapped  hoses,  vulcanizer  condensate  from  the
curing  of  cement  dipped items,
rubber production facilities.
and latex discharges from fabricated
Discharges of condensate from the curing of  lead  sheathed  hose  are
characterized  by  a  high lead concentration  (approximately 60 mg/1).
However, a relatively small lead loading results, due to the extremely
low flow rates of the condensate.  Cooling  water  used  on  the  lead
press  and  cured hose do contribute significant amounts of lead-laden
waters, approximately 22,400 gpd for a 28,750 Ib/day plant.
                                  i
Vulcanizer condensate from  the  curing  of  cement  dipped  goods  is
characterized  by  high  COD  concentrations   (approximately 800 mg/1)
resulting  from  solvents  removed  from  the  product  during  curing
operations.   Plow  rates,  however, are small, resulting in minor COD
loading (0.4 kg/kkg  of  raw  mate'rial) .   The  vulcanizer  condensate
produced  during  the  curing  of j cloth-wrapped  hose has a lower COD
concentration and loading than the cement-dipped condensate.

Latex discharges are characterized by COD, BOD, and  suspended  solids
loadings,   but  with  proper handling and controls they are relatively
minor.                        "                                     .

In summary, the major process streams are:

    1.   Spills, leakage, and washjdown,   from  processing  areas,  and
         runoff from outdoor storalge areas.

    2.   Vulcanizer condensate from the curing  of  lead-sheathed  and
         cloth-wrapped  hoses,  cojoling  water from the lead sheathing
         press (or extruder), and jwaters from  the  cooling  of  cured
         lead-sheathed hose.       |

    3.   Vulcanizer condensate from the  curing of cement dipped items.
         Flow rates and loadings fbr these streams are listed in Table
         13.            ' '   -       '        '    •  '                 "
                                8
                                  I

-------
•s. i t * v>  I 1
Io £ '
D g *
i! i i ' it , ,
|"S - ° °
2
•; — S !? S S
•
*S2
rt o f
r* € o e o o *A
£* a s I s g
i: - - o o «•••
Jt O
> a 8; 8 " •• ~
«
£s
i§i '
'5s I g § .- $
1* • " • ' -'
1 ' '

5" „
o- 3 R _
g *• A •» (A ^^ ^^
?f £ ~ ^ * S
I * | 2 s ' a •' a



-



-










*
I

8 1
Is s
1= J
* •) O. A-
f:' • • 2 5 3 - - -. |lf i
^ c • » tr 1 "'
5 * • •—
*».— •» e
8S« I
u **«. £
•° *Il 13»'! J1
£ f ' "t ** 1"S TSS^I
||^ S£ 5ii a~s a •
; i ; ii| ifff |i| =
-111 !^: |li: ii^ 1
«c < < x *> u «j a ^ u xi!?o ?
"1 i *K ***
' " S g S"-^ 8-
1 • •- •- 1^^ o
"" «> «1 J^^1 "
* * 5jft |
SoS
E S t " ^5? c *i
Si 1 -1 • 5 a - 2 3s'| =
. s « « « * s • s IT" S
- s * * s 1 1 . fos *
* 5 5 5 5 * 8 S]^ ^ !
^ °'| "'S ^^ t S S -!^« I
! jj-s si i-i jj "= ' ^ *" °
] - ' • • '
81


























.. .



^
1
(4

si
«M 1

C t)
o t
t* «
o
T
J »
« c
«> tt
1
3
1
•^


-------
Summary
Based on the discussion above, several conclusions can be drawn
the waste waters generated by Subjcategories E, F, and G:
                                                                 about
         Process waste waters are! of a low flow rate and
         impact on the total effljuent flow rate.
                                                          have  little
    2.
         The most significant process waste  water  streams  occur  by
         spillage,  leakage,  washdowns,  and runoff.  They contribute
         the majority of the suspended solids and  oil  in  the  final
         effluent.   The flow rate of this type of process waste water
         is dependent on plant size, and increases relative to produc-
         tion level as plant size1 decreases.

         Other process streams wo|rthy of consideration are  vulcanizer
         condensate  and  contact! cooling water from the lead-sheathed
         and cloth-wrapped hose production  and  cement  dipped  goods
         manufacture.
                                J,
    <».   Other process streams are of negligible importance, their im-
         pact being minor or undetectable.
                                 i
Subcatecrory H — wet Digestion^ and Subcategory  I  —  Pan  (Heaterl g_
Mechanical, and Dry Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Industries
                                ~l                     •
General    -                      I         ,

Data  for  characterizing  the two reclaim subcategories were obtained
primarily from EPA documents and 'the  companies.   A  data  collection
visit  was  made  at  a plant which used both the wet digester and pan
processes in order to obtain further  first-hand  information.   Since
the  total  number  of facilities producing reclaimed rubber is small,
each existing plant was also interviewed  to  supplement  the  primary
data  on  processing  techniques,!  and waste water types and treatment
methods.                         I     •

Total Effluent

Table 14 summarizes the  total  process  and  nonprocess  waste  water
effluent  quantities  and  contaminant  loadings of the plant visited.
All data are normalized to  a  unit  of  weight  of  reclaimed  rubber
product.   Table  15  presents  rjaw waste loads of process waste water
effluents.*?
The flow rates presented include [both
                                                                 waste
                                 l~«v.«  process  and  nonprocess
waters.   For this plant, nonprocess waste waters include once-through
cooling water and steam condensate.  Nonprocess water contributes  the
bulk of the flow rate.
Rubber  scrap  coming to the plant is segregated.  Tires  are  reclaimed
by the wet digester process; whereas fiber-free scrap,  such   as   inner
                               82

-------
if 5

fV"
2 '
  !

ill  *
  :
"~ [
o «
~ S* i *»o
' JO O ' S
i — i. ,
— O. .*
jt °
•** | =
JO
is, I
o o *
C^ 5 - v-
c I


t_ 	
j
1 «
'!'
1^
;i




«5



I
GO
i
-
«


j'
1
|
oc


J

I





I
"l
i

£
£
i
|
i
1








*
4.
OV
%
i
i
jC
1 r
JC •
^ f •
I*
tJ
I ?
s |-
« »
1

{ i
. -\
\
' 1
— *
1
*n
1
i
§
' '• 1

-------


i






V
W1



;„,;
III
1 i
ii
1 !
1
i
j
I
•?*•*


; . 8



•*
1 8
i
Ii!
j|i
iii
i > •
,.;
i'.i
i i

-: {
tit
-
.•
-
I- § S£ - • * »•
* " ^ f*« fin. "* ^.
O O
J? 0 *
3 S a
Js'o S C1 5- £ S £
C- ^7 .*";.. * **
i
tn
r
0 ° S5 55 oo

S ' S § S S "
s
2S: .- ~
||:
ai
£» S 5 1 1 Si'
? e e «J *! « _;
5 i «S oo
* ! W
1
' 	 ~ i
* z g g s s . Ij
2-S °E
- S i*
11 . . 5*
kg/kkg(lb/1
of p
r
f 5. ' i I i § }!
e e - -' o- o- 11
si
M
s 3 2 s s s |%
s1
£ ** • . " " **
ii
- a.
1"
?
J,
*• ,
. . •-
S —
«: s- s'l ^ K ii
•X • • • *^ O &Q vB
°, ° " ~ °" " ll 1
	 v 	 	 , ,. . , 	 - t .. fi
! '.'-"" - . £— £]
J
<
o **
= 8
J
15
*
'~ . Ill 4
•I" I. I II ''I S S ij| |
**'• i:'l II 1 I s JH §2
1 US J!
i . TH !• f _ •( C


{
'

1 |fs at
•- ' - ' ! s^ 3^
a . ? r i • !« «i
u •— C •— ** 1
S t £ S pZ ? a*
t •' = S : ' ^ 1'
S s - ^ 5 . K* 3«
8 • -5 •: 3 ° s . |«« as
! i .1 1 1 ,J i - ,i 'M ii
* i iirr •< • * i^ sii Jii
-• * . aS 1 I i .-* -s -="s *S1
w«*2^°"°" £-•••** t.*1 *.
fc ^ II 2 2 £ • -5 ££ SS^0 2
i 's i* * ? ;-i . Jt ii ;^2 .
. • 8 fi ?s i * '§ ..-« Jl *;i 3

g— o~«5 g1 ' — K «"• J "
B «. . S.C So g ^S 5; _

:..:.•- :-. , 84






*



i.



(











,
i
i-
i.



i
»
!
',
!
|

J


-------
tubes,  is  fed  to  the  pan jprocess.  Since tire reclaiming requires
additional grinding and  associated  cooling  water,  particularly  as
preparation  for the mechanical defibering operation, the wet digester
process waste water flow rates  are  higher  than  those  of  the  pan
process.   Incidentally,  if  tires were reclaimed by the pan process,
the flow of nonprocess cooling- water would be greater.
                         - _,  .'  [ ," , -'--,- ,„ „ - ,  .-. H,, ,„ --.,,  -.,,   .„ , ,--   ,  ,  ,  „'    ,.-„,,.
The  nonprocess  cooling  water  is   relatively   contaminant   free,
containing  COD,  BOD,  and suspended solids attributable to the water
source rather than the reclaiming  process.  Therefore, the contaminant
loadings presented in Table 1^ are almost  entirely  attributable  to
process waste water streams.  |

In  the  wet  digester process (Subcategory H) , the major constituents
include COD, BOD, suspended solids, and oil.  Analytical  testing  was
made  for phenols and heavy metals, in particular zinc, but the levels
were negligible.  The existing! wet digester processes do  not  produce
zinc-laden  waste  waters  as i were encountered with the older or more
conventional digester processes.

Values presented in Table 14 fjor Subcategory  H  represent  raw  waste
loads  after in-plant control.;  As mentioned earlier, fiber is removed
from the scrap mechanically, tlhereby  reducing  the  suspended  solids
loading  of  the  effluent.  In addition, dewatering liquors and vapor
condensates are reused as makejup to the digester, thus reducing  final
oil  and  COD  loadings.   The'  final  loadings of importance are oil,
suspended solids, and COD.    j

In the reclaim processes for Subcategory I  (including pan,  mechanical
and  dry  digestion  reclaim  processes) the process waste waters have
lower flow and contaminant loadings than the  wet  digestion  process.
This is due to the absence of the  dewatering liquor waste water stream
and  the  lower  usage  of  depolymerizing  oils in the dry reclaiming
processes.                    |

Individual Process

The primary source of process jwaste water loadings for  Subcategory  H
is dewatering liquor.  High COD and oil loadings are characteristic of
this  discharge.   When mechanically defibered scrap is fed to the wet
digester process, suspended solids are  contained  in  the  dewatering
liquor  owing  to  carrying  over  of  depolymerized rubber fines.  If
defibering is carried out chemically in the digestion step, additional
suspended solids due to the filber will be present.

A second major source of contajminant loadings for both  Subcategory  H
and  Subcategory  I  is  spills,   leaks,  and washdown from processing
areas.  The discharge is qualitatively similar  to  the  corresponding
discharge  of  Subcategories  |E,   F,  and  G;  however, flow rates and
loading on a per-day basis are! substantially higher.

-------
 A third major  source  of contaminant  loadings  is  air  control  equipment
 used to collect  light organics which are vaporized or entrained in the
.vapors  leaving   the   pan  devulcanizers  or   the wet digester system.
 Flows and loadings  from the wet  Digester  process   are  substantially
 higher  than   those of the pan process.   In the  wet  digestion process,
 the oil contained in  these condensates can be recycled.

 Summary

 Waste waters generated by rubber  reclaiming,  Subcategories  H  and   I,
 contain  the following major contaminant constituents:  COD, suspended
 solids, and oil.  Analysis of  waste  waters   from   rubber  reclaiming
 plants,   indicates   that   zincj   and  phenol  are not  present   in
 significantly  measurable quantities.  For  subcategory  H,  dewatering
 liquor  contributes  the majority!of the total COD,  oil, and suspended
 solid loadings.   In both subcategbries,  spills,  leaks,  washdown,  eind
 runoff  from   processing  areas  £re  a substantial  source of effluent
 contamination.    Additional  contamination is  attributable  to   the
 control  of  vapor  emissions  frcsm   both  the  pan  and  wet digester
 processes.

 Loadings for waste  waters from Subcategory H  are substantially  higher
 than those  of   Subcategory  I.  jIn-plant controls  such as the use  of
 mechanically defibered scrap and  the  recycle of  dewatering  liquors
 does  not  reduce  the  waste water  loadings  associated  with  the
 Subcategory H  process to the levels  resulting from the  Subcategory   I
 reclaiming process.

 Latex-Based Products  Subcateqories

 General

 Waste water   characterization data  for  Subcategories  J and K were
 obtained from  literature, EPA documents, company records,  and  first-
 hand plant data.  Plant visits (r4fer to Section VII) were made at two
 latex dipping  facilities  and  6ne  latex  foam  plant.  Generalised
 process flow diagrams, indicating' both product flow  and  waste  water
 generation points,  are presented  in  Figures 6 and 8.

 Total Process  Effluent

 Table  16  summarizes  the  total  process  effluent  quantities  and
 contaminant loadings  discharged by  plants manufacturing  latex-based
 products.   All   data  is  normalized  to a unit of  latex consumption.
 Flow rates are higher for the latex  foam due  to  the  larger amounts   of
 processing and product washing waters required.
                              I    i ,    •• -         • , • -
 Effluent  streams  were  measured' for  COD,   BOD,   suspended  solids,
 dissolved solids, oil, surfactants,  zinc, and. phenols.   Phenols  were
 not found in any of the waste waters.  Zinc was  found in process waste
                             86

-------
8f
§-
O *
        a       :»      *
S
  *
        SS 6 9    X*     K
        o,— (n    * >     «
      *, if— c    ** 6     **
                                          £•
                                                1




                                                I
«H *
OLU

cn£
                           87

-------
waters  from  the  latex  foam  facility.   No zinc was found in waste
waters generated by latex 'dipped! facilities.   COD,  BOD,  suspended
solids,  and  dissolved  solids are attributable to latex in the waste
water.  Loadings for Plant K are substantially higher because  of  the
contributions  of  detergent-ladeh  wash  waters  which also produce a
higher flow.  Surfactants are contributed by  the  emulsifying  agents
used  in  the  latex  mix and additionally in Plant K by the detergent
present in the washing waste waters.
                                •-  i .  . -   •-  '..  •    '  -'"••_-  '
Individual Process Streams        !
                                  i
The principal source of waste waters  within  these  subcategories  is
product  wash  waters.   These wash waters are characterized by a COD,
BOD, dissolved solids, and suspended solids loading.  The loadings  of
these  waste  waters  are  highlyj dependent on the washing techniques
employed by the company.  CompanyjK uses  detergents  in  the  washing
operations,  whereas  Company  J  uses  only  high  temperature  water
(approximately 200°F) .  The use of detergents  adds  to  COD  and  BOD
loadings  in the raw effluent.  Flows are also highly dependent on the
technique employed.  Higher flow  irates  are  normally  envolved  from
multiple washings.                i
                                  i          - •               '•'.'.•
In  -addition  to  the other loadings, discharges of product wash water
from latex foam facilities can contain high  concentrations  of  zinc.
Zinc  oxide  is  used as a curing!agent during foam manufacture.  Zinc
components, which are not held, or  fixed,  in  the  foam  matrix  are
removed by the wash waters.

A second source of contamination results from spills, leaks, washdown,
and  runoff from latex storage, compounding, and transfer areas.  This
waste water will contain latex  a^d  is  characterized  by  COD,  BOD,
suspended  solids,  dissolved  solids,  oil,  and surfactant loadings.
COD, BOD, and suspended solids are present due to  the  latex  in  the
waste  water.   Oil  and  surfactants  are  contributed by coagulation
agents, extractable organics, and|emulsifier aids.

A third source of waste water, relevant to latex  dipping  operations,
is  form  cleaning  wastes.  Plant J employed a biodegradable cleaning
compound in hot water.  The operation is continuous,  the  form  being
cleaned  automatically  after  each complete dipping operation.   Waste
waters from this operation are characterized by loadings of  COD,  EOD
and  suspended  solids.   Plant  ij:  cleans  forms  manually  and  only
periodically.  Discharges from this area,  although  characterized  by
similar  contaminants, will be intermittent in nature and will be of a
substantially lower flow.  Literature and EPA documents indicate  that
certain  latex  dip  operations  use  chromic  acid solutions to clean
forms.  If not containerized, these waste waters will  appear  in  the
process effluent.        •         j
                               88

-------
presented^
             stream   characteristics   is
                      K
                                                        operations  are
                                                         and surfactant
Process waste  waters  from bubcategories  J  and
characterized  by  COD,  BOD,   suspended  solids,  _^  <
           In addition, discharges  from these operations  can  contain
             quantities of  zi|nc and chromium.   The primary waste water
           wash waters.  The Characteristics  of  the  wash  water  is
                   on  the  techniques  employed.  In the production of
                wash  water will   contain  zinc.   Other  sources  of
               waters include1, spills, leaks, washdown, and runoff from
               C QTO T*irtll nflTnrri>r»>^4-»-a»N«^^>i*-  «._,-..._   	a  •»•__«        _
.89;

-------
f .
5*5
H. — -
0 •
1]
0>
-------
                              SECTION VI
                  SELECTION OF POLLUTION PARAMETERS
Subcategories
Rubber Products
    G  —
General Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated
From review of the Corps of Engineers Permit Applications for  molded,
extruded,  and fabricated rubber production facilities and from exami-
nation of related  published [data,  it  appears  that  the  following
pollutants are present in measurable quantities in the waste water ef-
fluents from Subcategories E,\ F, and G production facilities:

    BOD
    COD
    Suspended Solids
    Total Dissolved Solids
    Oil and Grease
    PH
    Temperature  (Heat)
    Lead
    Chromium

Examination  of  in-plant  and analytical data obtained during the on-
site inspections of a number pf production facilities  indicates  that
certain  parameters:   are  present only in insignificant amounts; are
present in the raw supply wat£r;  or  are  contributed  by  discharges
unrelated  to the primary production operations.  Nonprocess effluents
result mainly from utility ana water  treatment  discharges  and  from
domestic waste water discharges generated within the plant boundaries.
Such  nonprocess discharges are the subject of other guideline situdies
and are covered by other EPA {Jocuments.
                             I •     •
The  topics  treated  in  thife  section  include  the  rationale   for
elimination   or
recommendations.
selection , of  the  aforementioned  parameters  and
Biochemical Oxygen Demand  (BOD)
                        ""   . i
Biochemical oxygen  demand   (BOD)  refers  to  the  amount  of  oxygen
required  to  stabilize  biodjegradable  organic  matter  under aerobic
conditions.  BOD  concentratipns  measured  in  process  waste  waters
discharged  by  Subcategoriesj  E,  F, and G production facilities were.
typically low, i.e., less thah 30 mg/1.   Their  presence  is  due  in
general  to  the  organic content of oil and grease, and anti-tack and
latex solutions.  The presence of these solutions in waste  waters  is
better  characterized  however  by  the  oil and grease, and suspended
solids loadings.  Consequently, BOD was  considered  insignificant  in
                              91

-------
                                           9eneral

                                           	.«-—•—  by  depleting  the




                                counts  that  degrade   its  quality  and
                                   ,L
                                                              «

 through deiayed Stlhing Sf ££[  ]^«.iS  ^ 6re .Wi^ f ish P°Pul^ion
consequenes  of    t   lck    di«,«
kill 111 inhabitants S thfallec^d Ula
*"*
                                                                    the

                                                         * high B°D Can
CQD






contaminated   oil,   to  anti-tackl die  • Washdo?n  and  runoff  from
Intermittent  discharges  of  spent1 anti-Jf^ir *«    f  *atex  areas.
contribute   to  the  COD  of  Socess  iast£  ua?f   la^X u soluti°n:
                             92

-------

                             - I  „  ;  .. ... ._    • .:-  ..,-   . -..,„ .....  , ,   .   -,  „,
loadings.   Technology  is  not  available  for  adequate  and  viable
treatment of such small COD loadings.  In addition,  other  parameters
(such  as  suspended solids aijid oil) more readily characterize the COD
loading.   Accordingly,  it  is  not   deemed  necessary   to   subject
Subcategories
limitations.
E,  F,  and  G
production  process  effluents  to  COD
Total Suspended Solids        '

Suspended Solids  (SS> after discharge to a water course can settle  to
the bottom, blanket spawning grounds, interfere with fish propagation,
and  may  exert  an  appreciable  oxygen  demand on the body of water.
Suspended solids in Subcategories E, F, and G waste waters are due  to
washdown  and  runoff  from compounding areas, discharges of anti-tack
solution and boiler blowdowns; and  water  treatment  wastes.   During
normal  daily  production operations, the nonprocess blowdowns «md the
water  treatment  wastes  will  contribute  the  largest  amounts   of
suspended  solids.   suspended  solids concentrations in process waste
waters will  vary  from  lessl than  10  mg/1   (with  proper  in-plant
controls)  to  over  20,000 m£r/l during anti-tack solution dumping and
discharge.
                               ',,.',   i'  •!»&    ',,.;,,,    --    '          ,
Suspended solids include both| organic and  inorganic  materials,.   The
inorganic  components  includfe  sand,  silt,  and  clay.   The organic
fraction includes such materials  as  grease,   oil,  tar,  animal  and
vegetable  fats,  various fiblers, sawdust, hair, and various materials
from sewers.  These  solids may settle out rapidly and bottom  deposits
are  often  a  mixture  of  bjoth  organic  and  inorganic solids.  They
adversely affect  fisheries by; covering the bottom  of  the  stream  or
lake  with  a  blanket  of material that destroys the fish-food bottom
fauna or the spawning ground  jof  fish.   Deposits  containing  organic
materials  may  deplete  bottom  oxygen  supplies and produce hydrogen
sulfide, carbon dioxide, meth'ane, and other  noxious gases.

In raw water sources for domestic use,   state  and  regional  agencies
generally  specify   that  suspended   solids   in streams   shall  not  be
present  in  sufficient  concentration   to   be   objectionable  or   to
interfere  with normal treatment processes.   Suspended  solids  in water
may interfere with many industrial  processes,  and  cause   foaming   in
boilers, or encrustations on  jequipment  exposed  to water,  especially  as
the  temperature  rises.  Suspended  solids are undesirable  in water  for
textile  industries; paper   land  pulp;  beverages;   dairy   products;
laundries;   dyeing;   photography;   cooling   systems,  and_power plants.
Suspended  particles  also  serve as a transport mechanism for pesticides
and other  substances which   are  readily  sorbed into  or  onto  clay
particles.                 ...

Solids   may   be  suspended -iri water for a time, and then settle to the
bed of  the stream or lake.   These settleable  solids   discharged  with
man's   wastes  may be inert,  slowly  biodegradable materials,  or rapidly

                              i                -     "•           '
                              i  •  •    •       •              .•
                              93

-------
 decomposable substances.   While  | in   suspension,  they  -increase  the
 turbidity  of  the  water,   reducfe light  penetration   and impair the
 photosynthetic activity of aquatic plants.'

 Solids in suspension are aesthetically displeasing.  When they  settle
 to  form sludge deposits on the  stream  or lake bed, they  are often much
 more  damaging  to  the life in water, and they retain the capacity to
 displease the senses.  Solids,  when transformed  to  sludge  deposits,
 may do  a variety of damaging  things, including blanketing the stream
 or  lake bed and thereby destroying the living spaces for those benthic
 organisms that would otherwise  occupy  the habitat.  When of an organic
 and therefore decomposable nature\  solids use a portion  or all of  the
 dissolved  oxygen available  in  the area.  Organic materials aiso serve
 as  a  seemingly  inexhaustible food  source  for   sludgeworms   and
 associated organisms.
                                  i
Turbidity  is  principally a measure of the light absorbing properties
of suspended solids.  It is frequently used as a substitute method  of
quickly  estimating  the total suspended solids when the concentration
is relatively low.

Total Dissolved Solids
                     ~        '!••'•       '_
High concentrations of  dissolved] solids  (TDS)  originate  from  the
nonprocess   waste   water   effluents  from  cooling  towers,  boiler
blowdowns, and water treatment system backwashes  and  blowdowns.   In
addition,  high  concentrations  of TDS were observed in all effluents
when the raw water supply was from  deep  wells  as  opposed  to  city
water.              -,           .   i                    rc           _
                                  I ..                           '

In  natural  waters the dissolved]solids consist mainly of carbonates,
chlorides, sulfates, phosphates, 4nd  possibly  nitrates  of  calcium,
magnesium,  sodium,  and potassium, with traces of iron, manganese and
other substances.

Many communities in the Onited States and in other countries use water
supplies containing 2000 to 4000 njg/1  of  dissolved  salts,  when  no
better  water  is  available.   Siich waters are not palatable, may riot
quench thirst, and may have a laxative action on  new  users.   Waters
containing more than ftOOO mg/1 of total salts are generally considered
unfit  for  human  use,  although  in  hot  climates  such higher salt
concentrations can be tolerated whereas they could not be in temperate
climates.  Waters containing 5000 itng/1 or  more  are  reported  to  be
bitter  and  act as bladder and iritestinal irritants.  It is generally
agreed that the salt concentration cf good, palatable water should not
exceed 500 mg/1.                  |
   :          - ,                    |"  • -  -          •
Limiting concentrations of dissolved solids for fresh-water  fish  may
range  from  5,000  to  10,000  mg/1,  according  to species and prior
acclimatization.  Some fish are  Adapted  to  living  in  more  saline
                               94

-------
•waters,  and  a  few  species! of fresh-water forms have been found in
natural waters with a salt concentration of  15,000  to  20,000  mg/1.
£ish  can slowly become acclimatized to higher salinities, but fish in
waters  of  low  salinity  cannot  survive  sudden  exposure  to  high
salinities,  such  as  those  |resulting  from  discharges  of oil well
brines.  Dissolved solids mayi influence the toxicity of  heavy  metals
and  organic  compounds  to   fish  and  other  aquatic life, primarily
because of the antagonistic effect of hardness on metals.

Waters with total dissolved   solids  over  500  mg/1  have  decreasing
utility  as  irrigation  water.   At 5,000 mg/1 water has little or no
value for irrigation.         j            .

Dissolved solids in industrial waters can cause foaming in boilers and
cause interference with cleanness, color, or taste  of  many  finished
products.   High  contents ofjdissolved solids also tend to accelerate
corrosion.                    j

Specific conductance is a measure of the capacity of water  to  convey
an   electric   current.   This  property  is  related  to  the  total
concentration of ionized substances in water  and  water  temperature.
This  property  is  frequently  used as a substitute method of quickly
estimating the dissolved solids concentration.

Oil and Grease

Oil and grease is a measure ojf  the  insoluble  hydrocarbons  arid  the
free-floating  and  emulsified  oil  in a waste water sample.  Oil and
grease exist in process waste
waters due to washdown, runoff,  spills.
and  leakage  in  the process areas which pick up lubricating oil from
machinery, and process and fujel oil from storage areas.  Concentration
values in the total effluent range from less than 5  mg/1  to  greater
than  100  mg/1.   Concentrations  in the total plant effluent are not
directly indicative of the oil and grease problem because of  dilution
by  nonprocess  waste  waters.   Loadings in the plants visited ranged
from 0.1 kg/kkg to* 1.8 kg/kkg' of  raw  material.   Since  oily  wastes
result  from  intermittent  flows,  instantaneous values could be much
higher at times.             I

Oil and grease exhibit an oxygen demand.  "Oil emulsions may adhere  to
the  gills  of  fish  or  coa|t  and  destroy  algae or other plankton.
Deposition of oil in the bottjom sediments can serve to inhibit  normal
benthic  growths,  thus  interrupting the aquatic food chain.  Soluble
and emulsified material ingested by fish may taint the flavor  of  the
fish  flesh.  Water soluble ciomponents may exert toxic action on fish.
Floating oil may reduce the rje-aeration of the water  surface  and  in
conjunction  with  emulsified!  oil  may interfere with photosynthesis.
Water insoluble components damage  the  plumage  and  coats  of  water
animals  and  fowl.   Oil  and  grease  in  a  water can result in the
                               95

-------
 o,      °f-  Ob3ectionable  surface  slicks  preventing
aesthetic enjoyment of the water.
                                                             the   full
   ,J.v        can  aa^age  the  surace  of  boats  and can destroy the
 aesthetic characteristics of beach|es and shorelines.       aes«oy tiie
                                   I       .           •
 Elk Acidity and Alkalinity.
                                  !

..    e v.  ^   "•' -"^"t of PH in thje process waste waters generated  i n
the  Subcategories  E,  F,  and  Gi  should  be  practiced!  Failure to
maintain adequate control can have a  deleterioul  effect  on  aquatic
life, post-precipitation of solubl^ salts, etc.
             v  f1*?11"1^ are reciprocal terms.   Acidity is produced  by
           *    *  Teld hydr°9en  ions  upon hydrolysis and alkalinity  is
 produced   by  substances  that   yi^ld hydroxyl  ions.   The terms  "total
 acidity"   and  "total  alkalinity"   are  often   used  to  express  Se
 bv   SX!S  ^S^S  °f a.SQlution-  I Acidity itr natural  waters  cause?
 by   carbon  dioxide,   mineral acids,  weakly dissociated acids, and the
 Ei~   *S^°ng  ?"ds and weak  bas6s.   Alkalinity is caused by   strong
 bases  and  the  salts of strong alkalies and weak acids.

 hvdrocl?"  iSL 1S aj   Io9^ithmic  expression  of the  concentration  of
 hydrogen   ions.   At   a  pH   of  7;   the  hydrogen and  hydroxyl  ion
 concentrations   are essentially  equal and the water is neutral.  Lower

                    a
                                                                   -t
              ?? bel°V 6;° are cori^osive to' water  works  structures,
              lines,  and household plumbing fixtures and can thus add

Sad ^he^vSo^-f ink±ng T^ aS ir°n' C°^er' zinc' cad^ a"d
lead.  The hydrogen ion concentration can affect the  "taste"  of  the
         At  a low pH water tastes :«sour".  The bactericidal effect of
            r^6ned a%the PH *"«kase8, and it  is  aSvSJa|eouf ?o
dring wa?er       ° ?'  ™S ±8 ?*** si^ificant for providing safe
        i°5 PH ?r.r?Pid PH changes ean exert stress conditions or kill
        life outright.  Dead fish, associated algal blooms,  and  foul
stenches  are  aesthetic  liabilities  of any waterway.  Sven modeSS
changes from "acceptable" criteria limits of  pH  are  deleterious  to
some species.  The relative toxicitL to aquatic life of many materials
is  increased by changes in the watfer PH.  Metalocyanide complexes can
av?f?ah^ Vh°2Sand"f0ld ±n toxicitS with a drop of 1.5 pH SS?S?  ?S"
Sfl *i?^J Y °f many nutrient subst&nces varies^ with  the  alkalinity
and acidity.  Ammonia is more lethall with a higher pH.
                               96

-------
The  lacrimal fluid of the hximan eye has a pH of approximately 7.0 and
a deviation of 0.1 pH unit fronj the norm may result in eye  irritation
for the sv/immer.  Appreciable irritation will cause severe pain.
Temperature
                               i
Elevated  temperatures  in  total plant effluents occur when collected
steam condensate  (utility waste!) is not  recycled  but  is  discharged
into the plant effluent.  Elevated temperatures are not encountered in
process  waste  waters.   Consequently,  a  temperature limitation for
process waste waters is not considered necessary.

Temperature is one of the most (important and influential water quality
characteristics.  Temperature determines those  species  that  may  be
present; it activates the hatching of young, regulates their activity,
and   stimulates  or  suppresses  their  growth  and  development;  it
attracts, and may kill when the1  water  becomes  too  hot  or  becomes
chilled  too suddenly.  Colder jwater generally suppresses development.
Warmer water generally accelerates activity and may be a primary cause
of aquatic  plant  nuisances  wfhen  other  environmental  factors  are
suitable.      •                [
                               I            .    •
Temperature is a prime regulatoir of natural processes within the water
environment.   It  governs  physiological  functions in organisms and,
acting directly or indirectly in combination with other water  quality
constituents, it affects aquatic life with each change.  These effects
include   chemical  reaction  xjates,  enzymatic  functions,  molecular
movements,  and  molecular  exchanges  between  membranes  within  and
between the physiological systems and the organs of an animal.

Chemical  reaction  rates vary ;with temperature and generally increase
as the temperature is increased. - The solubility  of  gases  in  water
varies  with  temperature.  Dissolved oxygen is decreased by the decay
or decomposition of dissolved o-rganic substances and  the  decay  rate
increases as the temperature ofj the water increases reaching a maximum
at  about  30°C   (86°F).  The temperature of stream water, even during
summer,  is  below  the  optimum  for  pollution-associated  bacteriai
Increasing    the    water   temperature   increases   the
multiplication rate when the environment is  favorable  and
supply is abundant,        .
                               I •           ..•'.'          . -   .
Reproduction   cycles   may  be]  changed  significantly  by  increased
temperature  because  this  fun'ction  takes  place  tinder   restricted
temperature   ranges.    Spawning   may   not  occur  at  all  because
temperatures are too high.  Thus, a fish population  may  exist  in  a
heated area only by continued immigration.  Disregarding the decreased
reproductive  potential,  water]  temperatures  need  not  reach lethal
levels to decimate a species.  'Temperatures  that  favor  competitors,
predators,  parasites, and disease can.destroy a species at levels far
bacterial
the  food
below those that are lethal.
                               fey

-------
                     are altered severely when temperatures approach or

             an        T al?al ^C±es °han9e'  ***»«* P«*£tS? S
 i*   v   •    bottom associated organisms may  be depleted or altered
 drastically in numbers and distribution.  Increased water temLJatur!:;

                        nuisances  hen °<**r environmental factors I?e
                                       .       .

 Synergistic actions of pollutants ire  more  severe   at  higher
 temperatures.    Given  amounts  of  domestic  sewage, ref Sir?
     ^    ' insec ^U« affecting the Isthetfc^lSe
              marin\  water  temperiatures  do not change as rapidly or
              y ?S th°Se  °f fresh w^ter-  Marine and  estuarine  fish"
therefore,  are less tolerant of temperature variation.   Althouoh

        t0
Lead
         il  <-   *
           * y  t0
                                  L
                                                                  of
 rucn
production
                    lead are  toxi   to  micro-organisms  because
                        up  Proteifs in the key enzyme systems of
                       P^a.S  ±n  Process  "aste  waterl
                       which  use 
-------
 Chromium
.Chromium appears in the nonprojcess  discharges  mainly from the  cooling
 tower  blowdown.   Chromium compounds are sometimes used as a corrosion
 inhibitor and are added to the] tower basin  or   cooling  tower  makeup.
 Chromimum was not detected in the process waste water effluent.

 Chromium,  in its various valence states, is hazardous to man.   It can
 produce lung tumors when  inhaled  and  induces  skin  sensitizations.
 Large  doses  of  chromates  have  corrosive effects on the intestinal
 tract and can cause inflammation of the kidneys.   Levels  of  chromate
 ions  that  have  no  effect ojn man appear  to  be so low as to prohibit
 determination to date.         i

 The tdxicity of chromium salts toward aquatic  life varies widely  with
 the species, temperature, pH, valence of the chromium, and synergistic
 or  antagonistic  effects,  especially  that   of  hardness.   Fish are
 relatively tolerant of chromium salts, but  fish  food  organisms  and
 other  lower  forms of aguaticj life are extremely sensitive.  Chromium
 also inhibits the growth of algae.
                               j   -                         .
 In some agricultural crop's, chromium can cause reduced growth or death
 of the crop. .Adverse effects jof low  concentrations  of  chromium  on
 corn, tobacco and sugar beets have  been documented.
                               i   -
 Summary of Significant Pollutants

 Of  the  pollutants  examined,]  only  COD,  suspended  solids,  oil and
 grease, lead, and pH are significant characteristics when  considering
 process  waste waters.   Of the' five, suspended solids, oil and grease,
 lead, and pH must be controlled. The list  of  control  parameters,  for
 Subcategories E, F, and G therefore is:

     Suspended Solids          j
     Oil and Grease            i
     Lead                 . '    !
     PH         .               |   .

 Subcateqory H and Subcateqory II —  Reclaimed Rubber

 Review  of  published  literature,  EPA documents and industry records,
 and the findings of the  plant  visits  indicate .that  'the  following
 chemical   and   biological   jconstituents  are  pollutants  found  in
 measurable quantities from Subcategory H and Subcategory I effluents:
                               !    '
     BOD
     COD
     Suspended Solids
     Total Dissolved Solids
     Oil and Grease
                              •I 99

-------
     PH
     Temperature
     Zinc
                 •                I  -      .......'..
 Biochemical  Oxygen Demand  JBODj  j

 The  presence of BOD in Subcategory   H   process  waste  waters   is  due
 primarily  -to  the  use of   larjje quantities of  process waters in the
 digestion  of scrap  rubber.   This   waste  water  is  not  evolved  in
 Subcategory   I   production  facilities.   A  second  source  of BOD is
 organics found  in  the  condensed  vapors  collected  from both Subcategory
 H and  Subcategory  I depolymerizajbicn units.  Organics found  in anti-
 tack  solution   discharges contribute additional  BOD.  The possibility
 exists that  pollutants with  a high COD/BOD ratio  may be discharged  by
 plants  utilizing   the wet   digestion  process.   Control of COD by in-
 plant  and  end-of-pipe  controls   ifill adequately  reduce  BOD   without
 requiring  the additional monitoring  costs of both analyses.

 Biochemical   oxygen demand  (BOD) is a  measure of the oxygen consuming
 capabilities of organic matter.  ]The BOD  does  not  in  itself cause
 direct harm  to  a water system, but it does exert  an indirect effect by
 depressing  the oxygen content of the water.  Sewage and other  organic
 effluents  during their processes!of  decomposition exert a  BOD,  which
 can  have  a catastrophic effect   on  the ecosystem by depleting the
 oxygen supply.   Conditions are reached  frequently where  all   of  the
 oxygen  is used and the continuing decay process  causes the production
 of noxious gases such  as hydrogefl sulfide and methane.  Water   with  a
 high  BOD  indicates   the  presence  of decomposing organic matter and
 subsequent  high  bacterial  counts  that  degrade  its  quality   and
 potential  uses.                  j •
                                 j                                  ' .
 Dissolved  oxygen   (DO)  is  a  vfater  quality  constituent  that,  in
 appropriate  concentrations, is essential not only  to  keep  organisms
 living but   also   to   sustain  species  reproduction,  vigor,  and the
 development  of  populations.  Organisms undergo stress  at  reduced  DO
 concentrations  that   make them| less competitive and able to  sustain
 their  species within the aquatic jenvironment.  For example, reduced DO
 concentrations  have been   shown  jto  interfere  with  fish  population
 through  delayed   hatching of eggs, reduced size and vigor of embryos,
 production of deformities in young, interference with food  digestion,
 acceleration    of  blood  clottirig,  decreased  tolerance  to  certain
 toxicants,  reduced  food  efficiency  and  growth  rate,   and  reduced
 maximum  sustained  swimming  speed.   Fish food organisms are likewise
 affected adversely  in  conditions  with  suppressed  DO.   Since  all
 aerobic  aquatic  organisms  need,  a  certain  amount  of  oxygen, the
 consequences of total  lack of dissolved oxygen due to a high  BOD  can
kill all inhabitants of the affeqted area.

If a high BOD is present,  the quality of the water is usually visually
degraded by the presence of decomposing materials and algae blooms due
                                                                              f
                             100

-------
                                        I   •-  .             "
     '"'                                  I

          to  the  uptake  of degraded  materials that form the foodstuffs of the
          algal populations.            |

          COD       '                    I

          The presence of organics and  inorganics  in  dewatering  waste  waters
          will  contribute  to  high COD concentrations in Subcategory H process
          waste waters.  Values for this waste stream  are  greater  than  3,000
          mg/1.   Other  contributors of COD include organics found in condensed
          vapor streams for depolymerization units and anti-tack solutions  used
          in  both  Subcategory  H  andj Subcategory  I  production  facilities.
          Concentrations in these latter sources ranged from  approximately  100
          mg/1   to  3HO  mg/1.   A  latge  portion  of  this  COD  is  directly
          attributable to the oil content of these waste streams.   However,  to
          prevent   excessive   discharge  of  non-biodegradable  organics  (not
          attributable to oil and grease) COD shall be monitored and controlled.

          Suspended Solids              I
                ~   -     ~              !••
          Suspended  Solids  (SS)  in   ^ubcategory  H  and  Subcategory  I   are
          attributable to washdcwn and  innoff from compounding areas, discharges
          of  anti-tack  solution, boiler blowdowns, and water treatment wastes.
          Additional loadings in  Subcategory  H  discharges  will  result  when
          fiberous  stock is fed to the!digesters.  In this case, the dewatering
          liquor can contain as much as!10-percent suspended solids.

,          Suspended solids include both!organic and  inorganic  materials.   The
          inorganic , components  include  sand,  silt,  and  clay.   The organic
          fraction includes such materials  as  grease,  oil,  tar,  animal  and
          vegetable  fats,  various fibers, sawdust, hair, and various materials
          from sewers.  These solids ma^ settle out rapidly and bottom  deposits
          are  often  a  mixture  of  both  organic  and inorganic solids.  They
          adversely affect fisheries by]covering the bottom  of  the  stream  or
          lake  with  a  blanket  of material that destroys the fish-food bottom
          fauna or the spawning ground  pf  "fish.   Deposits  containing  organic
          materials  may  deplete  bottbm  oxygen  supplies and produce hydrogen
          sulfide, carbon dioxide, methane, and other noxious gases.

          In raw water sources for domestic use,  state  and  regional  agencies
        .  generally  specify  that  suspended  solids  in  streams  shall not be
          present  in  sufficient  concentration  to  be  objectionable  or   to
          interfere  with normal treatment processes.  Suspended solids in water
          may interfere with many industrial processes,  and  cause  foaming  in
          boilers, or encrustations on  Equipment exposed to water, especially as
          the  temperature rises.  Suspended solids are undesirable in water for
  '        textile  industries;  paper   ind  pulp;  beverages;  dairy   products;
          laundries;  dyeing;  photography;  cooling  systems, and power plants.
          Suspended particles also serve as a transport mechanism for pesticides
        .  and other substances which  are  readily  sorbed  into  or  onto  clay
          particles.
                                           101

-------
Solids  may  be  suspended in water  for  a time, and then settle to the
bed of the stream or lake.  These settleable  solids " discharged  with
man's  wastes may be inert, slowly biodegradable materials, or rapidly
decomposable substances.   While I in suspension,  they  increase  the
turbidity  of  the  water,  reduce   light  penetration  and impair the
photosynthetic activity of aquatic plants.
                                 i             "
Solids in suspension are aesthetically displeasing.  When they  settle
to form sludge deposits on the stream or lake bed, they are often much
more  damaging  to  the life in Water, and they retain the capacity to
displease the senses.  Solids, when  transformed  to  sludge  deposits,
may  do  a variety of damaging things, including blanketing the stream
or lake bed and thereby destroying the living spaces for those benthic
organisms that would otherwise occupy the habitat.  When of an organic
and therefore decomposable nature', solids use a portion or all of  the
dissolved  oxygen available in the area,  organic materials also serve
as  a  seemingly  inexhaustible  food  source  for   sludgeworms   and
associated organisms.

Turbidity  is  principally a measure of  the light absorbing properties
of^suspended solids.  It is frequently used as a substitute method  of
quickly  estimating  the total suspended solids when the concentration
is relatively low.               I
Dissolved Solids                 j

Dissolved Solids  (TDS)  found  in1  Subcategory  H  and  Subcategory  I
effluents are attributable to nonprocess waste water effluents.  These
include  cooling tower and boiler! blowdowns and water treatment system
backwashes and blowdown.         j   "
                                • i
In natural waters the dissolved s|olids consist mainly  of  carbonates,
chlorides,  sulfates,  phosphates,  and  possibly nitrates of calcium,
magnesium, sodium, and potassium,
other substances.
with traces of iron,  manganese  and
Many communities in the United States and in other countries use water
supplies  containing  2000  to  4:000  mg/1 of dissolved salts, when no
better water is available.  Such jwaters are  not  palatable,  may  not
quench  thirst,  and  may have a (laxative action on new users.  Waters
containing more than 4000 mg/1 of- total salts are generally considered
unfit for human  use,  although  |in  hot  climates  such  higher  salt
concentrations can be tolerated wlhereas they could not be in temperate
climates.   Waters  containing  5!000  mg/1  or more are reported to be
bitter and act as bladder and intestinal irritants.  It  is  generally
agreed that the salt concentration of good, palatable water should not
exceed 500 mg/1.
                             102

-------
Limiting  Concentrations  Of dissolved solids for fresh-water fish may
range from 5,000 to  10,000  mg/1,  according  to  species  and  prior
acclimatization.   Some  fish  are  adapted  to  living in more saline
waters, and a few species of fresh-water  forms  have  been  found  in
natural  waters  with  a  saljt concentration of 15,000 to 20,000 mg/1.
Fish can slowly become acclimatized to higher salinities, but fish  in
waters  of  low  salinity  cannot  survive  sudden  exposure  to  high
salinities, such as  those  resulting  from  discharges  of  oil  well
brines.   Dissolved  solids may influence the toxicity of heavy metals
and organic compounds  to  fish  and  other  aquatic  life,,  primarily
because of the antagonistic effect of hardness on metals.

Waters  with  total  dissolved  solids  over  500 mg/1 have decreasing
utility as irrigation water.  At 5,000 mg/1 water  has  little  or  no
value for irrigation.    'I
     >                        '                            •
Dissolved solids in industrial waters can cause foaming in boilers and
cause  interference  -with  cleaness,  color, or taste of many finished
products.  High contents of dissolved solids also tend  to  accelerate
corrosion.                   ]
                             I       .....  ... , I  v  ',
Specific  conductance  is a measure of the capacity of water to convey
an  electric  current.  - This,  property  is  related  to   the   total
concentration  of  ionized  substances in water and water temperature.
This property is frequently used as a  substitute  method  of  quickly
estimating the dissolved soliids concentration.
Oil and Grease
                             I
Oil  and grease in process waste waters in Subcategory H are primarily
attributable to process oil used in the digester process.  This oil is
carried to the effluent with the dewatering liquor..   Sources  of  oil
and grease common to both Subcategory H and Subcategory I are organics
scrubbed  from  vapor  stream's  and lubricating oil leakage from heavy
machinery.  The oil concentrajtion in the total effluent of the  plants
visited  was  less than 10 mg/1.  However, company data indicated that
concentrations In process streams could be as high as 10,000 mg/1.

Oil and grease exhibit an oxygen demand.  Oil emulsions may adhere  to
the  gills  of  fish  or  coat  and  destroy  algae or other plankton.
Deposition of oil in the bottkun sediments can serve to inhibit  normal
benthic  growths,  thus  interrupting the aquatic food chain.  Soluble
and emulsified material ingested by fish may taint the flavor  of  the
fish  flesh.  Water soluble components may exert toxic action OKI fish.
Floating oil may reduce the re-aeration of the water  surface, and  in.
conjunction  with  emulsified  oil  may interfere with photosynthesis.
Water insoluble components dalmage  the  plumage  and  coats  of  water
animals  and  fowl.   Oil  and  grease  in  a  water can result in the
formation  of  objectionable j surface  slicks  preventing   the   full
aesthetic enjoyment of the wajter.
                              03

-------
Oil  spills  can  damage  the  surface  of  boats  and can destroy the
aesthetic characteristics of beaches and shorelines.

eSU. Acidity and AlkalinitY        j

Variations  in  pH  of  Subcategory  H  process  effluents  is  highly
dependent   on  the  formula  use&  in  digestion.   Plant-visit  data
indicated a minimum pH of 6.0.  Industry data indicate a maximum pH of
approximately 11.0.  Fluctuations]in Subcategory I process waste water
pH are not expected to be outsideithe pH range of 6.0 to 9.0.

Acidity and alkalinity are reciprocal terms.  Acidity is  produced  by
substances  that yield hydrogen ions upon hydrolysis and alkalinity is
produced by substances that yield|hydroxyl  ions.   The  terms  "total
acidity"  and  "total  alkalinity','  are  often  used  to  express  the
buffering capacity of a solution.] Acidity in natural waters is caused
by carbon dioxide, mineral acids, weakly dissociated  acids,  and  the
salts  of strong acids and weak bases.  Alkalinity is caused by strong
bases and the salts of strong alkalies and weak acids.

The term pH is  a  logarithmic  expression  of  the  concentration  of
hydrogen  ions.   At  a  pH  of  7r  the  hydrogen  and  hydroxyl  ion
concentrations are essentially equal and the water is neutral.   Lower
pH  values  indicate  acidity while higher values indicate alkalinity.
The  relationship  between  pH  aijid  acidity  or  alkalinity  is   not
necessarily linear or direct.     I

Waters  with  a  pH below 6.0 are|corrosive to water works structures,
distribution lines, and household|plumbing fixtures and can  thus  add
such constituents to drinking water as iron, copper, zinc, cadmium* and
lead.   The  hydrogen  ion concentration can affect the "taste" of the
water.  At a low pH water tastes Msour".  The bactericidal  effect  of
chlorine  is  weakened  as the pHjincreases, and it is advantageous to
keep the pH close to 7.  This is very significant for  providing  safe
drinking water.

Extremes of pH or rapid pH changes can exert stress conditions or kill
aquatic  life  outright.   Dead fish, associated algal blooms, and foul
stenches are aesthetic liabilities of  any  waterway.   Even  moderate
changes  from  "acceptable"  criteria  limits of pH are deleterious to
some species.   The relative toxicity to aquatic life of many materials
is increased by changes in the water pH.  Metalocyanide complexes  can
increase a thousand-fold in toxicity with a drop of 1.5 pH units.  The
availability  of  many  nutrient substances varies with the alkalinity
and acidity.   Ammonia is more lethal with a higher pH.
The lacrimal fluid of the human eye has a pH of approximately 7.0  and
a  deviation of 0.1 pH unit from the norm may result in eye irritation
for the swimmer.  Appreciable irritation will cause severe pain.
                                  I
                             104

-------
 Temperature
 In  reclaim  plants,  there  areiindividual  waste water streams,   such   as
 condenser   flows,   which   have   elevated  temperatures.  However, once
 combined with  other  effluents,   elevated  temperature  in  the  final
 effluent is not  a  problem.

 Temperature is one  of the most important and influential water quality
 characteristics.    Temperature   determines  those  species that  may  be
 present| it activates the hatching  of young, regulates their activity,
 and  stimulates  or  suppresses   their   growth  and development;    it
 attracts,   and  may  kill wljen   the  water becomes too hot or becomes
 chilled too suddenly,  colder water generally suppresses  development.
 Warmer water generally accelerates  activity and  may be a primary cause
 of  aquatic plant  nuisances  when other  environmental  factors are
 suitable.

 Temperature is a prime regulator of natural processes within the water
 environment.   It governs  physiological   functions  in  organisms and,
 acting  directly or indirectly in combination with  other water quality
 constituents,  it affects  aquatic life with each  change.  These effects
 include  chemical   reaction  Irates,  enzymatic  functions,   molecular
 movements,   and  molecular  ejxchanges  between  membranes  within  and
 between the physiological systems and the organs of an animal.

 Chemical reaction rates vary [with temperature and  generally   increase
 as  the  temperature   is  increased.  The solubility of gases  in water
 varies with temperature.  Dissolved oxygen is decreased by  the  decay
 or  decomposition   of  dissolved organic substances and the decay rate
 increases as the temperature bf  the water increases  reaching a maximum
 at about 30<>c  <86°F) .  The temperature of stream water,  even  during
 summer,  is  below  the   optimum for  pollution-associated  bacteria.
 Increasing   the   water   tejmperature    increases    the    bacterial
 multiplication rate  when  the  environment is  favorable and  the food
 supply is abundant.

 Reproduction   cycles  may  be  changed   significantly   by   increased
 temperature    because  this  {function  takes  place  under  restricted
 temperature  ranges.   Spawning  may  not   occur   at   all   because
 temperatures   are  too  high.   Thus, a  fish population may exist in a
 heated area only by continued immigration.   Disregarding the decreased
 reproductive potential,  water  temperatures need   not  reach   lethal
 levels  .to  decimate  a specites.   Temperatures that  favor competitors,
 predators,  parasites, and disease can destroy a  species at levels  far
 below those that are lethal.

 Fish food organisms are altered severely when temperatures approach or
 exceed  90°F.  Predominant al^ral species  change,  primary production is
 decreased,  and bottom associated organisms may be depleted or  altered
drastically in numbers and distribution.   Increased water temperatures
                             05

-------
         may cause aquatic plant nuisances
         favorable.
when other environmental factors are
         Synergistic  actions  of  pollutants  are  more severe at higher water
         temperatures.  Given amounts  of j domestic  sewage,  refinery  wastes,
         oils,  tars,  insecticides,  detergents,  and fertilizers more rapidly
         deplete oxygen in water at higher]  temperatures,  and  the  respective
         toxicities are likewise increasef
         When  water  temperatures  increase, the predominant algal species may
         change from diatoms to green algae, and finally at  high  temperatures
         to  blue-green  algae,  because  |of species temperature preferentials.
         Blue-green algae can cause serioujs  odor  problems.   The  number  and
         distribution  of  benthic  organisms  decreases  as water temperatures
         increase above 90»F, which is clo|se to the  tolerance  limit  for  1-he
         population.   This  could seriously affect certain .fish that depend on
_.        benthic organisms as a food source.
 ..                      ,        .          ,         ..........
         The cost of fish being attracted jto heated water in winter months  may
 . j       be considerable, due to fish mortalities that may result when the fish
         return to the cooler water.

         Rising  temperatures  stimulate the decomposition of sludge, formation
         of sludge  gas,  multiplication  jof  saprophytic  bacteria  and  fungi
         (particularly  in the presence of! organic wastes), and the consumption
         of oxygen by putrefactive processes, thus affecting the esthetic value
         of a water course.

         In general, marine water  temperatures do  not  change  as  rapidly  or
         range  as  widely as those of frejsh water.   Marine and estuarine fish,
         therefore, are less tolerant of tjemperature variation.   Although  this
         limited  tolerance  is greater in estuarine than in open water marine
         species, temperature changes are  more  important  to  those  fish  in
         estuaries  and bays than  to those in open marine areas, because of the
         nursery and  replenishment  functions  of  the  estuary  that  can  be
         adversely affected by extreme temperature changes.
         Subcategory H processes  which would result in zinc-laden effluents  cire
         not   utilized  by   industry,  therefore  zinc  is   not  considered  a
         signficant parameter.  However,  historical data  from industry indicate
         that,  with certain  digestion formulations, zinc  content  could  be   as
         high  as  1,700  mg/1.   This  same  data  stated  that  this zinc  was
         treatable and could  be reduced  to
         dewatering stream.
less than 10 mg/1 in  the  digestion
                                        106

-------
Summary of Significant. Pollutants

Of  •the  pollutants examined, suspended solids, oil and grease, and pH
are significant characteristics when considering process waste  waters
from  Subcategory  H  and Subcjategory I reclaim facilities.  COD is an
additional contaminant which is  significant  when  considering  waste
waters from Subcategory H facilities.  The recommended list of control
parameters for each Subcategory is as follows:
    Subcateorory H

    COD
    Suspended Solids
    Oil and Grease
    pH
                                      Subcateqory T

                                      Suspended Solids
                                      Oil and Grease
                                      PH
Subcateqories J and K -- Latex-Based Products  .

Review  of  published literature, EPA documents, industry records, and
findings of the plant visits indicated that  the  following  chemical.
                              constituents  are  found  in  measurable
                              effluents from facilities  manufacturing
physical,   and   biological
quantities in the waste water
latex-based products:

    BOD
    COD
    Suspended Solids
    Total Dissolved Solids
    Oil and Grease
    pH
    Surfactants
    Color
    Temperature (Heat)
    Chromium
    Zinc

The  principal  differences  between  the  waste  water  generated  in
Subcategory  J  (latex  dipping,  thread,  and   porous   molds)   and
Subcategory  K.  (latex  foam)
chromium, and zinc.

Biochemical Oxygen Demand
                               plants  lie  in  loadings for BOD, COD,
BOD is attributable to the various  organic  compounds  which  contact
process  waste  waters.   For I Subcategory  J  production  facilities,
concentrations and  loadings  iare  highly  dependent  on  the  product
washing , technique  employed, j  Concentrations  range  from 130 to 150
mg/1.  The BOD in waste water 'generated in  Subcategory  K  production
facilities  is  again  attributable to wash waters, but concentrations
are much higher, ranging as high as 4,900 mg/1.
                               107

-------

COD

Moderate to high COD concentrations
K process waste waters for the sanje
BOD  concentration.   Concentration^
Subcategory J facilities and as hi1
facilities.  EPA is conducting eva!
and  resultant  economic  impact fJ
rubber processing regulations.

Suspended Solids
                                     are present in  Subcategories J  and
                                     reasons as those indicated  for  the
                                    s range  from   175  to  675 mg/1  for
                                    h as 29,000 mg/1 for Subcategory K
                                    uations of COD control  technologies
                                    r possible future amendments to  the
contamination
washdown  and
cleanout  wastes.
                                108
                                                       result from
                                      ,     .uncoagulated  latex  from
                                   Loadings in the effluents depend on

-------
                           '  • I               •
                             . -I    .   . .       -
washing techniques employed anjd not on the type of  product.   Typical
values ranged from 80 to over 3,000 mg/1.

Suspended  solids  include  both organic and inorganic materials,.  The
inorganic components  include  sand,  silt,  and  clay.   The  organic
fraction  includes  such  materials  as  grease,  oil, tar, animal and
vegetable fats, various fibers], sawdust, hair, and  various  materials
from  sewers.  These solids maly settle out rapidly and bottom deposits
are often a mixture  of  both [organic  and  inorganic  solids.   They
adversely  affect  fisheries  by  covering the bottom of the stream or
lake with a blanket of material that  destroys  the  fish-food  bottom
fauna  or  the  spawning  groulnd of fish.  Deposits containing organic
materials may deplete bottom  joxygen  supplies  and  produce  hydrogen
sulfide, carbon dioxide, methane, and other  noxious gases.

In  raw  water  sources  for domestic use, state and regional agencies
generally specify that  suspended  solids  in  streams  shall  mot  be
present   in  sufficient  concentration  to  be  objectionable  or  to
interfere with normal treatment processes.   Suspended solids in  water
may  interfere  with  many  industrial processes, and cause fGaining in
boilers, or encrustations on equipment exposed to water, especially as
the temperature rises.  Suspended solids are undesirable in water  for
textile   industries;  paper  and  pulp;  beverages;  dairy  products;
laundries; dyeing; photography; cooling  systems,  and  power  plants.
Suspended particles also serve as a  transport mechanism for pesticides
and  other  substances  which  are   readily  sorbed  into  or onto clay
particles.

Solids may be suspended in water for a time, and then  settle  to  the
bed  of   the  stream  or lake.j These settleable solids discharged with
man's wastes may be  inert,  slowly biodegradable materials, or  rapidly
decomposable  substances.    Wliile  in  suspension,  they   increase the
turbidity of the   water,  reduce  light  penetration   and   impair  the
photosynthetic  activity of  aquatic plants.

Solids   in  suspension are aesthetically  displeasing.   When they  settle
to form sludge  deposits on  the  stream or lake bed, they are often much
more damaging to the life  in ijrater,  and they retain   the   capacity  to
displease  the   senses.    Solids, when  transformed to sludge deposits,
may do  a variety  of  damaging things, including  blanketing  the  stream
or lake bed and thereby destroying  the  living spaces  for  those benthic
organisms that  would otherwise occupy the  habitat.  When  of an organic
 and  therefore  decomposable nature,  solids use  a  portion  or all  of  the
 dissolved oxygen  available in!the area.  Organic  materials also   serve
 as   a    seemingly  inexhaustible  food  source  for   sludgeworms   and
 associated organisms.

Turbidity is principally  a measure  of the light  absorbing  properties
 of  suspended solids.  It is -frequently used as a substitute method of
                                 109
                                                                            1

-------
         suspended solids when
            l
            I  - - .•  -     - •-
                                                          concentration
 Dissolved Solids
                 data'  xt was deermined that TDS in process effluents
                    J*  and  K  Production  facilities  were  primarily
 discnar                "" lntakf Water ** nOt tO Pr°cess wafte wSer
  hT         watf" the dissolved solids consist mainly  of  carbonates,
 chlorides,   sulfates,  phosphate,  and  possibly nitrates of calcium!
                                                                   "
                        P°taSSiUm' With traces of
                                                         manganese
 Many communities  in the United States and in other countries use water
 supples   containing  2000  to  4000  mg/1 of dissolved salts,  when no
 better water  is  available.   Such
 quench  thirst,   and  may have a
            waters  are   not  palatable.
                               may  not
                  4           «r	— — r  •" J[  »*%ir v.
            laxative  action on new users.  Waters
 -  ....         ,,     — j  ---- ~ ~ —»»«.*• v. j. »^ awi_j.
-------
 concentration  of   ionized  substances in water  and water  temperciture.
 This property is frequently used as a  substitute method   of  quickly
 estimating the dissolved  solidjs  concentration.

 Oil  and Grease

 Oil   and grease is present at low concentrations in the process waste
 waters   of  all  types  of  Subcategories J  and K  plants.   it  is
 attributable to organics  used in coagulation agents and wash waters.

 Oil   and grease exhibit an oxygen demand,  oil emulsions may adhere to
 the  gills of fish   or  coat  and  destroy algae  or  other plankton.
 Deposition  of oil  in the bottom sediments can serve to inhibit normal
 benthic growths, thus interrupting the aquatic  food  chain.    Soluble
 and   emulsified  material ingested by fish may taint the flavor of the
 fish flesh.  Water  soluble components may exert toxic action on fish.
 Floating oil  may  reduce the | re-aeration of the water surface and in
 conjunction with emulsified oil   may  interfere   with  photosynthesis.
 Water  insoluble  components  damage  the plumage  and coats of water
 animals and fowl,   oil and  grease  in a water  can  result   in  the
 formation   of   objectionable  surface   slicks   preventing the  full
 aesthetic enjoyment of the water.
Oil spills can damage  the  surface  of  boats  and  can
aesthetic characteristics of beaches and shorelines.

    Acidity and Alkalinity
                                                          destroy  the
Control  and  adjustment  of  pH  in process waste waters generated in
Subcategories J and K production facilities is often  necessary  as  a
prerequisite  for the chemical coagulation treatment process.  In view
of this it is feasible that the  uncontrolled  effluent  pH  can
appreciably and should be limited to an acceptable range.

Acidity  and  alkalinity are reciprocal terms.  Acidity is produced by
^l*«V% f*-^ ^ _. *tm **. *•* ^IKA.!- —_J ._. ^ .3 \	m	    •         .  _  __       _    •         "
                                                                  vary
substances that yield hydrogen
                               ions upon hydrolysis and alkalinity  is
produced  oy  sucstances  tnat  yield hydroxyl ions.  The terms "total
acidity"  and  "total  alkalinity"  are  often  used  to  express  the
buffering capacity of a solution.  Acidity in natural waters is caused
by  carbon  dioxide,  mineral acids, weakly dissociated acids, and the
salts of strong acids and weak [bases.  Alkalinity is caused by  strong
bases and the salts of strong alkalies and weak acids.
                               I
The  term  pH  is  a
hydrogen  ions.   At
                      logarithmic  expression  of the concentration of"
                      a  pH  of  7,  the  hydrogen  and  hydroxyl  ion
concentrations  are essentially equal and the water is neutral.  Lower
pH values indicate acidity while higher  values  indicate  alkalinity.
The   relationship  between  pH  and  acidity  or  alkalinity  is  not
necessarily linear or direct.
                              m

-------
 Waters with a pH below 6.0 are corrosive to  water  works  structures.
 distribution  lines,   and household plumbing fixtures and can thus add
 such constituents to drinking watjer as iron, copper, zinc, cadmium and
 lead.  The hydrogen ion concentration can affect the  "taste"  of  the
 water.   At  a low pH water tasters "sour".  The bactericidal effect of
 chlorine is weakened as the pH increases, and it  is  advantageous  to
 keep  the  pH close to 7.  This is very significant for providing safe
 drinking water.                                                  y

 Extremes of pH or rapid pH changes can exert stress conditions or kill
 aquatic life outright.  Dead fisri, associated algal blooms,   and  foul
 stenches  are  aesthetic  liabilities  of any waterway.   Even moderate
 changes from "acceptable" criteria limits of  pH  are  deleterious  to
 some species.   The relative toxidity to aquatic life of many materials
 is   increased by changes in the water pH.  Metalocyanide complexes can
 increase a thousand-fold in toxidity with a drop of 1.5  pH units.   The
 availability of  many  nutrient substances varies  with  the  alkalinity
 and acidity.  .Ammonia is more lethal with a higher pH.

 The  lacrimal fluid of the human 'eye has a pH of approximately 7.0 and
 a deviation of 0.1 pH unit from the ncrm may result in  eye  irritation
 for the swimmer.   Appreciable irritation will cause severe pain.
                                   . ''••I.,'- ''.  •   --.  •  •..••-'   '-..,   •
 Surfactants

 Surfactants   will   be   present!    in  wash  waters evolved  in   ail
 Subcategories  J   and   K  production  facilities.    Surfactants  are a
 primary  cause  of foamy plant effluents,however,  their  concentrations
 in  process  waste waters are low.   '	•—•
 mg/1.

 Color
Concentrations range  from  2  to  6
Color  is  objectionable from an aesthetic standpoint and also because
it interferes with the transmission of sunlight into streams,  thereby
lessening  photosynthetic  activity.  Some waste streams which contaiin
latex can have appreciable color. I  Generally, color  for  latex  based
industries  is  associated with suspended solids loadings and can best
be monitored by this parameter.

Temperature

Temperature is not a significant parameter  when  considering  process
waste  streams.    CertaiA  wash  Caters  can  have  a  moderately high
temperature, but dilution with otl^er  effluent  streams  significantly
reduces their impact.            I              ,

Temperature is one of the most important and influential water quality
characteristics.    Temperature  determines  those  species that may be
present;  it activates the hatching cf young, regulates their activity,
                            112

-------
and  stimulates  or  suppresses  their  growth  and  development;   it
attracts,  and  may  kill  wh4n  the  water becomes too hot or becomes
chilled too suddenly.  Colder |water generally suppresses  development.
Warmer water generally accelerates activity and may be a primary cause
of  aquatic  plant  nuisances  when  other  environmental  factors are
suitable.

Temperature is a prime regulatjor of natural processes within the water
environment.  It governs physiological  functions  in  organisms  and,
acting  directly or indirectly in combination with other water quality
constituents, it affects aquatic life with each change.  These effects
include  chemical  reaction  ifates,  enzymatic  functions,   molecular
movements,  and  molecular  exchanges  between  membranes  within  and
between the physiological systems and the organs of an animal.

Chemical reaction rates vary *ith temperature and  generally  increase
as  the  temperature  is  increased.  The solubility of gases in water
varies with temperature.  Dissolved oxygen is decreased by  the  decay
or  decomposition  of  dissolved organic substances and the decay rate
increases as -the temperature qf the water increases reaching a maximum
at about 30°C (86°F).  The temperature of stream  water,  even  during
summer,  is  below  the  optimum  for  pollution-associated  bacteria.
Increasing   the   water   temperature   increases    the    bacterial
multiplication  rate  when  the  environment is favorable and the food
supply is abundant.

Reproduction  cycles  may  be  changed  significantly   by   increased
temperature   because  this  function  takes  place  under  restricted
temperature  ranges.    Spawning  may  not   occur   at   all   because
temperatures  are  too  high. I  Thus, a fish population may exist in a
heated area only by continued immigration.  Disregarding the decreased
reproductive potential,  water  temperatures  need  not  reach  lethal
levels  to  decimate  a specie's,  Temperatures that favor competitors,
predators, parasites, and disease can destroy a species at levels  far
below those that are lethal.  |

Fish food organisms are altered severely when temperatures approach or
exceed  90°F.   Predominant algal species change, primary production is
decreased, and bottom associated organisms may be depleted or  altered
drastically in numbers and disjtribution.  Increased water temperatures
may cause aquatic plant nuisances when other environmental factors are
favorable.

Synergistic  actions   of  pollutants  are  more severe at higher water
temperatures.   Given amounts  jof  domestic  sewage,  refinery  wastes,
oils,   tars,   insecticides,  detergents,  and fertilizers more rapidly
deplete oxygen in water at higher  temperatures,  and  the  respective
toxicities are likewise increased.
                                 113

-------
When  water  temperatures  increase, the predominant algal species may
change from diatoms to green algae, and finally at  high  temperatures
to  blue-green  algae,  because  of species temperature preferentials.
Blue-green algae can cause serious  odor  problems.   The  number  and
distribution  of  benthic  organisms  decreases  as water temperatures
increase above 90°F, which is close to the  tolerance  limit  for  the
population.   This  could seriously affect certain fish that depend on
benthic organisms as a food source.

The cost of fish being attracted to heated water in winter months  may
be considerable, due to fish mortalities that may result when the fish
return to the cooler water.      I

Rising  temperatures  stimulate the decomposition of sludge, formation
of sludge  gas,  multiplication  [of  saprophytic  bacteria  and  fungi
(particularly  in the presence of organic wastes), and the consumption
of oxygen by putrefactive processes, thus affecting the esthetic value
of a water course.

In general, marine water temperatures do  not  change  as  rapidly  or
range  as  widely as those of freshwaters.  Marine and estuarine fish,
therefore, are less tolerant of temperature variation.  Although  this
limited  tolerance  is  greater in estuarine than in open water marine
species, temperature changes are j more  important  to  those  fish  in
estuaries  and bays than to those in open marine areas, because of the
nursery and  replenishment  functions  of ' the  estuary  that  can  be
adversely affected by extreme temperature changes.
                                 11
Chromium                         j
___                         (  ^  ,          .                .

Chromium was not found in the process waste waters generated by any of
the  Subcategories J and K facilities visited.  However, available EPA
documents indicate that chromium(will  be  present  in  process  waste
waters  when  chromic acid is used in the form-cleaning solution.  The
chromic acid is rinsed from the form and consequently enters the plant
effluent.  For plants utilizing this form-cleaning  technique,  it  is
necessary to limit the discharge jof chromium ions.

Chromium,  in its various valence] states, is hazardous to man.  It can
produce lung tumors when  inhaled  and  induces  skin  sensitizations.
Large  doses  of  chromates  have  corrosive effects on the intestinal
tract and can cause inflammation jof the kidneys.   Levels  of  chromate
ions  that  have  no  effect on man appear to be so low as to prohibit
determination to date.
The toxicity of chromium salts tcjward aquatic life varies widely  with
the species, temperature, pH, valence of the chromium, and synergistic
or  antagonistic  effects,  especially  that  of  hardness.   Fish are
relatively tolerant of chromium salts, but  fish  food  organisms  and
                             114 I

-------
 other  lower  forms of aquatic! life are extremely sensitive.   Chromium
 also inhibits the growth of algae.

 In some agricultural crops, chromium can cause reduced growth or death
 of the crop.  Adverse effects |of low  concentrations  of  chromium  on
 corn, tobacco and sugar beets have  been documented.
 Zinc   was  not  found  in  thjs  process  waste  waters   generated  by
 Subcategory J,   facilities  thiat  were  visited.    However,   available
 literature  indicates  that  zjinc  will  be  present  in Subcategory J
 process waste waters when zincj nitrate is used as a  coagulant  agent.
 However  both  concentrations j and  loadings  will  be  very  low.   The
 Subqategory J facilities visited either  did  not  use  a coagul ating
 agent   or  used  calcium  nitrate.    When  using  natural  latex,   no
 coagulating agent is apparently needed.

 Zinc in Subcategory K facility]process effluents   is  attributable  to
 zinc oxide.   The zinc appears in the foam wash waters.

 Occurring abundantly in.rocks and ores,  zinc is readily  refined  into a
 stable   pure metal and is usedjextensively for galvanizing, in alloys,
 for  electrical  purposes,  in printing plates,  for   dye-manufacture  and
 for   dyeing  processes,  and for many other industrial purposes.   Zinc
 salts are used  in paint pigments,   cosmetics,   Pharmaceuticals,   dyes,
 insecticides, and other products too numerous to  list herein.  Many of
 these  salts (e.g.,  zinc  chloride and zinc sulfate)  are  highly soluble
 in water;  hence it is to  be expected that zinc might occur   in many
 industrial  wastes.    On  the'  other  hand,   some  zinc salts   (zinc
 carbonate,  zinc oxide,  zinc  sulfide)   are  insoluble  in  water  and
 consequently it is  to be expected that  some  zinc will precipitate  and
 be removed readily in most natural waters.
                               i
 In zinc-mining  areas,  zinc has[been  found in  waters  in  concentrations
 as   high  as 5P  mg/1  and  in  effluents from metal-plating works  and
 small-arms   ammunition   plants  it   may   occur    in  significant
 concentrations,   in  most  surface and ground waters,  it is present only
 in   trace  amounts.   There is some  evidence that zinc ions are  adsorbed
 strongly and permanently  on silt,  resulting  in  inactivation  of   the
•zinc.                          !
                               |  . - .-      .•-.-.     •-•,-.
 Concentrations   of   zinc   in excess  of   5 mg/1  in  raw water  used  for
 drinking water  supplies cause  an  undesirable  taste which   persists.
 through  conventional   treatment.    Zinc  can have an adverse effect on
 man  and  animals  at high concentrations.
                               I'-?..     , , ' .   -    ;.„..=
 In soft water,  concentrations of zinc ranging from  0.1  to  1.0  mg/1
 have been reported to be  lethal! to fish.   Zinc  is thought to exert  its
 toxic  action  by  forming  .insoluble  compounds  with the mucous that

-------
          covers the gills, by damage to the gill  epithelium,  or  possibly  by
          acting  as an internal poison.  The sensitivity of fish to zinc varies
          with species, age and condition, as well  as  with  the  physical  2nd
          ™i     °haracteri stics  °£  4e «ater.  some acclimatization to Se
          SJIS2  ?  "nC " P°?sifale- - li has  also  been  observed  that  thl
          £ifr^^SnVKU80ll"g may n°* bec0l"e >PParent immediately, so that
          fish  removed  from  zinc-contaminated  to  zinc-free water rafter «-6
         :£2S ^.exposure to zinc)  may die 48 hours later.    The  presence  of
          copper  in  water  may  increase j  the  toxicity  of  zinc '
                                      °f Cc™ or har       may
          Observed  values   for  the  distribution  of zinc in ocean waters vary
          widely.   The  nancr concern with 4inc compounds  in marine waters is not
          S%S5 ^S?^°XiClty'  but ratheii of ^^ long-term sub-lethal  effects
          of  the metallic compounds  and complexes.   From  an acute  toxicity point
                           66 """6  animals Seem to  be ^e .most sensitive
                                                           for exampie-has
         SummarY 2f Sicrnificant Pollutants

         Of   the  pollutants  examined,  bnly  the  following  are  considered

                                      hSide
I            BOD
             Suspended Solids
             PH
 i           Chromium
H           Zinc
         Potentially  four of  the  five  must  be  treated  and  monitored, by
         Subcategory J facilities.  These are:                      ..  "
             BOD
             Suspended solids
             PH
             Chromium
                                                chromium will not appear in the
                                             •  '          ••••""
         Chromium was not found in the process  waste waters  of  subcateqory  K
                            116^01    °nlyf°Ur of the five parameters sLS be
             BOD
             Suspended Solids
             pH
             Zinc
                                         11

-------
                             SECTION VII

                   CONTROL AND TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY
Survey of Selected Plants

Several selected rubber processing  plants  were  visited  to  provide
additional  data  on  the  performance  of the waste water control and
treatment technologies used by the industry.   These  data  collection
visits encompassed analysis o4 process operations, review of water and
waste  water  management  programs,  and  evaluation  of  waste  water
treatment facilities.  The plants visited were considered to have some
exemplary  features  in  their  approach  to  waste   water   control,
treatment,  and  housekeeping! procedures.   The plant selections were
made  on  the  basis  of  consultations  with   industry   and   trade
associations,  effluent  and  [treatment  data  obtained from published
literature, EPA  records,  corps  of  Engineers  Permit  to  Discharge
Applications,  and  company historical data on waste water quality and
treatment.                    !
                              !                  "             •
As  examples  of  Subcategories  E,  F,  and  G   industries,   plants
manufacturing  molded, extruded, and fabricated products were sampled.
Compression,  transfer,  and  injection  molding   technologies   were
represented  as well as small and large-sized molded items.  The major
extruded items such as belting  and  sheeting  were  included  in  the
visits.   Diverse fabricated products such as hose and rubber footwear
as well as rare product areas]such as cement dipped goods were studied
during the plant visits.  In addition all three ranges of  plant  size
 (as  discussed  in the final paragraph of Section IV) were represented
by the data-collection plant visits.
                              I   '       -
As an example of the reclaimed rubber industry, the largest reclaiming
plant in the U.S. was visited;  *Wet digester and pan  (heater)  reclaim
processes  are  employed.   Therefore, this plant is representative of
both Subcategories H and I.  The wet digester  process  has  exemplary
features;   physical   defibeiring   is  carried  out  and  the  highly
contaminated digestion-dewatering liquor  is  recycled.   In  addition
vapor  vents  on both the wetI digester and pan processes are condensed
and decanted to recover what would otherwise be  polluting  reclaiming
process,oils.                 |
                              I.  .
Two  plants  manufacturing  l4tex  dipped  goods  were  visited.   The
products made at the two facilities include surgical gloves,  beillons,
prophylactics,   and   finger!  cots.   One  plant , employed  chemical
coagulation and settling before discharge  to  a  municipal  treatment
plant.   This  primary  treatment  produced an acceptable effluent for
discharge  to  a  municipal  treatment  system.   The  second  facility
utilized a stabilization and fettling pond system.
                              17

-------
 The  only  significant  latex  foam plant in the industry was sampled.
 The  treatment  facilities  used  by  this  plant   include   chemical
 coagulation  of  latex  solids aiid chemical precipitation of the zinc-
 laden foam rinse waters.-        j

 A summary of the products, processes, production capacities, and waste
 water control and  treatment  technologies  of  the  exemplary  rubber
 processing plants visited is presented in Tables 18 and 19.

 Slant A                         j

 This  plant  manufactures oil seals, 'O»  rings,  rubber-to-metal molded
 items, and miscellaneous molded rubber  products.    The  products  are
 made  from  specialty-type  rubbers  using  compression  and  transfer
 molding techniques.   Approximately 75  percent  are  nitrile  rubbers,
 about  20  percent  neoprene-typ4  rubber, and 5 percent miscellaneous
 rubbers.   The plant  has  approximately  <*6  employees  and  operates  3
   tl   -ea^«day'  six days Per w?ek*  Tne average daily consumption of
 rubber is 750 pounds,  and the weight of salable  products averages  450
 pounds per day.  The material loss is caused by  production wastage and
 rejected products.               |                                y
                                 I    •.     . *   '•.,•.•.;. - • .  , • '• ,     ,
 Approximately  95  percent  of  the  rubber stock, used in the plant is
 compounded by a supply   company]    Special  recipes  and  nonstorable
 stocks  are  mixed  at the plant|in a mixing mill.   The stock mixed in
 this mill accounts for the otherj5 percent,   when  operating, this mill
 uses about 40  gpm  of cooling water.

 The  rubber stock is  prepared for j process ing in a warm-up  mill.    From
 the  mill  the  rubber  is extruded into a basic shape.   This shape can be
 a  strip,   a   cylinder,   or  an einnulus.   The preforms for compression
 molds are made from  these basic components by cutting on a  guillotine
 ?r   *in?   slicing  on  a   modified meat slicer.  The preforms are then
 loaded into the molds.  The molds  are placed between the heated plates
 of the mold presses  and the mold  presses  are  hydraulically  closed.
 The   hydraulic fluid is oil,  at approximately 2,000  psi,  and oil leaks
 are  common.   The oil leakages are  generally  trapped  in a small oil.pit
 from which the oil is  periodically removed and reclaimed by decanting,
 drying and  filtering.  Large  oil 'spills overflow this   pit  and  enter
 the   plant  drain.  Most molds are  heated  with steam  at 350°F (125 psi)
 although  a  few older molds  are generally  slabs of  rubber  stock  which
 afe  ,_loaded into the  transfer section  of mold.  The mold is closed in
 the  hydraulic  press.   The rubber 'wastage  on  a transfer-molded item  is
 higher  than   for  compression  njolding but  the  labor  requirements are
The molded items  are  deflashed
in  a  wheelabrator  machine.   This
                       	— — — | «.*.  M  w***w^^«*Aj.i. c*i,WJ_  lUCLWJU.J.li^« '  i AiJLo
£feezf?  the item with liquid nitrogen, making the rubber brittle, and
then blasts it with small steel shot.  T!he rubber fines and  shot  are
separated  and the fines and dustl are collected in a bag collector and
                              118 I

-------
* I !
Jj VI VI
1 £ £
*= s. s.
I II
£. VI VI
t ^ *D
Ut
*J **
t £ £
1 S 5
« « jj
J i
1
|
H
1 . c
£ - I I
t
&.
2


- VI
i • ' '

* 13
•S £ .
t S JE
I = |
£ t.
J
**«<»-
•IS-*
g >-S ~ 3"
— *j -v Q O
«j _ .0 2\ rH
y S~ i: ci
1 3-5 ° 8
S




en
^ c
S 55 g
| . si | •
«£ •»
II i

-
8 • « 8
rt -0 S «H
- S i -1 i
1 1 s 1 I
u w o o. «
- ; i J *
. 1 1" I i
*> •
- - S i
"• »

.!• i
*> VI
£ fi
£, S.
1 !
•5 5
*j *j
u u
£ £
S S
« *
I i


i I

c
—
E-"5 « S
OtJC V O> *
C U U C T)
1 = 1 ||

^!I-s
M *O vi C
'•—.•' ' *W
"° S ^ ^ —
lull
I 1-
S 8
§ §
CD O\ *

L O.
« C




KS -o
* O C
gz "g.
• -S8 gz
££ Si
Is SI


i
:• 5 s
. £1 8 |
"£ 5 vi «
' r-= i ?
*l I -
11 ..- I
II I |
4
4
•
U
w
U9
E f S
E £ £
« " I •
S £ u £
• « "c . «
? f 1 £)
1 1 £ - f
•t V) E *i
? 5 «.| 5
«> *» «» >- *
U U £ VI U
i i «- i
o H o « c
. B
£ s ss :


1 i
i lij i
^— "c
fi 1
„ 1 , .
1 E s 1
- E_.j s _. ;
°0 c'u fo "i
O c2 u m i
C O. £ •— O. 1
i !• "• ? i
C W vi • C 1
Liilii

1 c ^ u u c i
^ & ' 3 3*5 J
?•-» S, o. 5
ig Sg.SS J
1 1 1 1
s § t i
§ 1 f. J
* Y3 P i


_
.


•s 1
s »«h'
1 .sis ^.5
1 Ilia;


1 1 .
"Is
1 c *•
• S .
-o •. 5
c — —
s S2Z
Z S.S- « .


.




•





0
S'S .
en c c
§5 *•
«i
^ic
-?i '
. W * •"
f — 1
8 ^a
2-o
« -.
***• cy
x
|H^ «
;- li i
s • o
<2 M *"*
1 " * S
:* ~£ •
^ r^
« J5'., '
1 ij ^1
; £•=
^ 2I Id
5 K I
ts « |
! I - 1 I
- o. • — "^
!— IS" H


is •;£ j *
is *l ' * |
?J §g u
;l Is -f
: • 5s. 1 ii
CO J *
•I ^s
:f J5
ii . i| ii
i! 15 -
5 «2" ^c — —
j Q — a. JJ

«« . H



-------

w
fs

"\
. \



•
11
el
S"
i-, tj^j
t' =
O • C
in
||3

si



t"

w ._ '
Subcategory
Pan (Heater)
Mlchanlcal, an
Dliteatlon Reel
111

If ^
!•«!

S











_j







"







• ->






-


~










^
0.









































c
v
£
1 £
IE

1 li
« «r~
f»» 01 "5
tf C U
— 0 ?«
KSI
3 e "§ .n
in S t. a


i
S-s.
g- c
a.
•o
* c
c •
o - «
= S"
C— 0
°"°



41
1
0
£
l
1
e
E
*

°







i
I
*n
S
E
•B
O
X-
•3

C
tr
oz
c
u
— «rl
O *
x£
* 5
_f U


.

o»
1

X




g
c
a.
e
o
I
o

»







M
|

^ ^
O
8
cT
o
o
g
S





o
§
g :
CTt




2«
O
U\
^
O
o
.*"



§
o
g
g
o
U-1
g
o

JJ
o
g

5S

s-
s"?
S~"S
O J3

o
o -S
I"
£
«£p
t. 4J
3 >.
*i *"
4rf «
U

c
«
"°

c
a.
c
£
u.


SS. -
•— « Ol
2 5^
^ c

S|u
D. .*
' - g
- 1 2
b. ac «*-



o
VI
> t)
H- «

£ ""
3 tJ
** C •
« a u
t- 0
.-o — o1
f g 0 =


5
^
vt

a:
e
I
*« c
u —

u * c c c
. c ° *5
szsS*
S 3'~ "• ~
« tn u "y T
*< (0 « V *
q O — t. —


TS O
9 C -
O **
3 — X

(J U —



**
•g
8.
?

V


c S
Oil sepirttlon <
recycle of proee
olh.
• « S
— a. 01
£o^
«rt O O

0 w *O —


c
SJ

«*- c
*** J
* t
a.
ii^
N U — *J
— Q.U- C •
* « T) * C
&SSSS
"1 •••=
£ c <*-•*-
_.. j_ 5 o v
«l U ** C >-
•> « o u
o S"o. •> —

2 e
ft!
L. «

*-
|*E S



1 C «
d o Z S .
**. W •) J
"D JJ Q. C
6 t- > «
g1 % . fe .

« C *• O  « « S. x


i
51
ss
52
•1
II
3 s
u *<
Is

C 40
£•5

c
S
~
•*- c
Ul V
£"•«
C 1-
(A

















(B
11)
3


8t
« a
« 15
t S
•tment Technolo
K Plants with E
*1
•o
r-t •
S *"!
e :-"

a) lu
4J o
4J a
o ;a
£k co

M
o\
*^
«o

-------
 drummed.   The
 thousandths  of
                steel  shot  range  in  size  from  seven  to  twelve-
                 an  inch.   In cases where the shot would blind small
 crevices of the  molded   items,  manual  deflashing  is  carried  out.
 Manual  deflashing  consists  of  spinning  the  item  on  a chuck and
 grinding off the flash with a fine  sandstone.

 The molded products are inspected,  packaged  and  shipped.   Rejected
 items are removed as solid waste.
 Metal   parts   for   rubber
                             j  bonding   are   first   degreased  with
perchloroethylene vapor.  The]waste, grease-laden solvent, is  drummed
and  removed  as solid waste.|  After degreasing the bonding surface is
sand blasted in a sand blasting drum to impart a rough  surface.   The
prepared  bonding  surface  is  painted  with  a bonding agent (rubber
cement)  and the preform is attached.  The metal preform item is molded
in a similar manner to the all-rubber items.
                             i
Occasionally the molds require cleaning.  This is carried out by a dry
honing process which consists!of blasting the molds  with  fine  glass
beads.                       j                                         .

Haste  waters  are  generated jby:  cooling waters from the compounding
mill, the warm-up mill, the  ^xtruder  and  the  nitrogen  compressor,
blowdown  from  the  boiler  (approxiately twice a day, 5 gallons each
time) , and regeneration wastes from the boiler  feed  water  deionizer
((approximately  8  Ibs sodium chloride per day) .  The steam condensate
recycle rate is high, approximating 100 percent.

Contaminants, oil  and  grease,  and  minor  quantities  of  suspended
solids,   enter these utility streams at unprotected floor drains.  The
raw plant effluent, includingjutility streams, has oil  concentrations
on the order of HO mg/1 and negligible suspended solids.
 This  plant manufactures electrical gloves and shoulder-length sleeves
 via a dipping process in solvent-based rubber cement.   The  principal
 raw  material is natural rubber, although EPDM rubber gloves are being
 developed.  The solvent is a  j naphtha  type  compound.   The  material
 consumptions  average  1,100  |pounds  of  rubber  and 1,100 gallons of
 solvent per day.  Each pair of gloves requires approximately one pound
 of rubber.  The sleeves require more rubber.  The  plant  operates  24
 hours per day, 7 days a week.

 The  rubber,  pigments,  and vulcanizing agents are compounded on a 2-
 roller mill and are sheeted out to approximately one-half of . an  inch
 in  thickness.  The mill uses i once-through cooling water.  The sheeted
 rubber is fed into a guillotine where it is  chopped  into  three-inch
• squares, which are weighed intto a container.
                               ! 121

-------
The  rubber  is transported to the cement mixing room where the rubber
is dissolved in solvent in a blend tank.  The mixed rubber  cement  is
transferred  from  the blend tank I to a storage tank where it is stored
before the dipping operation.   Cements  with  different  recipes  eind
colors  have  their  own storage tank systems.  The naphtha solvent is
pumped from butside tanks to the blend tank  via  two  solvent  pumps.
Solvent   spills  are  very  infrequent  because  of  fire  protection
requirements.  The mixing room is'fitted with an automatic fire system
which is designed to shutdown the I pumps, close  the  doors  of  mixing
room,, and fill the room with carbon dioxide gas to extinguish a fire.

The  gloves are dipped onto glazed porcelain forms in a cement dipping
room-  The forms are held on a rack by their bases and dipped  betwssen
20 and 30 times to build up the glove thickness.  Each rubber layer is
allowed  to drip-dry between dips 1   The total dipping-drying operation
takes about a8 hours.  The temperature and humidity of the air in  the
drying room is controlled by an air quality coiftrol system.  Exhausted
air  is  used  to heat incoming air.  No air pollution control devices
are believed necessary.  The air  quality  control  system  discharges
condensation  at  times  when the air requires dehumidification.  This
condensation is pure water.      j

After drying, the base of the gio\[e is trimmed by a cutting wheel  sind
the cuff bead is formed by rolling up the cuff.  Labels indicating the
brand and size are attached to the glove cuffs with rubber cement.

The  gloves still on~the forms are loaded into an open steam autoclave
for vulcanization.  The forms areiallowed to adjust  to  the  residual
temperature  of the autoclave before the steam is applied.  The gloves
are cured with 35 psig steam (temperature 280°F) for 40 minutes.   The
forms  plus gloves are removed from the autoclave and allowed to cool.
During the curing operation, the steam condensate that accumulates  in
the  autoclave is discharged for seven seconds every two minutes under
pressure to the plant drain.  The|condensate picks  up  organics  from
the  curing  gloves.  The COD of this steam is approximately 800 mg/1.
The flow, however, is extremely low, about 3 gph on average.

When partly cooled, the gloves are dipped in a talc slurry and allowed
to dry.  The talc slurry is a closed system.  Makeup  talc  and  water
are  added  to  the  slurry  dip jtank.   The  dry gloves are stripped
manually from the molds 'and placed in a tumbler with a small amount of
talc powder to coat the inside ofjthe gloves.
                                 !             •  '  '
The procelain molds are cleaned periodically by manual scrubbing.  The
scrubbing waste water and rinse waters are  containerized  and  hauled
from the plant by contract haulers.

The  gloves  are  visually inspected for flaws.  Gloves which pass the
visual inspection are tested for [their  electrical  resistance  in  a
water  tank.   The  tank  overflow, low in flow and uncontaminated, is
                            122

-------
discharged to the  plant  effluent.   Gloves  which  fail  the  visual
inspection or the resistance test are sold as industrial gloves.

The  green  bladders  are  cured in steam heated stand-presses.   These
presses are mechanically closed and the whole bladder building area is
wdry" and oil free.  Steam cohdensate from the  presses  is  recycled.
Metal  parts  for  molding tojthe bladders are first degreased using a
closed trichlorpethylene system, sandblasted, and sprayed with  rubber
cement as a bonding agent.   j
                             i
Plant C                      j

This  plant  produces  molded'  rubber  grips  for  golf  clubs,  tennis
rackets, baseball bats and tools.  Another major type  of  product  is
bladders  for  air-activated brakes and clutches.  The types of  rubber
used  are  natural  rubber  (approximately  75  percent)  and  various
synthetic rubber (about 25 percent).  The daily quantity of compounded
rubber  stock  used  to manufacture the grips is 17,000 pounds,  and to
build the bladders is 2,240 pounds.

The rubber stock is compounded in a separate building.  Stock is  also
prepared  for  a  sister plani in another location which does not have
its own compounding facilitiei.  The grips require  stock  of  various
colors,  including  black.   Carbon  black  is not added at the plant;
instead, black master batch rubber is used.   The  bladders  are  made
solely from black rubber.  The compounding facilities consist of a No.
3  Banbury  mixer,  two  intermediary  or  storage mills, a 4 roll, Z-
calender mill,  a  calendered'  stock  sprayer  cooling  tank,  a  zinc
stearate  dip  tank,  and  a stock drying tower.  In addition, a small
calender is used to prepare s^ock for  the  pneumatic  bladders.   All
cooling  water,  with  the^ exception  of  the  spray cooling tank, is
provided by a closed loop chilled water system (water at  t6°F).   The
spray  cooling  water is discharged untreated to the main plant sewer.
The dust collection device for the Banbury mixer is  a  wet  scrubbing
roto-clone.  Because of poor performance and maintenance problems, the
roto-clone  is not operated and is to be replaced with a bag collector
device.                      !

The rubber grips are molded b^ compression,  transfer,  and  injection
molding  equipment.   The injection mold extruder is cooled by its own
closed loop chilled water system.  The presses for the compression and
transfer molds are hydraulic oil activated.  Oil leaks occur  and  are
soaked  up with absorbent granules.  No open floor drains exist in the
molding area.                j

The molded rubber grips are -.deflashed by hand using a  trimming  knife
before  painting and final preparation.  The grips are dipped in paint
and hung to dry.  Paint drippings and spills are  contained  since  no
floor  drains  exist  -in  this area.  The paints are mixed in a closed
room to contain solvent odorsi   There are no floor drains in the paint
                            "I   •.••••••••-•
                             |123

-------
I
                                  I   •,'-..-

mixing area.  There are potential air pollution problems in this area.
A control system has yet to be selected.

After painting, the grips are buffed to impart smoothness  and  remove
the last traces of the flash.  Dry; bag collectors are used to trap the
airborne  buffing  dusts.   The  mplds  are  periodically  cleaned  by
blasting with glass beads in a closed hood.
                                  i ,                •   .   ,.
The pneumatic bladders are built oh  building  machines  in  a  manner
similar to tire manufacture.  Cord! fabric is purchased from an outside
supplier.                        • J

The  green  bladders  are  cured in steam heated stand-presses.  These
presses are mechanically closed and the whole bladder building area is
"dry" and oil free.  Steam condensate from the  presses  is  recycled.
Metal  parts  for  molding to the bladders are first"degreased using a
closed trichlorqethylene system, sandblasted, and sprayed with  rubber
cement as a bonding agent.        i

Approximately 80 percent of the steam used in the plant is recycled to
the  boiler  as  condensate.  The boiler feed water is not softened to
demineralized.  Instead, treatmentjagents are added to the feed  water
to  eliminate  scale build up.  The only process-associated discharges
to the plant sewer are cooling water for the service  air  compressors
and  cooling  water  for  the  hydraulic oil pumps, in addition to the
calendered stock spray cooling watfer.  The overflow from  the  plant's
septic tank systems is routed throiigh the main plant sewer.

Extruded  oil  used  in  the mill room and machinery oil stored in the
compressor area have  on  occasion!  entered  the  effluent  via  floor
drains.   It  is  the company's belief that these drains can be closed
and the oil involved stored elsewhere..

The plant's effluent has good COD j (50  mg/1),  suspended  solids  (13
mg/1)   and  oil  (7  mg/1)  levels, j  It is believed that the oil can be
further reduced with good housekeeping and the blocking  of  offending
floor drains.                     I
        This  plant manufactures  several types  of reinforced hose.  The outside
        diameters   of   the  hoses   range   from  approximately  3/4 inch  to  six
        inches.  Hoses are made  on  both rigid   and   flexible  mandrels.   Most
        sizes  of   hose  can  be made  injlengths  up to about 100 meters.  In
        addition,  small bore hose can be produced in continuous lengths.  Hose
        is  reinforced  with yarn  and wire   using  braided  and  spiral  winding
        methods.   Vulcanization  is  carriedjout by both cloth wrapped and lead-
        sheathed techniques.   The plant consumes appoximately 20,000 pounds of
        raw  materials  each  day.  it operates 24  hours per day for five days
        each  week  and  employs 530 people.  |The plant is in a rural area  with a
                                    124

-------
            total area of 120 acres, 7.3 ajcres of
            plant area.
                                        which  consist  of  the  roofed
            The  plant  water  is  supplied  by  3  wells owned by the plant.  The
            capacities of the wells are 50:0, 250 and 250 gpm,  respectively.   The
            water  from the 500-gpm well ils chlorinated for domestic, sanitary and
            process usage in order to minimize the activity of ferro-bacteria.
                                          I
(**•«
Rubber  stock is prepared in  tjhe   compounding  area.    The  recipe  is
varied   to  suit the particular service requirements  of the hose.   The
rubber  ingredients are mixed in a Banbury mixer and sheeted out on  a
roll mill.  The sheet rubber iis dipped in soapstone slurry and hung to
drip and dry.   An open drain Ibeneath the soapstone drip area collects
soapstone drippings which are jdischarged to the plant's final outfall.
In  addition, the cooling water!  from the mills is  discharged  into  an
open drain  which can readily  be fitted with a collar, or the opening
can be  completely sealed to prevent the entry of oil  and grease 'to the
' drain.               '        - |        ••   • . •
                              i    - •  "               .
The tube component of the hose!  is extruded and cooled in an open  tank
by  direct contact with cooling  water.  From the cooling tank, the  tube
is   passed  through  a tank of  anti-tack agent ("Acrawax") .  Soapstone
solution is not used for application because its anti-tack property is
more permanent and would adverjsely affect the future   bonding  of   the
tube to  the  other  componenits   of  the hose. -The  overflow from the
cooling tank and drippings frojm the anti-tack system  are discharged to
the plant's final outfall.  The floor  drain  to  which  the  overflow
cooling  water  is  discharged  could  be  equipped  with  a collar or
            completely sealed.
            in a helix.
                     The extruded and cooled tube is coiled on  a  form
                              i
            Hose tube that requires rigid mandrel support is unwound from its coil
            and  pulled  onto  the rod-like mandrel in lengths of approximately  50
            meters.  Tube to be supported Jon flexible mandrels  is  extruded  onto
            the  rubber-  or  plastic-coated  .mandrel  at the extruder.  A  release
            agent is sprayed "between  the | tube  and  the  mandrel  to  facilitate
            subsequent   removal   of  the;  mandrel.   Some  small  bore  hose   is
            sufficiently rigid not to require a mandrel.                    '
                                          I                    -
            The hose tube is braided or splirally wound with  yarn  or  wire.   The
            yarn  and  wire  are manufactured by supply companies and are received
            ready for use.  The "reinforcing" operations are "dry"  and  no floor
            drains  exist  in  this  area.]   The  outer cover is extruded into the
            reinforced hose before curing.l
                                          i    .     •   -       •    •"•'•',
            Shorter lengths of hose are sh'eathed with lead in a lead  press.   The
            lead  sheath  is  cooled  dire|ctly  with  water.  The sheathed  hose  is
            placed in a long autoclave which is heated directly with steam.  After
            curing, the lead sheath is stripped JErom the  hose  and  re-cast  into
            billets  to  feed  the lead press.  The cured hose is removed from the

-------
mandrel by water or air  pressure,  inspected, and coiled  for  shipment.
Larger  sizes  of hose  are  tape-wrapped  and charged into  a  direct-steam
heated autoclave.  After curing  the  tape is removed from the hose  and
the  mandrel   removed  by water or  air pressure or a mechanical  pulling
technique.  The condensate from  the  lead-sheathed  curing autoclaves
contains  lead  (70 mg/1)  and is discharged directly.

Cooling   waters  from  the  millsJ  tube  extruders,  and  lead  cooling
processes are  discharged via sumpsj to the final outfall.   Periodically
the  sumps are  cleaned  of  accumulated oils  and  solids.   The  air
compressor  condensate  passes   through an oil trap drum.  The  drum is
periodically skimmed of  oil.  The  icombined waste waters  flow over a V-
notch weir into a small  creek to tihe river.
               .  •     -             !                      •
An outside drum storage  area contributes to the  oil  in  the   plant's
waste water during stcrms.   This area is unroofed and is used to store
new,  partly full, and empty drums' of various oils and chemicals.  The
storm water passes through a sump  before its discharge   to the final
outfall but the sump is  not regulajrly cleaned and oil seepage occurs.
The  plant's  combined  effluent  lhas  the following quality:  COD, 20
mg/1; suspended solids, approximately 1 mg/1; and oil and grease, less
than 1 mg/1.                      !

Duplicate samples analyzed by Plant D yield a different description of
the, effluent quality: COD, 28
-------
The compounded rubber stock is prepared for processing on four warm-up
mills.   Rubber from these mills is formed into sheets in an extruder-
calender machine.  The tempera'tures of the roller mills and  extruder-
calender  are  controlled by recirculated cooling water and hydrotherm
cooling systems.  The sheeted) rubber  is  cooled  in  a  water  spray
cooling  tank.   The  contactjcooling water overflows and is reused in
the plant's main recirculated jcooling, water  system.   After  cooling
the  sheeted rubber is dipped Jin soapstone solution to prevent it from
sticking together during storage.  Curbing and a floor sump have  been
installed  in the soapstone dip area to contain accidental spills, and
overflows.  The sump is emptied into a portable tank and removed by  a
private hauler.               j

The  dipped  sheet rubber is passed over air vents to dry, and is then
rolled up into large rolls.  The sheeting operation described above is
performed eight hours each day, five days  per  week;  it  uses  60-70
percent of the cooling water Circulated through the plant.

Once  sheeted,  the rubber is Isold as uncured or cured sheeted rubber,
or conveyor belting.

Curing of sheeted materials is! performed in presses, rotacures, or hot
air curing ovens.  The rotacufe system employs a combination of steam,
cooling water, and electric  lieaters  to  cure  sheeted  rubber  under
prescribed conditions.  Both -tihe steam and cooling water are recycled.
Presses  employ  steam  and  a  hydrotherm  cooling system to cure the
sheet.  The third system is a gas fired hot air cure.  This  technique
does not require steam or cooling water.         .

In addition to the production |of sheeted rubber, the plant also builds
the  body  plies,  or  carcasses,  used  to  make conventional fabric-
reinforced  conveyor  belting.   Fabric,  which   has   already   been
frictioned with rubber, is shipped to the plant,.  This material, which
is  single  ply and has a maximum width of approximately 55 inches, is
used to build carcasses of multiple ply thicknesses and various widths
up to approximately 128 inches.  Once built, this belting is rolled in
fabric cloth and sent to another plant to  have  an  upper  and  lower
layer of rubber applied to thej fabric,  completed belts are frequently
returned to the plant for curing.
                              I         '               :
Waste  waters  are  generated jby the cooling system overflows, zeolite
softener  regeneration  wastes,   boiler   blowdown,   plant   runoff,
hydrotherm systems, air conditioning systems, and domestic sources.

The  principal  waste  water  jproblems at the plant originate with the
hydraulic oil systems for the I curing presses.  Oil leaks from the  oil
systems  are  frequent.   Curbing and oil sumps have been installed to
contain such leaks.  Periodically the collected oil  is  removed  from
the  sumps  and  drummed prior to disposal.  The oil leakages from the
hydraulic oil systems have in the past been so severe and  uncontained
                                127

-------
            g*ound  beneath  the  tiant  contains large amounts of oil.
 described above; ^"p^ntls ^X/^dSS^^SSS

 nlllL WatHKS-   "  Sh°Uld  be  ^oted'  however,  SS94ifplE?
 neither rubber compounding nor process oil storage  '


 Plant F

 This plant manufactures rubber  pipe  seals
 rubber-to-metal molded items.  — '   '
&
<
                                        .

 oK     comP°unded ^ a B^nbury mill.  Depending on the amount
 of   stock  being  processed,   botli nonreactive and reactive stocks are
 compounded.   During  normal   operations,  however,   the   stock   Is
 compounded    onl   once  (reactive  stock)   with  all  the  SoSpound"
                       a"9fints' adde<3 at the same time.  The material is

                                  ^^~' air ^ied' «*  ^-^  "
                                  .-|
 Weather  stripping,   pipe  seals,  j and  molding  plugs  are  formed bv
                            r  10ng  Kreled ext?udlrs?  Short
          do                    StH±P feed mills'  whereas lon
               ?:       extruders   are  temperature  controlled;   both
            cooi:Ln?   water are used.   The extruded items are cooled,
       *         P   Ced ^ autoclah Fans in preparation  for  curing
 Extruded items are cured  in autoclkves with 100 psi steam.      *-""•"?•

           the  cavities  of
           Before curing, the
       to ensure proper release frjam the~mold!
                                  I                              .  • .
The  ends  of pipe seal rubber are: cemented together to form the  large
         ui! PXPK s?als'  The operation is carried out in  an  electric
         wnen  bonding  rubber  to'.metal, the metal na-r-h mne-f- 4^*-o4- ^^«
degreased,  using  trichloroethylen4  in 'a  clSsS  lysteT,  and   then
                                128

-------
 sprayed  with an adhesive.   The rubber is transfer-molded to  the metal
 part.

 Waste  waters generated at this! plant include  boiler  blowdown,   cooling
-tower    and  chiller   water  overflow,  once   through  cooling  water,
 leakages, from the .various  hyjdraulic  and curing  oil  systems,   and
 spillages and drippings of lubjricating solutions.

 The  greatest problem currently facing the company is storm runoff.  A
 recent large spillage of oil cbnvinced company officials that  control
 and  treatment  of this type problem was a necessity.   Sewer  lines  are
 still  coated with oil from the spill.   To control  this  problem,,   two
 gravity  separators   collect  all   water  leaving  the plant  including
 runoff.  Oil storage  pumping stations  are covered.    Drip  pans   are
 provided for oil transfer lines.

 Steam'condensate from the autoclaves flows into a  final holding lagoon
 and  is  not discharged.  Boiler treatment and blowdown wastes  and  one
 group  of roof drains  flow into a detention pond  to  settle  oil   and
 solids.  From the detention pond,  the water is siphoned from  below  the
 surface  and flows to  a separator where any residual  oil is removed.

 The  resultant  effluent  concentrations  are  approximately: COD,  100
 mg/1;  suspended solids, H'O mg/ls and oil, 3 mg/I.

 Plant  G            .            j
                               I
 This plant manufactures braided and spirally  wound,  reinforced  rubber
 hose as  well as plastic-based hose.   Both metal and  fabric reinforcing
 components  are  used.    Tota^  raw  material  consumption for jrubber
 products is approximately 162,500  pounds per  day.  The plant  operates
 24 hours per day, 5 days per week.                              '

 Three  different production processes are employed.   Industrial  hose is
 produced by  compounding,   extruding,  and  pan  curing.   Hose, which
 requires curing inside a mold,j is  produced by compounding, extruding,
 encasing hose  in  lead,  and  curing.   Preformed hose is produced by
 compounding, extruding, forming, and curing.
                               i     "      -     •  •
 All rubber and compounds are mixed in one of  four  Banbury mills.    The
 compounded  material   is  dropped  from the Banbury where it is  sheeted
 out, dipped in a recirculated soapstone solution,  air dried,  and piled
 on skids to await further processing.

 To make  the hose, compounded rubber is extruded into  a  tube.   Both
 long   and  short barreled extruders are employed at  this plant.  Short
 barreled extrudes require warm up  and strip feed mills,   whereas  long
 barreled extruders   do  not. !  The tubing is cooled,  dipped  in a zinc
 stearate lubricating  solution 'and  placed in a temporary storage.
                              129

-------
         Reinforcing material is applied to the outside of the tube by braiding
         or winding machines.  No water is used in  this  area.   Finally,  the
         outer covering is extruded onto £he reinforced rubber tubing.
         Lead  sheathing  can  be  extruded  onto the hose in a solid or molten
         state.  The lead covered hose is j wrapped onto large spools.  The lead-
         sheathed hose is filled with watfer to apply pressure on the inside  of
         the hose before it is cured in steam heated autoclaves.  After curing,
         the  lead  covered  hose  is  copied  and the lead covering is removed
         mechanically and recycled to the  sheathing  process.   The  water  is
         released  from  the  inside  of
i
the  hcse.  The hose is hydraulically
           shipment.   The  hydraulic
tested with water before final s borage and
test water is discharged.

Industrial  hose  which  does  njot  require molding is pan cured.  The
stock is placed in pans and curejd in autoclaves.   Preformed  hose  is
made  from uncured or semicured jhose which is Cut to length, placed on
a form to give it the proper shape, and cured in autoclaves.
                                i    •'-.-.••
Waste waters from this  plant  arise  from  the  use  of  water  as  a
lubricant,  spillages  of  other!  lubricating  or anti-tack solutions,
condensate from autoclaves, hydraulic  testing  water,  pressure-water
for  the  curing  operation,  bojiler  blowdown, softener backwash, and
cooling system overflows.  No stleam condensate is recycled.

A municipal system receives all  the  waste  waters  from  this  plant
operation.  No pretreatment of waste is practiced.

The  effluent  quality  is compalrable to other plants in this industry
group and is acceptable  for  publicly  owned  treatment  works.   The
effluent  levels  are  approximately:   COD,  300  mg/1; BOD, 30 mg/1;
suspended solids, 40 mg/1; and oil, 5 mg/1.
         This plant produces canvas footw,ear,  cement  dipped  boots,  and  foam
         rubber  for  carpet  underlay arid  shoe  innersoles.  Daily raw material
         consumption amounts to approximately  265,000 Ibs  per  day  of  rubber
         compounds.                   .

         canvas  shoes   are  the result.of  many  different production operations
         including  compounding  of   rubber stocks,  molding  of  the   soles,
         extrusion   of  the  other   various   rubber  components,  cutting   and
         fabricating of  canvas parts, construction of all these items into   the
         final product,  and curing of the final  product.

         The  rubber  used  in this plantl is compounded with other chemicals in
         six Banburys and sheeted out injmills.   The  compounded  sheeted stock
         is  cooled  on  six cooling conveyers  employing three different  cooling
         techniques?   a water  spray,  a  cooling  water  tank,    and   water

-------
 evaporation.   Three cooling colnveyers employ a water spray against  the
 bottom of the conveyer belt carrying the rubber stock.   On two  coolina
 conveyers  the  rubber  is  cqmpletely  immersed  in water.  The  final
 system employs a spray directljy onto the rubber.  Evaporation of  this
 water  supplies the bulk of the cooling.  After cooling  by each of  the
 three techniques, the rubber is rolled onto large rolls.
                                  - .  -    -L
 The  innersoles of the shoes are  cut  with  dies  from   sponge  rubber
 sheets.     The  sponge  rubber  sheet  is  prepared   by  extrudir-   —
 calendering rubber stock,  containing blowing agents,  into  sheets,
 sheets are continuously cured in presses.
The
                              I
The  soles are  either  cut  from juncured  rubber   sheets,  or  formed  in
compression or injection  moldsi.  The technique  employed depends on the
final  product  and  the technology available.

Compression molding technology] is older and requires more manual labor
than  the  completely automated injection technique.  Its advantage is
in the ability to  mold many  different  colors  simultaneously.   oil
supplies  the   hydraulic  pressure  for  both molding techniques.  The
curing presses are heated elecjtrically.

After  curing the molded soles are buffed to remove the flash.  A  coat
of latex is applied to the sole after which it  is dried in an electric
oven.

Canvas  uppers for   shoes  arfe  made  from two or three ply material.
Canvas material arrives at the plant as single  ply sheets  in  various
colors.   Latex  is   applied to the sheets; the sheets are then pulled
together and passed over  steam heated drums.  The sheets  are  stacked
and  then  cut to the   proper dimensions using  a die and press.  The
various pieces composing  the canvas portion of  the shoe  are  stitched
together in making lines.                 -.

The  shoe is fabricated from the various components on a form called a
last.  The canvas  top  is  cemented at its edges  and  placed  over  the
last.   The  innersole  is  then  applied.  Before the toe pieces, the
boxing, and the outer  sole are|applied, the bottom  of  the  innersole
and  canvas  is dipped in a latex solution.  The  latex is used to hold
the entire shoe together.  Next the sole, toe   and  heel  pieces,  and
boxing  are  applied.    The  finished  uncured  shoes are inspected and
placed on- curing racks.  The shoes  are  cured  in  autoclaves  in  an
ammonia  atmosphere.   Approximately  10  Ibs  of  ammonia is used per
autoclave per cure.  At the end of the curing process,   the  autoclave
is  vented  to  the  atmosphere.   The need to collect and control the
ammonia contained in the autoclave ventings is being investigated.

Cement dipped boots involve a  slightly  different  building  process.
The  pieces  of  fabric forming the carcass of the boot are applied to
                              131

-------

                                 I
                                 I
forms which are dipped in a rubber cement solution, dried, cured,  and
finally packaged.

Process  waste  waters  from this plant consist .of latex tank cleaning
waste  waters,  oil  dripping  and  leakage  from   heavy   processing
machinery,  and  discharges from wet dust collectors.  Waste latex, or
latex remaining in drums that can no longer be used, is  removed  from
the plant by a private contractor.  Latex rinse waters, used to remove
residual quantities from the latex drums, are coagulated with ammonium
alum and settled out in a retaining basin.  Clarified water is allowed
to overflow to the river.  Coagulated rubber is removed from the basin
whenever  necessary.   The  washing  operation  is periodic, occurring
approximately 10 to 12 times per'24-hour  day.   Discharges  from  the
basin  occur  for  a  total of approximately one hour each day.  Plant
personnel are considering modifying the system by adding mixers to the
basin.  There is currently insufficient mixing in the basin and  large
quantities  of  latex  remain uncoagulated and leave the basin via the
overflow.  This latex eventually!coagulates  in  the  overflow  drains
causing them to clog periodically with solids.

Drippings  from  open  gears and]leakages from motor and mill bearings
cause the spillage and leakage o£ oil and water to accumulate  in  the
mill  and heavy machinery basinsi  The plant has installed two systems
to cope with these problems.  Motor areas are diked and equipped  with
a  300-gallon  oil  collection  sump.   Mill  basin  drains  have been
intercepted so that leakages" that enter these drains flow via a trough
into a holding tank.  Oil is removed from  the  tank  by  a  stainless
steel  belt.   Plant personnel estimate the retention time in the tank
to be 72 hours.  When operating, | the unit has an overflow rate of  1-2
gpm.   Oil  picked up by the belt passes into a waste oil storage tank
which is periodically emptied and the waste oil drummed.

Each Banbury line is equipped with a wet dust collector.  In addition,
two wet  collectors  control  particulate  pollution  in  the  buffing
operation  by  collecting sole flash.  Flow from these collectors goes
untreated to the outfall.        j

The plant effluent quality is approximately:  COD,  76  mg/1;  BOD4,  6
mg/1; suspended solids, 29 mg/1; and oil, 7 mg/1.

Plant I                          \

This   plant  manufactures  reclaimed  rubber  from  whole  tires  and
miscellaneous rubber scrap.  Dai.ly raw material  consumption  includes
175,000  Ibs of whole tires  (apprbximately 8,750 tires) and 127,000 Ibs
of  miscellaneous  scrap,  the   bulk  of  which is inner tubes.  Total
reclaim  production is currently  271,000  Ibs  per  day.   Two  reclaim
processes  are  employed,  one for tires based on the conventional wet
digestion process, and a second  process used primarily for scrap inner
tubes, called pan or heater procjess.
                             132

-------
In the digester process, whole tires are  brought  to  the  plant  and
stored  in open areas.  Plant [personnel manually separate steel belted
and studded snow tires  from  jother  conventional  tires.  . Currently,
tires  containing  steel  (othe'r than bead wire)  cannot be processed by
this plant and are sent to dumps.  Tires to be  processed  are  passed
through  a  magnetic  sensing {device which removes any steel belted or
studded tires not previously removed.

Cracker mills grind and break jup the whole tire.  The ground tires are
screened and oversized particles recycled to  the  mills.   After  the
first milling, an operator removes large sections of the bead wire.  A
magnetic  separator  removes  the  smaller sections of bead wire which
pass through the screens with the ground  rubber.   The  particles  of
rubber  which still contain fiber from the cords and belts are further
grourid in stoners  (fine grinding equipment)  and  hammer  mills.   The
additional  grinding  facilitates  the  removal  of  the fibers by air
separation techniques.  Separated fiber is baled and sent to  landfill
sites.

A  final  grinding  operation, reduces  the rubber particle size to 20
mesh.  This grinding is necessary for the removal of the final  traces
of  fiber  from  the  rubber  jproduct.  The reduced particle size also
reduces the amount of oil necessary to devulcanize the rubber  in  the
digestion step.               i

The fine, fiber-free particles are mixed with oil, water and chemicals
 (typically a calcium-based or!formaldehyde digestion solution) and fed
to  a digester where the rubber is devulcanized.  The digestion liquor
is heated with steam injection.  From  the  digesters,  the  resultant
slurry passes to a blowdown t^nk.  Quench.or cooling water is added to
the  slurry  in the blowdown t-ank.  From the blowdown tank, the rubber
slurry passes to a holding  tank,  where  additional  water  is "added
before  dewatering on a screerji and finally in a dewatering press.  The
dewatered rubber is dried in screw dryers  using  recirculated  steam.
The  liquor  from  the screen|and press pass through a 200-mesh screen
where fine rubber  particles are recovered.  The dewatering  liquor  is
recycled  to the digesters,  \tapors from the blowdown tank are trapped
and condensed in a barometricicondenser.  Vapors from the  dryers  are
similarly  condensed.  Oils are separated from the condensed vapors in
a decant tank and  are returned to the digestion stage where  they  are
reused.

The recycle system for the dewatering liquor and the reclaimed process
oils  is  shown  in Figure 9.• The waste overflow from the decanter is.
approximately one-third of the total of the  waste  dewatering   liquor
plus the vapor condensate without .the recycle system.              '

The  dried devulcanized rubber is mixed with other compounds including
carbon black and oil.  The mining takes place in  an  internal  mixer-
extruder,   compound  usage  follows  a specific recipe  related to the
                                133

-------
 U
 o
m
IU
O
a:
O
IU
IU
Of

O

-------
end-product use qf the reclaim.  Finally  the
milled into sheets to form the final product.
                                              compounded  reclaim  is
The  pan  or  heater  process,! which is used for miscellaneous rubber
scrap but primarily for inner tubes, differs from  the  wet  digestion
process  described  above  in  \that  no  fiber separation equipment is
needed and devulcanization of the rubber is  carried  out  via  a  dry
process.    .  -    ••'••'

Operators  remove  metal,  such  as  inner tube valves, from the scrap
rubber.  Conveyors carry the metal-free rubber to a cracker mill where
it is ground  and screened.  Th£ rubber particles are  mixed  with  oil
and  other  chemicals,  placed! in  bins,  and devulcanized in a large
horizontal heater.  After devuicanization, the rubber is  milled  into
sheets to form the final product.

Process  waste  waters  from  jbhe  wet digester process arise from the
dewatering process and the various vapor condensers  in  the  digester
process  area.  Discharge of the waste water from the dewatering press
has been eliminated in the pasj: year by recycle of the  water  to  the
digestion  stage.  Oils condensed from the vapor streams are separated
from the water in a decant tank and fed back to the  digester.   Water
from  the  decant  tank is recycled to the digestion makeup stage when
possible or discharged as a waiste water.  Process  waste  waters  from
the  pan  devulcanizer process) are caused by the condensation of vapor
streams.  These are combined with digester vapor streams and  decanted
together with the digester strjeam.  The reclaimed oils are recycled to
the wet digestion process.

The process waste waters which cannot be recycled are discharged.  The
resulting  plant  effluent  qujality  is approximately:  COD, 110 mg/1;
suspended solids, 50 mg/1; and) oil 10 mg/1.  It is believed that these
waste waters  would be readily  Created in a municipal sewage  treatment
system.
                                                  Finger cots  are also
This  plant produces balloons and prophylactics.
produced, but not on a continuous basis.  The plant is  located  in  a
rural  area and employs approximately 50 people.
                                                  Natural  latex is the
 primary raw material for all  d'ipped items.  No  other  types   of   latex
 are  consumed.   Approximately 2,650 Ibs  latex is used to produce 3,800
 gross of prophylactics per day;   10,170 gross of  toy  balloon  are
 likewise produced from 6,810  l{bs  of latex.  Because of  the proprietary
 nature  of  the production equipment and the highly competitive  nature
 of  the  operation,   inspection  of  the processing  lines   was   not
 permitted.

 The  natural latex arrives by itank car and  is pumped to holding  tanks.
 The latex recipe is compounded! in a water-cooled tank from which it is
                                135

-------
pumped into drums together with vjarying
makeup, water depending on the end-use.
used  as,  makeup  for
balloon dip tanks.
the  four
                  quantities  pf  dilution,  or
                  This drummed latex mixture is
prophylatic dip tanks and the twelve
Clean molds are coated with latex; in these dip tanks.  The  tanks  are
cooled  with  recirculated cooling water.  The latex-covered molds are
passed through a hot air dryer ov'en to strenthen the  rubber  coating.
This  process  is  repeated in a jsecond dip tank and dryer train.  The
latex-covered molds are now cured' in air-heated curing  ovens.   Steam
is used to heat both the drying and curing air.

After  curing,  the dipped goods ,are sterilized in a 200°F water bath.
Steam injection is used to heat the water bath.  The overflow from the
sterilization bath is negligible isince the water loss from  the  baths
by carryover on the molds is approximately equal to the steam makeup.

The  dipped  items  are coated with a talc and stripped from the mold.
The products are finally inspected, packaged, and shipped.
                                 i
                                 I
Stripped of the cured product, thje molds are cleaned and rinsed before
being returned to the dip tanks. ! The cleaner  tanks  contain  a  one-
percent  solution  of  Oakite  Ru'stripper  in  water.  There is little
overflow from the cleaning tank. ] The rinse tank is raw water  but  it
does  pick  up  talc  and  cleaning  agent  from  the mold.  The rinse
overflow waste water is therefore! contaminated with surfactants.

Process waste waters arise from the small overflow from the steriliser
tanks, minor discharges from the mold  cleaning  tank,  and  from  the
rinse water overflow.  As mentioned earlier, the first two sources are
negligible.   All  process  waste!  waters  and the boiler blowdown are
directed to holding lagoons.  The] primary constituents of the  process
waste  waters  are  the talc and surfactants removed from the molds in
the rinsing process.                      .
                           •     , I
The waste water treatment facilities in this plant  consist  of  three
lagoons,  one  holding  lagoon anjd two detention lagoons.  The holding
lagoon is used to contain  all  wjashdown  and  cleaning  waters.   The
detention  lagoons  treat  the rinse water and blowdown for removal of
solids.   In  addition,  the  latjex  tanks  were  rinsed  with   small
quantities of water and wiped clean with rags.

The  plant  effluent contains:  cbo, 120 mg/1; BOD, HO mg/1; suspended
solids, 85 mg/1; and oil H mg/1. | The effluent  surfactants  level  is
negligible (less than 1 mg/1).

Plant K

This  plant  produces  compressioh  molded sundries, such as hot water
bottles, hygiene syringes and bulbs, and pharmaceutical  items.    Also
                              136

-------
produced  are  latex-dipped  goods such as gloves.  Daily raw material
cons-umption levels are 28,000 jibs of compounded solid rubber  per  day
and 2,000 Ibs of latex per day

This  company  compounds  the, majority  of" its solid rubber stock in
Banbury internal mixers and roller  mills.   The  remaining  stock  is
purchased as a masterbatch and is mixed on mills.  In either case, the
material  is  fed  to  the  Banbury  or  mill  and  mixed with various
compounding agents.  After a prescribed mixing time, the materials are
sheeted off and air cooled.   JThe  sheeted  compounded  stock  can  be
pelletized or formed into extruded sheets depending on the type of end
product.                      |

To  form  pelletized  stock,  .the  sheeted  material is fed to a long-
barreled  extruder.   The  material  is  extruded  into  a  continuous
cylinder,  cooled  in  a cooling tank, and cut to a prescribed length.
The pellets, referred to as slugs, are fed to a  shaker  screen  where
they  are  air  coded and dusted with dry talc.  The cooled slugs are
stored until needed.

•To form extruded sheet stock, j the  rubber  is  fed  to  an  extruder-
calender.   The  extruded sheets are passed over cooling drums, dusted
with talc, cut to length, and ifinally sent to storage.

All rubber molded items at this plant  are  compression  molded.   The
presses are loaded with slugs jor sheets depending on the product.  Two
hydraulic  systems  provide pressure for the compression presses.  The
first is a deadweight water system.  The  second  is  an  oil  system.
Heat  necessary  for  curing  jis  provided  by steam circulated in the
cavities of the molding presses.  After molding, an  operator  empties
the presses, dips the cured mo'lded items in a cooling tank, and stacks
the  item on temporary holding skids.  The cooling tank water contains
a lubricant.  The molded items proceed to a die cutter which trims the
flash.  In some cases, an operator applies a silicone lubricant to aid
in the cutting.  Finished products, which are formed from  two  molded
pieces,  proceed  to  a seconcji steam-heated press where the pieces are
joined together with a rubber cement.

Latex used in the manufacture iof dipped goods is brought  in  by  tank
cars  as, a  50  percent  emulsion.   The  stock is blended with other
ingredients in a blend tank before being transferred to  a  dip  tank.
                            .. i
In  the  formation  of  a  final  product, molds are first dipped in a
coagulant.  The coagulant is a solution of calcium  nitrate  dissolved
in  alcohol.  The molds are next dipped in the latex dip tank and then
into a leach tank.  Finally the latex covered molds are cured in a hot
air oven.  The leach tank contains l«tO°F  water  'which  is  heated  by
steam  injection.   The  hot  jair  used  in  the curing oven is heated
indirectly with steam.  Once cured, the dipped goods are stripped from
molds which are recycled to trie coagulant tank for  the  next  dipping
operation.


                              I      '•'•."'•        .  •-
                              I

                              )37

-------
I
         Pharmaceutical   items   produced  by  this  plant must be washed before
         final packaging and shipping.   Washing is carried out in a single  100-
         gallon washing  drum using seven selquential steps.  The drum  is  first
        ,rinsed  with water to  remove  cbntaminants retained from, a previous
         cycle.  Next the items are loaded and washed in a chlorinated caustic
         solution.   The  next two washes are with detergent.  These are followed
         by  a neutralization wash, a hot water rinse wash, and a boiling water
         final rinse. The items are removep from the drum, dried in a hot   air
         oven, packaged, and eventually shipped.

         Process waste  waters  from this plant arise primarily from the washing
         of molded   and   dipped  goods.   Tjhese  wastes  are  characterized  by
         surfactants, BOD, COD, suspended iand dissolved solids, and pH spikes.
         Other process waste waters arise from leakages and spills of  oil   and
         water  from  heavy machinery.   Washing of dipping molds also produce a
         discharge.   The molds  are cleaned every two to three weeks.  A  fourth
         process waste  water comprises overflows and cleaning liquids from the
         dip tanks  and other latex handling facilities.

         Waste waters are treated with  calcium  nitrate  and  "ferro-floc"  ibo
         coagulate   the   latex   solids, folilowed by clarification to settle the
         coagulated  solids.   The  clarified  effluent  is  discharged  to   a
         municipal   treatment  system  for! further  treatment.   The principal
         characteristics of the primary effluent are:  COD, 700 mg/1; BOD,   150
         mg/1;  suspended solids, 800 mg/l;| extractable organics, 130 mg/1; and
         surfactants, 7  mg/1.
This plant manufactures latex foanj products.  Production lines include
mattresses, pillows, comfort seating, and slab  foam.   During  normal
operating  periods the plant is run continuously; however, at the time
of this survey a shortage of raw  (materials  had  reduced  production.
Production  at  the plant during the sampling periods was estimated to
consume 200,000 pounds per day of jraw materials including the  filler.
Approximately  135,000  to  150,000 pounds were dry latex solids.  The
plant is locates in  a  minor  urb|an  area  with  limited  plant  area
available for either production plant expansion or comprehensive waste
water treatment facilities.       j

Production of the latex goods utilizes the Talalay process.  Following
production of latex at another facility, the latex emulsion is trucked
to  this  plant  and pumped into storage tanks.  The latex then passes
through a freezing-agglomeration step where the  pH  is  lowered  with
carbon  dioxide  gas.   This  causes minor coagulation of the latex to.
produce larger emulsion solids.   JThe  latex  is, concentrated  in  an
evaporator which pulls off water vapor using a steam jet equipped with
a barometric condenser to condense the evaporated water vapor.
                                       138

-------
 After  concentrating,   additional  ingredients  (stabilizers, fillers,
 s\xrfactaivts,  antioxidants,  accelerators)  are added in the  compounding
 step.   The  latex  mix is  th'en transferred to the steam-heated curing
-presses using a transfer hose1.   The  high  temperature  of  the  press
 causes specific latex  ingredients to decompose, liberating gases which
 produce the foam effect. In [addition, carbon dioxide is injected into
 the  mold  to  assist   the   curing process.  The final foam product is
 cooled, rinsed with water,  dried, and inspected before shipment.,

 River water,  with a slight  chlorine addition, is used in the plant for
 washings and  cooling.   It is the only source of  nonpotable  water  in
 the plant.                   •

 The  principal  process  wastb   waters  from  this  plant arise during
 process cleanup and product wjashing.  Periodic washdowns occur in  the
 latex  storage  and freezingj-agglomeration  areas  to  clean up latex
 spills and  leaks.   These wast|e  waters are  laden  with  latex  solids.
 The final foam products are w'ashed countercurrently to the flow of the
 wash  or rinse  water.   .Progress  has  beerr  made  in  reducing  the
 quantities  of wash water needed by using  a counterflow washing recycle
 system.   An  additional  source  of  waste  water  arises  during  the
 evaporation  step.   Barometric condensers are used to condense vacuum
 3et discharges and the  combined condensates  and  cooling  waters  are
 discharged  directly.          !

 Cooling water is  once-through! and is discharged directly to the river.
 Boiler  blowdown   is  also   discharged without prior treatment.   Waste
 water facilities  are employed;  primarily   for  the  removal  of  latex
 solids and  zinc ions.  High concentrations of latex solids are present
 in   the  storage   and   freezer-agglomeration  wash downs.   These waste
 waters are  collected in  a pit!and transferred batchwise to a treatment
 tank where  the pH is adjusted]  and  coagulation chemicals  (alum  and
 polyelectrolyte)  are added.  Latex solids float to the surface and are
 removed with  the  tank overflow.
                              i
 The  clarified underflow wa?te waters are discharged directly to the
 river.   The skimmed latex solids in  the   overflow  are  screened  and
 containerized  for  disposal.!   The screen filtrate is returned to the
 chemical treatment tank  for  continued treatment.

 Waste waters  from  the product   washings   are  treated  in  a  separate
 system.   The  wash  waters  are  collected  in a  pit  and  are then
 transferred to a rapid mix tank where lime is   added.    The  resulting
 zinc  hydroxide  precipitate  jis  removed in a  primary clarifier.   The
 settled  solids are dewatered in a  vacuum  filter   and  trucked   to  a
 landfill.   The waste water is:discharged  directly  to the river.

 Plans  have   already been made  to upgrade the existing waste treatment
 facilities.   The proposed plant  will  collect the  .effluent  from  the
 batch  latex  waste  water  treatment system   and  the   zinc removal
                              39

-------
                                 - I
clarifier in an equalization -tank.I  The pH of the waste waters will be
adjusted with carbon dioxide  to  iprecipitate  zinc  carbonates.   The
waste  water  will  then be filtered in a diatomaceous earth filter -to
remove fine suspended solids and carbonates.  The  waste  waters  will
then flow to a municipal treatment plant for additional BOD removal.

At  present,  with  the  describedj  zinc removal and latex coagulation
primary treatments, the effluent  quality,  including  the  barometric
condenser  discharge, is as followjs:  BOD, 400 mg/1; zinc, 4 mg/1; and
Suspended solids, 50 mg/1.

Summary of Control and Treatment Technology

General-Molded, Extruded, and Fabricated Rubber Subcategpries

In-Plant Control

In~plant control measures and practices require  proper  handling  and
isolating   general   spills  and j leaks  of  potential  contaminants:
soapstone and other anti-tack agenjts, latex  compounds,  solvents  and
rubber  cements,  metal  preparati3n  wastes,  and  wet  air-pollution
control equipment discharges.

General Spills and Leaks

Most molding, extruding, and rubbejr fabrication plants (such  as  hose
or footwear production facilities) • can generate waste water containing
machinery   oils   and  greases  as  well  as  suspended  solids.   If
uncontrolled, these waste  waters ] can  enter  floor  drains,  thereby
polluting  the  plant  effluent.  ] In  plants,  such as cement dipping
facilities where less heavy machinery is used, the  oil  contamination
problem is noticeably reduced.
The  exemplary  subcategories  E,
F,  and G plants visited shared the
following common methods to  reduce  the  type  of  oil  contamination
described  above:   blocking  of  existing  floor drains, removing oil
leaks promptly with dry absorbent granules, and in some cases  curbing
the  problem  area  to  contain oil or grease leaks.  In cases where a
floor drain is required in order to discharge  uncontaminated  cooling
water,  for  instance,  a  collar | is installed around the floor drain
opening to prevent floor drainage jfrom passing into the drain opening.

Plants which have water and oil lelakages occurring at the  same  piece
of equipment often use oily-water Isumps inside the oil retention .areas
to  collect  the  highly  contaminated  water  in order that it can be
adequately  containerized  or  tre'ated.   For  cases  with  relatively
voluminous  leakages,  these  collection sumps are equipped with pumps
which empty the sumps by pumping the oily water to a location where it
can be treated or held or disposal;.
                            140

-------
        storage areas *»here fuel, maintenance, and  process  oils  are
kept  are frequent causes of oil pollution in a plant's effluent..  The
situation is aggravated at thejse  facilities  by  high  run-off  rates
during  storms.   The  most  effective way to prevent contamination of
large quantities of storm  water  is  to  retain  the  offending  oil,
preventing  its  entering  thej otherwise clean storm water and, at the
same time, roofing the oil contaminated  regions  to  keep  the  clean
storm water from picking up thje oil.

In  one case observed, compressor oil was transferred from a 55-gallon
drum to a smaller container in! the close vicinity of  an  open  drain.
The  floor around the drum and the drain opening was contaminated with
oil.  Coincident with this observation, oil globules appeared  in  the
final  plant effluent.  In another plant, discarded drums used to ship
process oils were stored in the cpen.  The ground was coated with  oil
and  the  stagnant  water  in ia nearby drain had a heavy layer of oil.
This oil layer would eventually enter the  plant  effluent  discharge.
These two cases point out thai; good housekeeping, as well as installed
control   equipment,  is  vitall  to  the  prevention" of  waste  water
contamination by oil.         •

In the plants where good housekeeping  and  sound  control  facilities
were used the oil loadings in the plant effluent were satisfactory.

Lead-Sheathed Hose Production|

In the manufacture of hose viei lead-sheath processes, lead-laden waste
waters  result.  The sources of lead are the  lead press  and cured hose
cooling water, and the vulcanizer condensate.  In  order to   properly
treat for lead, these streams Ishould be segregated prior to treatment.

Soapstone and Anti-Tack  Dip Solutions
                              I    '      '     •
The  spillage  of soapstone and other anti-tack solutions is controlled
in  exemplary plants  in a manner  similar   to   the  containment  methods
used  for oils and grease.  Floor drains  have been blocked  or  collared
to  prevent  the slurries  from entering  plant  drains and  sewers.   Spills
and drippage are mopped  up orjare simply  allowed to  evaporate.

In  industries  such as  cement clipping,  few floor drains   are  required.
In   the  area  where  the  final!dipped product is coated  with soapstone,
the soapstone  slurry system  is  closed  and little spillage  occurs.    A
similar  approach  is   feasible  for  all  types  .of  industry in this
category.

Latex Compounds               ]
               ~               I        .                .           '  «• .
 Several types  of  fabricated product require the  use   of  latex  during
 the manufacture.   Latex spills  can  occur  at the  storage loading areas,
 facilities   where  bulk  latex  is   transferred  to  drums, and at the
                            14JI

-------
 processing areas.
 latex  down  with
                    water.
                    Where such skills occur, it  is common  to  wash
producing  a  latex-laden  waste water.
the
 In
                         •  c-— ——-T--—«VJ  v*  J.vi <_WA-j.avacji  »
 addition,  drums are frequently rinsed clean with  water.   These   latex
 W3K f  "?ters are then chemically coagulated and  clarified,  usually in
,a batchwise treatment system.   I                                 .

 A more effective way to ha'ndle ijatex is the use of plastic   liners   in
 latex drums,   when the dru;m is r.eused, the old liner is  discarded.   m
 this manner,  waste waters from drum cleaning are  not generated.   Latex
 spills around storage and ^ransfer facilities are coagulated with alum
 T^oJrS ,,oo5  ^apeJ fT-°* ^he i9round-  ln th« processing areas  where
 latex is used, floor drain^ have! been blocked.  This approach is  used
 by  a  footwear plant which, although it was not  visited, was surveyed
 on this specific subject. |                                         "

 Solvents and  Rubber Cements     !
                          •I      j ' .•*•••:•>,• -V.v  -.-••• .:••• «-- ;!,/ !  ,,. ...-,.  •'
 Many plants use rubber cements as adhesives.  in  addition, the  cement
 dipping industry handles large quantities of cements and solvents.  In
 most of the cases observedi thesfe organic liquids are mixed  and stored
 XIVha*e?S   W1jhout  ,floor [Drains.    This  is by  far the most positive
 method to  control solvent or cement spills and  leaks.   Incidentally,
 solyents  should  be kept out ofjplant drains for reasons of safety as
 eJ losivlnlssent  quality'   sincf  they  have  high  flammability   and

 Metal Preparation

 The  methods   used  to prepare  and  recycle  metal components for rubber
 bonding were_essentially dry.   Degreasing liquids were used in  closed
systems and discarded when
                            saturated with grease.
                                 I
It  is  believed   that  some plants use acid pickling to prepare metal
components.  The  pickling and metal rinse waste will  exhibit  low  pH
and   high   heavy   metal  concentrations.    It  is  understood  that
precipitation of  the  metals  and]  pH  adjustment  is, carried  out  to
effectively  treat such  Wastes!  before  combination with other plant
waste waters.  Alternatively, the  pickling  wastes  are  containerized
and   hauled   from,  the  plant.    Plants employing  extensive  metal
preparation should control [waste waters from such operations according
to metal finishing regulations.  |
                                 I  -':'     -   -:'  '-'    '. .  •    '  '  -  '
Air Pollution Control  Equipment
wet scrubbing devices are used iri the rubber  compounding  and  product
buffiner  areas.   Althouah  wet  jscrubbing  devices  are  used to trap
                            sand-blasting   fines,   dry   ait-pollution
buffing  areas.   Although
rubber-buffing  and  metal
      . -    3       •u'-».«**. ,	_ ._„._„—-*.a  ^.jj.tit.,   vtj-jr    cu-i — uvjj.4.utxwn
control devices are also applicable and are used in many plants within
the industry.  in some plants where waste water discharge requirements
are   stringent   and'  the
                            use  of
                              142
         bag  collector  .devices  is  also

-------
inappropriate, the waste waters from wet scrubbing devices are settled
and filtered before discharge^ or a municipal treatment system is used
to accept the waste waters.  Wet scrubbers exist  within  some  plants
that- greatly  add  to  the  process  waste  water usage and loadings.
Additional limitations which take  into  consideration  TSS  from  wet
scrubbers have been applied tJD BPCTCA and BATEA,  BPCTCA is based upon
current  practice, while BATEA is dependent upon recycle and treatment
of concentrated wet scrubber waste waters.

End-gf-Pipe Treatment
                             I     --  -  -       -  - -          •   - -
In general, only minor end-of^pipe treatment is used by the industries
covered by this industry segment.  This is due  largely  to  the  fact
that  process  waste water contamination is limited to essentially two
parameters:  oil and grease, knd suspended solids.   In addition,,  good
effluent  quality  can be achieved most economically by employing good
housekeeping practices with well-designed in-plant control measures.

Of the Subcategories E, .F, and G plants visited, only two had  primary
•treatment  systems  and  none;  used secondary treatment.  Furthermore,
only one of these plants used j the  local  municipal  sewage  trtsatment
system  to provide the equivalent of secondary treatment.  These facts
indicate  that  the  magnitude  of  waste  water  pollution   is   not
appreciable  or  the  problem!  can  be effectively controlled by sound
prevention and in-plant control measures.   	:	•.			^_

One plant uses gravity separation to  remove  oil  from' the  combined
plant  effluent.   This  combined  effluent includes utility and storm
waters as well as process waste water.  In-plant control measures  are
employed as the primary method of oil reduction and the oil separators
are  designed  as  a  backup j system.   In addition the plant's boiler
blowdown,  autoclave  condensate,  and  compressor  condensates   pass
through  a  holding  pond to separate solids and oils from theses waste
water types before discharge.)  The  holding  pond  also  allows  these
waste waters to cool before they are discharged.

The  other  plant  (manufacturing  footwear) which does employ primary
treatment  uses  appreciable jquantities  of  latex  adhesives.     The
handling  of  these  materials produces latex-laden waste waters which
are chemically coagulated andj  allowed  to  separate  in  a  batchwise
manner.  It is debatable whether this treatment method for latex waste
waters is the most appropriate or whether the latex waste water can be
eliminated completely in the use of different handling and dry cleanup
techniques.   This  plant  utilizes oil collection-separation sumps to
trap oil leaks produced at the mills and other heavy machinery.

The quality of the effluent from the one plant which discharges  to  a
municipal  treatment  system 'is satisfactory for the municipal system
without primary treatment or pretreatment.  This quality  of  effluent

-------
                                  1  '        '
can  be  achieved  when  correct  waste water control and housekeeping
procedures are followed.           I

Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Subcateggry
                                   i - .          '-.-••..
In-Plant Control                   j

The wet digestion reclaiming process is declining  even  more  rapidly
than  the  reclaiming industry as a whole.  There are only about three
wet digester reclaiming  plants  remaining,  and  the  incentives  for
process  modifications,  particularly  those  modifications leading to
lower waste water flows and loadings, are few.  However,  the  control
measures  used  by  the  wet digestion industry include containment of
pollutants by the recycle and reuse of waste water streams.

General Spills and

Oil and grease spills and leaks occur around the  heavy  cracking  and
grinding  machinery used to prepare the scrap rubber for the digestion
process as well as the milling areas  for  the  final  reclaim  rubber
product.  In addition, rubber fine? are generated which can enter into
plant  drains.   outside  storage areas used to store fuel, machinery,
and-process oils produce oil-ladenjwaste waters if spillage and  storm
water are allowed to contact each other.
                                 1  !   -, •' .  . - -•:•' -. -'•• "• :  •,-...'..:. '•-'•<' -y
The  accepted  method  of  controlling these types of contamination is
similar to that employed by general molded, extruded,  and  fabricated
rubber  plants,  namely,  containment  of  the  leaks  and spills with
separate handling  and  disposal  procedures  and  at  the  same  time
reduction  in  the  volume  of  water.  For example, storm and cooling
waters that are uncontaminated arejnot allowed to come in contact with
the polluting spills and leaks.  Good  housekeeping  is  an  important
element in the control of the contamination of cooling water and storm
water.

Digestion Liquor and Cil Recycle

The dewatering liquor is the major waste water stream by wet digestion
reclaim  plants.   The  reclaim plant visited  (Plant IJ uses a recycle
system which returns the dewatering liquor and reclaimed process  oils
to  the digestion step.  This system  is illustrated in Figure 9 in the
section on Plant I.

The dewatering liquor is collectedj at the rubber dewatering screen and
sent to a storage tank  from where it  is returned to the digester.  The
liquor storage tank requires constknt agitation  to  suspend  solids,
particularly  rubber  particles,  jbhereby preventing a dense and tacky
buildup in the tank.
ii

-------
Vapor condensates and cooling waters from the blowdown tank and  dryer-
are  sent  to  a  decanting  t£nk  where  oils  and other organics are
decanted.                     :
                              !    ;  i           "
The decanted oils are sent to an oil storage tank where  the  residual
water  content  is  drawn  off! the bottom, and the top layer  (oils and
organics) is returned to the digester for  reuse.   The  bottom  water
layer is returned to the first; decanter.
                              i
The  bottom  water  layer  from  the  first  decanter is pumped to the
dewatering liquor storage tank1 where it mixes with the digester liquor
before being returned to the digestion process.  Part  of  the  bottom
water  layer  from the first decanter is slip-streamed to the sewer to
blow down accumulating compounds.  It is this stream that  is  finally
discharged  in  the  plant's  Affluent.  The flow and loadings of this
discharge are lower than the equivalent stream without the recycle and
reclaim system.  This comparispn is shown in Table 15.

The oils and dewatering liquor, that are returned to the digestion step
of the reclaim process require makeup but the chemical usage  is  less
than the equivalent process consumption without recycle and reclaim.

Vapor Condensates             |                            -

In  theory,  it  should be possible to use vacuum pumps to exhaust the
blowdown tank and dryers.  However, the advantages of  steam  ejesctors
over  vacuum  pumps  are their; reliability, trouble-free operation 'and
overall economy.  The use of vacuum pumps would reduce  the  condenser
cooling load and the final volume of. condensate.

The  above  modification has mbre merit if indirect cooling condensers
are used in place of barometric condensers.  The volume of  condensate
with  a vacuum pump and indirect condenser would be considerably lower
than with a steam ejector and barometric condenser.
                              i
Scrap Defibering              |

The method by which the scrap irubber is defibered has  a  considerable
effect  on  the  loading  of the digester dewatering liquor.  If scrap
containing fiber is fed to the! digester together  with  the  necessary
defibering  - chemicals,   the j  dewatering  liquor  will  contain  the
solubilized fiber residue.  In:  addition,  the  defibering  chemicals,
which  are  discharged  along :with the dewatering liquor, can contain
contaminants, possibly heavy metals.  Furthermore, chemical defibering
precludes the use of the  recycle  and  reclaim  system  as  described
above.                .        j
                              -1'"     •     :      " .'-•'  '• •    '  •    •   -.-'''
As  an alternative to chemical' defibering, defibering by mechanical or
physical techniques can be used.  In brief, the waste  water  benefits
of  this  method  are:   fiberffree  dewatering  liquor,  no  chemical
                               i145

-------
defibering  agents  in  the  liquqr,  and  reduced  dewatering  liquor
discharge due to liquor recycle,  iln cases where liquor recycle can be
utilized,  the  usage  of process 'oils and digestion chemicals is also
significantly reduced.            i

Alternative Reclaim Process   .

The conversion of a wet digestion jreclaiming plant to any of the three
dry reclaiming processes  (pan, mechanical, or dry digestion) , in order
to improve the  quality  of  the  'plant's  effluent  would  constitute
considerably  more  than  an in-pljant control measure.  However, it is
appropriate to note at this point jthat the three  dry  processes  give
significantly  lower  waste  waterj  flows  and  loadings  than the wet
digester process.  The  wet  digester  process  can  more  readily  be
converted  to the dry digester prqcess than to either the pan (heater)
or mechanical processes.          i

End-of-Pipe Treatment      .       ;

Plant I employs little end-of-pip^ treatment; and a decanter  for  oil
and  grease separation.  This is the only wet digester reclaim process
known to discharge direc'tly to a  'stream  or  river.   All  other  wet
digester  plants discharge to municipalities which are reportedly able
to treat this type of waste water iadequately.  In  view  of  the  fact
that little end-of-^pipe treatabili^ty data exist, and since the few wet
digester reclaim plants still operating will most probably continue to
use local municipal treatment systems indefinitely, it is difficult to
comment meaningfully on the merits of potential, but unproven, end-of-
pipe treatments.                  |

However,  it  can  be  stated  positively  that  the  most  common and
apparently most appropriate end-of-pipe treatment  for  wet  digestion
process waste water is afforded by publicly owned treatment works.
                •               .  i .    • .
Pan   /Heater)>   Mechanical,   and  pry  Digestion  Reclaimed  Rubber
Subcateaory    *                   !

Jn-Plant Control                  :

.In comparison to the wet digester Iprocess, the waste waters  from  the
dry  reclaim  process   (pan, mechanical, and dry digestion) have lower
flow and are less contaminated.  This is due primarily to the  absence
of the dewatering liquor.  The scope for in-plant waste water controls
is  thereby  reduced  and  is limited to the containment of spills and-
leaks, and the  effective  condensation  and  decanting  of  vaporized
process oils and organics.        i
                                  i
                               146;

-------
General Spi-Lls and Leaks           j

The  flows,  characteristics,  :and  applicable  control methods of the
spills and leaks in the dry reclaiming industry are similar  to  those
found in Subcategories E, F, and G.

The  spills  originate  at  heavy equipment, and material handling and
storage  areas.   The  contaminants  are  characterized  by  oil   and
suspended  solids  and  are  prevalent  in  the  scrap cracking, scrap
grinding, product milling, and' oil storage areas.

Successful control techniques  include good housekeeping,  curbing  and
drain  blockage  to  contain   Ithe  spills, and isolation modifications
which restrict the  spread  ofj the  polluting  material  and  prevent
contact with uncontarninated waters.

3LiE£E Condensates
                               | ' •            '            '    .
The  exhaust  vapors from the  devulcanizer ovens require condensing to
minimize air  pollution.   This  exhaustion-condensation  is  normally
carried   out   using  a  steam-ejector  barometric-condenser  system.
Although this type of system i£ reliable and economic, the  volume  of
condensate  and cooling water  is greater than the volume of condensate
produced by a vacuum pump and  noncontact condenser.

Plant I, which operated both wet digester and pan  reclaim  processes,
decanted the barometric condenser cooling waters plus condensates from
the  pan process, recycling both the reclaimed oil and water layers to
the wet digester process.  It  (is  believed  that  the  reclaimed  oil
cannot  be  recycled  to  the,  ; devulcanization step of the pan process
because the quality of the f-eed process oil is more  critical  in  the
pan  process.   Therefore,  for  plants with only the pan process, the
oily vapor condensate must be  disposed of as a  waste.   However,  the
basic  technologies  used  at  Plant I to recycle the components of the
vapor condensates can be applied at  plants  operating  only  the  pan
process  to  control  the  flow and loadings of vapor condensate waste
waters.   The  barometric-condenser  cooling  water  and  condensibles
mixture  can  be decanted.  The top cil layer can be containerized for
disposal and the bottom water  layer can be cooled in a noncontact heat
exchanger before it  is  recycled  to  the  barometric  condenser  for
cooling  water.   A portion of the water layer should be slip-streamed
to the plant sewer to blowdown!accumulating organics.

Ejid-of-Pi£e Treatment          |
          ~    ~    ~   "    '   I              '.   •                  '
The dry reclaiming plants throughout the industry do not generally use
end-of-pipe treatment for their waste waters.  A large  proportion  of
the  plants  in  existence  discharge  their waste waters to municipal
treatment plants.  No  treatability  data  exist  for  the  biological
treatment  of pan, mechanical,jor dry digester processes.  In fact the
BOD is so  low  (20  mg/1  typically)   that  biological  treatment  is
inappropriate.                  :
                              147

-------
 It  is  possible  -that  separators   or  holding ponds  are used by some
 plants to act as a catch-all for iall plant waste waters  in  order  to
 trap  oils  and  suspended solids that have bypassed or  escaped  in  in-
 plant controls previously described.  It is belived that such a  catch-
 all  is  not  necessary  if  adequate  in-plant   control    and   good
 housekeeping are practiced.        -

 Latex-Based Products Subcateqories

 In-giant gontrol
 Since Subcategories J and K represents the latex-based industries,  the
 in-plant  controls employed by this industry are designed primarily to
 control, handle,  and treat Iatex4laden  waste  waters.   In  addition,
 some  individual  streams such as jfoam rinse water or dip form-cleaning
 water require special control and treatment measures.

 general Latex Spills and Leaks  ]
                                 j    ' . , - -    . '           .„,.:,.
 Both the  latex-dipped  goods" (Subcategory  J)  and  the  latex  foam
 ^Sufocategory  K)   industries  generate  latex-laden waste waters.   The
 quantity of  latex  consumed  by i  the  latex  foam  plant  visited  is
 considerably  higher  than the latex usage at the average latex-dipped
 goods .production  facility; generally, the latex shipping, storage, and
 .handling procedures are different."

 In a dipped goods facility the latex is generally shipped in  by  tank
 car   or  tank  truck  and  transferred  to  a  storage  tank.   After
 compounding, the  latex mixture is usually taken into the dipping areas
 in 55-gallon drums.  The major spillages and vsshdowns  occur  at   the
 storage  unloading  area  and  in  the latex compounding building.  In
 addition, the transfer drums require cleaning between latex mixes   and
 this  produces  a latex-laden waste water.  In the dipped goods plants
 that were visited, no treatment of the latex waste waters  is  carried
 out before they mix with the total plant effluent..
                :                 I
 In the latex foam plant, the latex-laden waste waters are generated at
 the latex concentration, intermediate storage, and curing press areas.
 The  waste  waters  from  these operations are collected in a separate
 drain system and treated by chemical  coagulation  and  clarification.
 As  part  of this overall system^ the areas where the latex spills and
 leakages occur  are  designed  t6  restrict_.the  spread  and  further
• contamination  by the latex wastes.  The coagulation and clarification
 system for latex waste water consists of a collection pit which  feeds
 a  batch  treatment  tank   (10,000  gallons).   The  waste water pH is
 adjusted using sulfuric acid and]  caustic  soda  and  the  solids   are
 coagulated  using  alum.   The  foagulated  solids  float to the water
 surface-where they are skimmed off and screened in  a  strainer.   The
 screened  water  is  returned to; the treatment tank and the solids are
                                146

-------
 landf illed.   The clarified waste water overflow is discharged  to  the
 plant drain.                  ;                           -

 Foam Rinse Waters
            After curing, latex. foam requires rinsing to remove excess compoundina
            and  curing  agents entrained in the foam matrix.   The resulting rinse
                   *1   U   Sie  Z±nC <>m°unds
             U? S2^ie Z±nC <*>mP°unds a«d the  zinc  concentration   n
             o?J?I  .^ically 700 mg/1) .  A significant reduction In
 the  volume  of this rinse water was achieved at Plant L by employina a
       r"nini   Process-  Thi* is represented schiSSJg  i£
                       11Z'  The. zinc-laden rinse water is then treateS
            for  zi       n                 .                              n  reae
            for  zinc  removal  in  a  continuous    chemical   precipitation   and
            clarification  system.  Precipitation is accomplished byPadjus?"ng ?Se
            PH to approximately 12 by thej addition of lime,  and by the addition of
            a polyelectrolyte.  The operation is carried  out in a rapid mix   tank
                                                        a
The mixture then passes  to  a  flocculation tank where thpre
SSfficiSS   J? procffses  ar^  completed.  The tank has mild a.t
sufficient   to   gently mix,  the  waste  water  components  but  not
sufficiently powerful to break  or  destroy  the  desired  floe.    The
flocculation   water   then  enters   the  clarifier  where  the   zinc

          emJ/lfetf ^ ThVla£if ied  e"l»ent  ^inc^concentxaKSn
           ^  } •  -S ,^en  dfscharged to combine with the  total  plant
    l      ?5 zinc sludge  is  drawn  off  from  the  bottom  of  Se
   *hf  •  f  v fil^red on a:vacuum filter.   The filtrate  is recycled
   the mix tank.  The  filtered sludge   is  sent  to  landfill/    The
                            ^Pre«eats the zinc-lime  sludge to  enhance
                  °f ^he ?lud?e-  Studies are to be   made  to   reclaim
           an$ ^^Cycle  "  t»  <**  l^ex  compounding  stage.   The
            of this approach has yet to be determined.
Form Cleaning Wastes
                   -
'f                    •                    !•-.;••
J          S o°St latex dipping facilities, the dip forms require cleaning.   In
MS          3Omf>  r?A»so  +-VIT 
-------
  type of stubborn rubber deposit is
  rinse  the  acid  from  the  JLi
  chromic acid and if SaracteriSe
  A  satisfactory  method  of
  employed by the industrv  i«      K   v,

  S. S -*& rSs%   If
  hexavalent  chromium  reduced
                                                          t0 °lean this
                                                      chro"»ic acid  and
                                               Jin?* Watex «*l*cts the
                                             *?  hexavalent  chromium.
                                            - type  of  waste water, as


                                                      ^   ^d  and  the
    then dried on a  lude

             Treatment
                                  bed?
                                                                 sludge
 effluent is then discharged  to
 effluent  guality is suilable
                                                            .
                                                      ?lariflea  Primary
 a receiving strJa
                                                   °f
                                              •
                                           prior to final discharge to
Some latex  dipping  plants
treatment  systems  to  treat the '
well.  Few plants use activated
that  the  waste  water  16adin<
produce an adequate biomass.   Th
pond systems are more applicable
                                                                -  pond
                                                  Tnese systems perform
                                                     Jt  is  considered
                                                   BOD,   are too low to
                                                  lagoon  and  settling
clarlf ication  o   the
suitable and is possibly
Plants that are KjJcen?
                               solis
                                                   .               and
                                             type °f ^eatment is very
                                                             for  mos?
                           the
municipal  system.   Boh
waters after zinc removal
gallon equali2ation tank.
carbon  dioxide to lower the
PH will be higher than 8 because
              and
                                          i       dlschargi"9  it  to  a
                                          J 5* WaS ** a"d r±nSe  Waste
                                          lSw  SJff ed^hrfu5h  « 25,000
                                              ""I  be  treated  with
                                               .8 Un±tS  (the  «lginal
                                                of6 Water' after 2inc
                                                           H
       before it
                             150

-------
effluent removing  the  fine  carbonate  precipitate.   The  car-foonate
precipitate  will include a portion of the residual  zinc that has been
carbonated.  It is anticipated the filtered effluent will  eventually
be  discharged  to  the  local; municipal system.  This will not occur
until the city plant is expanded/ in a few years' time.
                               151

-------

-------
                                         SECTION VIII               .
                                        -•  !           "•••'-..•         '
                          COST, ENERGY, ANJD NONWATER QUALITY ASPECTS
                                          I                                        :

            General Molded. Extrudedr and fabricated Rubber Subcateoories

            Two  fundamental  approaches  can  be  applied  for  the  control  and
            treatment  of process waste waters produced by Subcategories E, F, and
            G production facilities.      ;

            The first approach is to combihe process and nonprocess  waste  waters
            and ' to treat the entire plant; effluent,  where land is available, on-
            site end-of-pipe treatment is practiced at some  of  the  plants,.   At
            other  plants, the total effluent is discharged to the local municipal
            treatment facilities.  In eithfer case, the  reasons  for  treating  or
            discharging a combined effluent are as follows:

                1.   In general molded, ex-truded, and  fabricated  rubber  plants,
                     in-plant  sewers  forj process and nonprocess waste waters are
                     usually  combined,  thus  making  combined   treatment   more
                     attractive.          !
                                          I -  •- • -   •• ,    	   .   - -        •_   :
                2.   Process flows are usually small relative to nonprocess flows.

                3.   The treatment of nonprocess  waste  waters  has  received  the
                     bulk  of  industry's jattention.  For example, high suspended
                     solid loadings contained  in  blowdown  and  water  treaitment
                     wastes  are  a major pollutant in the combined plant effluent
                     from rubber process ding facilities.

            However,    end-of-pipe   treatment   systems   also    have    several
            disadvantages:                j
te*                            -            "   "              •        "
 "             -.I-   The combined effluent treatment system usually  requires  oil
                     removal  equipment  and/or a holding pond or lagoon system to
                     separate the oil.   Lagooning of the wastes generally requires
                     considerable land area.
                                          I   •        -•,---     .   -  i  - -    - -  .    •
                2.   Because of dilution, the effectiveness of treatment  for  oil
                     and  solids  removal from process waste water is reduced.   In
                     several of the  systems   observed,  oil  passed through  the
                     system with low removal  efficiency,  because its concentration
                     was  below the capabilities  of the treatment system employed.
                     This  phenomenon!  occtkrs  even  though  the  oil  loading  is
                     significant,   because; of the dilution afforded by nonprocess
                     waste waters.         ,                      .
                                          i'53

-------
                                  !                 •  '  :
 The second approach employed is control and treatment of  an  isolated
 ^VL^  KUt^d process w*ste watei^-  This approach has been followed in
                 ~,,~u,-.-,-,..  Qr wholly-segregated process and nonprocess
                                  i
,
            *          a?Proach  is  the  reduction,   containment,  and
           of the contaminated process waste waters prior to treatment
 The  principal advantages for this treatment approach over the end-ofl
 pipe treatment of the combined plant effluent are:

     1.    Higher pollutant {primarily oil and suspended solids)  removal
          rates.                  :

     2.    Smaller treatment units jand land area requirements.

 The primary disadvantage of  a  segregated  system"  approach  is  that
 separate  process  and  nonprocess  sewers  are  required.    This will
 necessitate in-plant modifications which, if  not carefully  planned,
 can lead to significant production disruptions.

 Evaluation  of these alternatives! indicated that  control  and treatment
 of  segregated process waste waters is the most effective  and generally
 applicable  treatment  approach  for   this   industry.     End-of-pipe
 treatment  of  combined  waste  Waters  is  not feasible  for pollutiS
 control  because of  the ineffectiveness of such systems  in  removal  of
                    Waste  water   ontaminants, and   the  larger  land
Incidentally, a viable alternative  treatment for waste waters  (process
as well as nonprocess) generated  by this  industry is discharge  to   1-he

adequa?f pretL?Sint?reatment "I*''  ^ ^^e is contingent on
                                  i
All costs presented are related to the control, followed by treatment,
?£  segregated  process waste water  streams.  It can be further stated
that this type of treatment approach is  considered  to  be  the  best
practicable  control  and  treatment technology currently available to
tiri€ IHQUS try •

With proper in-plant control, the j process streams consist  of  readily
vJ?»™Si?  l^ricating  and  extender  oils,  and  settleable  solids?
Volumetric flow rates for process! waste waters are small.   Therefore,
AP? *™ !£   treatment applicable from a proven operation basis is an
API-type gravity separator.   The  performance  and  efficiency  of  a
                        ? iinProve^ fcy addition of an filter coalesces
                        intercePtor  (CPI)   type  of  device  is  also
            generally to this industry.  The choice between the API or
  tero? Wli1 ^?pend °n land availability and the type of  waste
water  control,  handling,  and treatment equipment already present at
the plant.   Since the cost and treatment effectiveness of the API  and
                                  !
                               154 i

-------
CPI type separators are  comparable,  the effluent limitations treatment
and costs presented are  based on the use of API type separators.

Effluent  quality  data  for  Efubcategories E, F, and G are presented in
Tables 20, 21, and 22.   The   treatment  basis  includes -isolation  of
wastes  with curbing, protection of  uncontaminated waste streams (such
as cooling  water  and   storm  run-off),  blocking  unnecessary  floor
drains, the covering of  oil-handling areas to prevent contamination of
storm  run-off,  and separation of settleable solids and oily material
from the waste water.         j
                              j-   *--   •' •	'  .• ••           •    	
A more detailed description  of the recommended facilities is presented
in the Subcategories E,  F, arid G portion of Section  IX,  and  a  flow
diagram of a typical system,  |used as a basis for costing, is presented
in Figure 10.                 !
Treatment Cost Data
                             I
Data  collected  during  the 'plant operations and waste water analysis
visits plus data from Corps  'of   Engineers  permit  applications  were
utilized  to  'obtain  typical  plant size and process waste water flows
and raw loadings.  The analysis  approach and findings are described in
Section V.                   |            ,

As stated previously, Subcategories E,  F,  and G plant effluents can be
divided into two groups:   process and nonprocess  waste  waters.   The
process  waste  waters  consist  of mill and curing areas, oily waters,
anti-tack and latex  spills  ;and  leaks,  area  washdown  waters,  wet
scrubber  discharges,  and contaminated storm waters from material and
fuel oil storage and handling  areas.    The  nonprocess  waste  waters,
which  are  not  the  subject  of  this  document,  include  sanitary,
noncontaminated storm water, and utility waste waters,  such  as" once
through noncontact cooling water, boiler blowdown, cooling tower blow-
down,   and  water  treatment'  wastes.    In  addition  noncontaminated
process-associated waste waters   such  as  extrusion  contact  cooling
waters,  and  hydraulic   (hose  manufacture)   and conductivity (cement
dipped electrical gloves)  test waters can be included with  nonprocess
waste  waters,  for  the scopje of this  document, since they should not
require any treatment at all prior to discharge.   These  waters  need
not  be  mixed  with  other  process  waters  prior  to treatment, and
therefore should not affect the  treatability of the waste waters.
                             j                         •                ; •
The aforementioned data sources   indicated  that  the  following  flow
adequately   described   the ;  process   -waste   waters  generated  by
Subcategories E, F, and G  plants:
    Typical Plant Size
    Product Size  Range
kg/day (lb/day) raw materials  kg/day  (Itj/day) raw materials
    Small:     900  (2,000)
   Medium:   7,700  (17,000)
    Large:  15.40C  (34,000)
less than 3,720 (8,200)
3,720:10,430 (8,200-23,000)
greater than 10,430 (23,000)
 Process W^ste
  Water Flow
  L/day (gpd)

14,700 (3,900)
75,800 (20,000)
95,900 (25,300)
                               155

-------
O O O O O O <
• o o o o o o <
•— o ^f co cr> vo i
O 03 - ... . .
c -3" CO vO Cs* , | c
o |2l  1
c '.
o
o

1_ '
o
*; o o o o o c
C O O O O O' C
E  L. |
0 0
C Q. j
c -o *j
0) c in i
£ " " !
•D cn i- ' pg
z « $ • i. a
<" "D c o i in
4J C C 4) Q. O
«OW  a >. c
*J — *D.Q.4)X«;<
> C 4^
- < 3

3
=>
•V,
o
v-1
n- >
4J
«
o1

4-*
C
Q)
' 3
4-
H-
3 LU
«^
•\
->
•>
0 0
•3" vo
1 MJ .^-
.00
V
1

• !
§ •€

z *"
£ i
£ 1
004) ?
•f CO in !
•*' ^ •*. >. • t
00 ± ^
> ' °
£ ««
!
c_ 5
< s
: .•"• --^sJ ^
4)
4J
• / w
(0
^

s
ID
, ., . ,01
^ a t
S a) Q)
Q fH M-
« o o .— o) tt~
•o o o . »- o 77
(D LTV O O ° Q
6 ii-
-1 "* — h "S
in 4* ^
*" ij «)
** ^j -1 *
_. U_J (/
;,:. .-,..:• .. ^ : ; ;- . '; 5 • o
'7 :.:•'::/ /••""., : '• " ";•:• "« «: '"" ^
4-> ^
ID J3 S
s s
"D
in 4) J
ft) o ' «
i \ •""
«n o ~

*« D-<£ ^
1 »t *
i c S ^}
^0 ^0 to
3*^ "7\ • *O
** o ^^
2 *J
0 0 in "S
-~- in « i- J3
^ — 1- _« ^
V) CA fA ^
o-o .- ._ "5 53
2 i I * "R ^

































>
!

I

"1
:>
)
.1
i
„•>
i
« J3 «- cn cncri
«- «" ^°- o
ti -X) T3 O O 4-> CM
«5> c c ccin
f-2f S" -C^3 ft)
2< « - SJ g §° 2
(D O) D *— i— u_ «-r 
-------
1(11

CT
O
"o

U
4)
I—
_
.e

c
o
o

1
o
c
*J
ID
4)
'~



































O O O O O O
o o o o o o
O »- CM CM 00 
CO » » . . .
*- f-- J- co LA
r^ «— co CM r~-
w 40- .










o o o o o o
o o o o o o
O rovO CM OO CT>
CO VO CM OO fC
VO «— CO «— \o
•CO-  <,>























in
4-*
in in
•M O
in O
O
O >-
4)
4> 2
O O
c o.
ID  C C 4) Q- O
en O ID cj
O ~ cn-D
~ C
4) o 4-* 4) co •— en c
E 	 1. L. U L. <
4J — Q. D. 4) X 4)
«n IDC04IQ.4)C — .
8) 3 O O O ^-^ UJ .

—
(D
3
0"

*~^
C
4)
3
14-
UJ




: o o
1 o o

i 0 0
i v
1


i
! C
O

1 1 '
. £
; sr
: a)
O O in
O o

; o o £.
i «
i = .' »
i • —
1 -, . Q.
; ~ n
j -° 0)
! ' O
! •» m
l • ai r:
0)
in
ID
3
S
c?
' S «H
« : o o — S
t> i CM 0 — §
O • • i|
^J ^ Q J"*
i 2 •"
: ^S
; ID
; . $
| 4) ib
i ~ w >-
• ' ' to **^
i TJ
1 V) V
in J
! 41 O
« 1 o —
*"^ *- O
CO | Q-'tT
1- i u. .*•
4) i o

? i c en
E i op
S ! +3 "o
•D (DC
• •— r- •
i O U in
»— > ' in 4) l-
;£ . — h- ID
o ! -S w OT "^
0 j -- 4) •§
° — in < m
"~ 0 as co
-^. c/> 4> x >-r--
>" -^ ; «- en cn
iO i^ ° oo-
1^ 1 1 III
CO -* ; CL O O en
*- \ , in •— 4> 4) 3
l2 -£P '<5 o •-•-«£

                                                 c
                                                 V
                                                 1-
                                                 V
                                                 co
                                                 4>
                                                L.
                                                41
                                                4)
                                                4->
                                                in
                                                    •Of
                                                    tu
                                                in
                                               UJ
                                               CM

                                                0)
157

-------
-
cr
O
"o
f~
U
4)
\-

O
i-
4->
C
o


i.
o
4J
C.
4)
E
4J
re

C
4)
3
»—
U-
o u-
O LU

K
IA
OO

•co-


O ro
CO| CM O
o o
V
re

l_
C 0
O M-

4J 4->
re c
L. «)
s E
Q. 4^
4) re
O cn in 4)
IA CO 1-
 o
re
»- in
cn 4)
•- • , 4)
— L.
D_ o
< 4)
O
JO 4J
P C
T3 S 4)
4) U ' «-
• 4)
4V
in
*
re cn t- <
2C 1- 4)

in T3 C O
4J C C 4) 0-
in o re
O •— Cn ^
in <-j 4-1 01 c c
CM 4J re c •— re
4J yi _ .— ._ T3
c o re o 4-> 3 >.
4) O 4J 4) (D .— en
E .— I- l_ U 1-
4J — D. O. 4) X 4)
in re  O O ' — LU
> C
c c
— «!
s
re
C£
3 03 V
O 41 ««-
in o O — iH u-
-D o oo — - «
re cn co o o o
O « • M- CJ
— 1 O O ' 4J
in L* to
L. Q)
4) 4J) in
-•'•••-••• ID ^n in
3 *i i O
o
4) re.
4-J 4~l
in >. c
re jb 4>
3 E
T3 4J
in 4) re
in 3 4>
4) O >-
0 — (-
in o —
— L. o i-
ro Q->*- 4)
. ••• • - 4-*
*- •*- «a: ID
ft) o 3
4-* >* ;
re ' c cn 41
E o O 4J
3 Z o ' re
re re c ; 3
L. _ _c
O O in TT
M . — . in 4) 1- 4)
in ja •— t— to 4J
4-> — — (D
in in in in •— 6
0 0 -D — — 0 •-
O O •— 4) "^ 4J
O « — in <£ CD in
•— *— O re ro LU





















































J_)
CO
1— (
cu

o
>-
J_,
o

(U
4J
ed
o
jO
3
tn
re ~-^ co4) >->-r-.
3 in jo t- • • 01 cncr\
C 1-— T3CJ OO«—
C 4) ^ 4J — — ' CM
 "DT3 OO4J CM
4> en c c c c in
— E-* 4)re -CjT3 4)
re re-i; a. oucn •—
4J L.-^ uv.— 4)4)3 JO
O-recn 3— h- t— < re
t— O--^ COO •— CM 1—
158

-------
I
1
r Control 1
£
4->
c
1
n
fi



.0 00 0 0
|o o o o o
<[o ts ** tn ro^
o^ t»- ** «— i ^




'


1
0 4J
°. §
in r-t
N. s



1
6
£
1
1
i
1
* 1
o
1
1
1


o
to ro
•Q O
Q O
]
 CO
I
                       1
5
&
                                 to
                                 3
          o
          o
          1
                                                         C3
                                                         t
                                                          "8
                                                          Q
                                                           CO
                                                           CM
                        159

-------
































o
"*
H
1

































in
4>
+J
•— •—

— C
o
ID
IL.
01
3
I—
U
o>
c
c

•D
C
ID
01
L.
1— Q
O
E CO

L-
M—
I/I
Ol
4-1
5 ,
o>
4-1
in


in
in
01
0
O
!_•
D- 0
O
15 °
4-1
"ro
0'

c
0)

J—
n_
LU

K—
ID
C-
tT 2
o
T3 —
C 0.
ro
in
"D
8


(1)
4-J
t/i
5
1








-Q
O ID
O —
O t-
• O)
\ BJ
-0 £
_~
— 2
ID
• t.
Ol
i?




.a

O ID
CO •—
o «-
^ s

-Q E

*~" 3
». ID
Ol
-* M-
•X. O
O)



•— ^
-Q
^_
O ID
O —
O L.
• O
I— 4->
ID
0) 3
•" ro
*
om-
^ o
•N.
J














4->
c
0)
3
14-
LU





1






4J
c
O)
IT
<<-
iii





1





.j
c
Ol
3
*4_
LU
2
or





















in
a>
4J


^~
o
ID
U.
01
l_
t—
g
z

COtA;\OCO t^OOrocNJ
§&:€§ g^A^^^r
00:00 ooooo1

1
1

1
1
"SiO'E;00 I^-OOCO'CM
J-r^.eno cMLAvovor--
CMOiCMO OvOcMi—i—
OOOO OC3OOO

'.
:
\
j

-4; co , j- t^ •- CM o
-T«— i-vo «— r-»ocM^-
i- C3!< 0 0 LAO i-vO
O O ;. Z O OOOOCM



i

|
c^J ro . ^f t^*. ' «— ^^ ^3
CO *— ; • ^) *— t*^ O C*J *^
oo Oi< o o trvo invo
•O x O j Z O OOOOCM


i
!
|
>O , CO VO LA
<"*;*cn J- • -CM •
. "*. ! "*. 1 <=<<00<
°Z|20 0 Z Z 0 Z*
j
„ **^i \O O^
C\ •?!" ' —I" ^"^ **^ * * ^^ *
*- = ;ZO 022CM2
j , -*-..-•• -.. .'* . .. . ,- •••. . - '
....


• j - •
!


*-^ i
^ ? [ — — ^"H VO -^
•JR 2? ' ^ r^pd-^^cM
O -C- i . N «- oo r^ in ovo
™ ^° ',.;', »-I^LACOI^
1 ^^ ^^ • -if


1 - . -
j

i
i . w
1 a)
! ^ - 4-1

' •—
i O
1 T— <0
^ OQ iO Q U_ UJ U_ CD 1C ^
i •
f
*O

-D
C
ID

in
"o
in
01
-a
c
8.
in
in
01
4-1
01
U
Ol
i
•*
in
O
ID
ID
a.
01
in
_
•w
O

u-
0
flj
i—
en
5
-
— O
Ol
4-" ID
in 4-1
•3.5
3
ID
a: 
-------
          From  these  typical  flow  values  for  Subcategories   E,   F,   and  G
          facilities,  treatment  cost  data were generated and are presented in
          Tables 20, 21,  22,  and 23, as  well  as  the  estimated  raw oil  and
          suspended . solids   loadings  of the process wastes associated with the
          three  typical   plant  sizes.   The  cited  costs  for   all  sizes  of
          Subcategories E, F, and G production facilities are  based on the cases
          where no treatment  facilities that could be modified yet exist,  and no
          reduction  or   isolation  measures for the containment  of contaminated
          process waste waters have been taken.  These cases were  chosen   since
          the  design  considerations  (i.e., the influent raw waste  loads) were
          selected  to represent  the  expected  raw  waste   load within  each
          subcategory.  This  results in thfe generation of cost data which  should
          be  conservative when applied tb most of the plants in this industry.
          Relatively conservative cost figures are preferred for   this type  of
          general economic analysis,      j             ~         •                       gp
                                           | •'••"•"                :                    fe
          The  total annual  costs for the BPCTCA and BATEA control and treatment       m
          technologies can be expressed as; incremental costs .per   unit of  pro-
          duction  or   raw material consumption.  Study of the cost data  for the       j
          three  typical   plant  sizes  indicates  that  the   BPCTCA   and  BATEA  .     t
          treatment    costs    per   unit  j of   raw   material consumption  are
          approximately:                   ;

              Typical Plant Size       Annual ^Treatment Cost   Incremental Treatment Cost
          kg/day Xlb/day)  raw  material . August 1373 jdoliars   cents/kg U/lb)  raw  material

1    '          Small:   900  (2,000)        38,700!               14.3 (6.5)
!,    ;         Medium:  7,700(17,000)        75,300                3'M1'!(
I              Large: 15,400 (34,000)        95,900                2.1 (0.9)
                                           i
i
|           The above incremental costs are jbased on a  300 working-day year;  that
i           is, 50 working weeks per year and six  (6) operating days each week.
.                    .    ^               .     .        _          .
           It  can be seen that the incremental treatment costs to the small- and
           medium-sized plants are extremely   high.   compared  to  the  cost  of
           rubber  raw  material   (approximately   30  to 50 cents per pound), the
           treatment costs  appear  to  be ; a  burden   on  the . small  plants  in
           particular.   This analysis underlines  clearly the cost benefits to be
           derived by complete  elimination  of  process  waste  waters  by  good
           housekeeping  and  closed  spill; and leak containment facilities or by
           utilization of the local municipal  treatment system.  In addition, the
           elimination of direct discharge ,of  process  waters to navigable  waters
           will  eliminate  the  expense  c|f   waste water  analyses  and  permit
           reporting.                      j
                                           i --.r-

-------
      The capital costs were generated on a unit  process  basis,  with the
      following  "percent  add on" figures!applied to the  total  unit process
      costs  in  order  to  develop  the  total   installed    capital   cost
      requirements:                        i      .
                      Item                !

      Electrical                          i
      Piping                              [
      Instrumentation                     I
      Site Work                           I
      Engineering Design and Construction •
        Supervision Fees               .   j
      Construction Contingency            j
                                        Percent of Unit process Capital Costs
                                      Small Plants    Medium and Large Plants
                                          15
                                          20
                                          15
                                          10

                                          10
                                          15
12
15
 8
 5

10
15
i
III
Some  of  the  "percent  add  on"  costs are higher in the case of the
small, Subcategories E, F, and G plapts than the equivalent values for
the medium and large plants since these costs  are  disproportionately
higher (in terms of a percentage of the unit process cost)  in the case
of small plants.                    i

Since  land  costs  vary  appreciably  between plant locations, it was
decided to exclude land cost from the total  capital  cost  estimates.
Land costs must be added on an individual case basis.

Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis:

                                     Cost Allocation
                                    i                    -
                               10 percent of investment
                                    i
                               "5-year straight line with zero
                               salvage value
                                    j
                               Includes labor and supervision,
                               chemicals, sludge hauling and dis-
                               posals, insurance and taxes
                               (computed at 1.6 percent of the
                               total capital costs), and main-
                               tenance  (3.2 percent of the total
                               capital cost)

                               Based on $0.015 kw-hr for electri-
                               cal power
      Capitalization

      Depreciation


      Operations and Maintenance
      Power
      The  short-term  capitalization  and  depreciation write-r-of f period is
      what is currently acceptable under c|urrent  Internal  Revenue  Service
      Regulations  pertaining  ^to  pollution  control  equipment.   Economic
                                       162 i

-------
 analysis  indicates other allowable methods of  depreciation  write-off
 are   more  advantageous.   The annual costs presented in this document
 have  therefore been overstated.  The document.   Economic  Analysis  of
 Effluent    Guidelines  The  Rubber  Processing   Industry   (Phase  II) ,
 contains  revxsed annual costs,  reflecting optimum depreciation  write-
 off.                            :  .  .      .    ..       •'

 All   costs,   capital  and  operating, were computed in terms of August
 11973  dollars,  which correspond to an  Engineering News  Record  Index
 ([ENRJ value of 1920.           i    .
                                i  -    "  :  .       '     •.   , "
 Energy Requirements        -    j

 Energy  input  is related solely -to the need for electric pumps to pump
 process waste  waters  from  the j plant  areas   through  the  treatment
 system.   The   additional power requirements for control and treatment
 systems are small and deemed minor in comparison with the power usages
 of rubber processing machinery .and equipment common* to  the  industry.
 The   power  requirements  for  waste  water control and treatment are
 estimated to be;                !
                                i  ...    ,   •      .. .   • .

 ~ —   Typical Plant ..Size - __  Treatment Equipment Power Requirements
 kg/day (Ib/day)  raw material   j                 horsepower  - --

   Small:      900  <2,000)      •                     6
  Medium:   7,700 (17,000)      !                     8
   Large:   15,400 (34,000)      |                    12

 Electrical costs,  as presented in Tables 20, 21,  and 22, are estimated
 at $0.015 per  kilowatt hour  which is equivalent  to $98 per horsepower-
Nonwater Quality Aspects        i
             —    w_ -        i

The primary nonwater quality aspect deriving from use of  a  separator
is  the  need  for disposal of oil and solids.  Additional solid waste
results from the use of a nonregenerative type filter coalescer.

Disposal of process solid waste, such  as  waste  rubber  or  rejected
products,   is   a  problem  confronting  the  industry  as  a  whole.
Additional solid waste results from the drumming of waste liquid, such
as latex solutions, for off-site i disposal.  Many manufacturing plants,
particularly in the northern  states,  are  finding  it  difficult  to
locate  and  arrange  for  service  at  satisfactory  landfill  sites.
Fortunately, the additional solid  waste  generated  by  the  proposed
treatment  technology is very small relative to the normal solid waste
generated by the production facility 'and is considered insignificant.
                                |         •   .••-..•
Land requirements for the treatment system  are  small;  nevertheless,
certain  facilities  located in highly congested urban areas will find
                               163

-------
                                 I          ...
it difficult  to  allocate  space  for  even  this  minimal  treatment
facility.   These  plants  may  t»e  forced  to turn to other treatment
methods or to approach zero discharge to navigable waters by  advanced
housekeeping and control techniques.                 •
                            •  •   I' -   •   •            -•••"'-
For  those  waste  materials considered to be non-hazardous where land
disposal is the choice  for  disposal,  practices  similar  to  proper
sanitary  landfill  technology  flay  be  followed.  The principles set
forth in the EPA«s Land Disposal ,6f Solid Wastes Guidelines  (CFR Title
40, chapter 1; Part 211) may be used as guidance for  acceptable  land
disposal techniques.             ]
                                 i
For  those  waste  materials considered to be hazardous, disposal will
require special precautions.  In 'order to ensure long-term  protection
of   public  health  and  the  environment,  special  preparation  and
pretreatment may be required prior to disposal,  if land  disposal  is
to  be  practiced,  these  sites .must not allow movement of pollutants
such as fluoride and radium-226 t!o either  ground  or  surface  water.
Sites  should  be  selected  that:  have  natural  soil  and geological
conditions to prevent such contamination or, if such conditions do not
exist, artificial means (e.g., liners)  must  be  provided  to  ensure
long-term  protection  of  the  environment  from hazardous materials.
Where.appropriate, the-location of solid hazardous materials  disposal
sites  should be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction in which the site is located.

Lead-Sheathed Hoge Plants        ;

For plants producing hose via lead-sheath processes, control  of  lead
is  required.  Treatment for lead should begin with the segregation of
lead cooling waters and vulcanizer condensate.  Treatment for lead can
be accomplished by pre-coat filtration which industry has stated would
cost $90,000 for a 28,750 Ib/day £lant.   Other  control  technologies
appear  to  be  also reasonable.  Recycle of lead-laden waters using a
cooling tower, and treatment of a' concentrated blowdown stream may  be
more  advantageous.   This  would  reduce  water costs and result in a
smaller more concentrated stream jto treat.

Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Sufacateaorv

The rubber reclaiming industry is; presently undergoing  a  decline  in
both  the  number  of  operating ! plants and the quantity of reclaimed
rubber produced.  The wet digester reclaiming process  has  borne  the
brunt  of  this  decline,   and  it  must be assumed that the financial
resources of wet digester reclaim1 plants and their ability to shoulder
further operating costs  such  as:  waste  water  treatment  costs  are
limited.    in  view of this and since all of the existing wet digester
plants discharge their waste waters directly or are connected  to  the
local  publicly  owned  sewage  treatment works, it is not possible to
propose an end-of-pipe treatment technology which has been  proven  to
                                164

-------
be  operable  and successful While in service, as well as economically
Kracticable.             ."!'..
                              I ...   . -   ,       .        - ;      .      „
With  this  in  mind,  attention  has  been  duly  given  to  in-plant
modifications to the wet digestion process which have been implemented
and  proven  successful  in  at  least one plant.  Such modifications,
while reducing waste water pollution and end-of-pipe treatment  needs,
also   have   the   potential] to  reduce  raw  material  wastage  and
consumption.  However, based  !on  the  preliminary  findings  of  this
guideline  study,  it  cannot  be  said  that the yearly reductions in
process operating costs afforded by the  in-plant  modifications  will
offset   the   annual   operating   and   maintenance  costs  directly
attributable to the modifications.  Such benefits can be assessed only
by personnel intimately familiar with the wet  digestion  process  and
the economics of is operation.

The  principal waste water streams in a wet digestion relaim plant are
the dewatering liquor and -the vapor condensates from the blowdown tank
and dryer.  The type of treatment proposed for Subcategories E, F,  G,
and  I,  namely, the isolationi of wastes loaded with oil and suspended
solids followed by oil and  solids  removal,  is  not  appropriate  as
BPCTCA  control  and  treatment  for  Subcategory  H  since  the costs
benefits are not favorable.  This argument is particularly valid  when
the  minimal  benefits  to be achieved by this type of alterations are
compared to the greater pollution reduction that can  be  attained  by
the  application  of the recommended recycle.  It should be remembered
at this point  that  the  wet : digester  process  .is  only  marginally
profitable  and,  at -present,; cannot bear large waste water treatment
costs.  In addition, most wet .digester plants discharge  to  municipal
systems and will be subject to pretreatment guidelines.

A  fundamental change that can be made to the wet digestion reclaiming
process is the conversion fron\ chemical defibering to  mechanical  de-
fibering.  With chemical defibering, defibering,chemicals are added to
the  digestion  mix.  The fibe;rs are solubilized in the digestion step
and leave the process system in the dewatering liquor  which  is  dis-
charged.   The  defibering  chemicals, which can be of a toxic nature,
are an additional  constituent  of  the  dewatering  liquor.    In  the
mechanical -defibering  variation,  the  scrap rubber is finely ground
prior to digestion.  The freed!  fiber  is  then  elutriated  from  the
rubber scrap on air separation tables.
                              I  ;        '  -             •
With  mechanical  def ibering  the  dewatering  liquor  is free of high
levels of solubilized fiber as well as the chemical defibering  agents
themselves.    costs   incurred .by  a  conversion  from  chemical  to
mechanical defibering have not been fully developed for  this   document
since  the  required  technology for the conversion is specific to the
reclaiming industry and outside the scope and technology boundaries of
the guideline study.  However,; the  costs  associated with  a  recent
conversion  from  chemical  defibering  to mechanical fiber separation
                             165

-------
  chemical,
                                                  digestion
                                                              plant from
                                                of  the  process  waste
                           In  eSIence  ?^ ^   ^re°rle 8ystem to tte
                         ^
 wet digestion  process.   In  eSIence
 recycled  back  to  the digestif
 contaminants and a make-up of the  io        .
 the vapor conden sates Irom ?he                q°'
 recover  the  insoluble  oils
 recycled to the digestion
                                                          8ystem to
                                                                can  be
                                                        of accumulating
                                                      At the 8ame  ^
                                                        are decanted to
                                                       &nd    "K* «r« .
 for  this  system to
 be fiber-free  in  order
                                                              in  order
 treatment  costs.
schematic flow diagram of
a basis for capita! and

treatment Cost Data
                                                            f°ntro1 an<3

                                                    riaim
                                                    in
                                                                 X.  A
                                                                and is
kilograms  (110,000  poun
generated by  the  deSaterina
estimated  to  be  app?oSmatelv
from plant visit data          Y
                                                    .
                                                    ±S rated at 54'000
                                       , *   • Pfocess waste water flow
                                      nnS \ .^ondenser  discharges  was
                                     <00(> liters per day (104,000 gpd)

applied to nOEt of the p!an
                              166

-------
Investment
                                                     Control Technology

                                                         §126,000
                                                                       1
Annual Costs

     Capital Costs

    • Depreciation

     Operating and Maintenance Costs
      (excluding energy and power costs)

     Energy and Power Costs

Total Annual Costs
                          12,600

                          25,200

                          19,300


                           fr.700"

                        $ 61,800
 Parameters
 kg/kkg(1b/1000  Ib)
 of product

      COD

      SS

      Oil
Raw Waste
  Loads  !


   9.75  '
         i
' 256.10  i
         I

  27.29  !
Effluent Quality



     6.11

     2.31

     0.58
 1The control  technology  includes  recycle |of dewatering liquor and  decan-
  tation of vapor condensates  followed  by recycle of the oils  and water
  underflow.                              ,...._...
 Table 24 - Estimated Waste Water Control  Costs for a Wet Digestion
            Reclaim Plant (Subcategory H)  i

                                          I     •  •       :.-'••
                                167

-------
                                   i            Percent of Unit
                    -•--ff      .     ;          Process Capital Cost
                                   !        -      -     ,.•','•
          Electrical               I                  IR
          Piping                   |                  ™
          Instrumentation          i                  ,c
          Site Work                |                  JJ
          Engineering Design and   j
            Supervision Construction                 V0"
          Construction Contingency i                  15













                                                     .

Annual costs were computed using th|e  following cost basis:

          —~                     j   ....      Cost  Allocation

Capitalization                  10 percent of investment

Depreciation                    5.^ straight line WJLth zerQ
                                salvage value.

Operations and Maintenance     Includes labor  and  supervision, '
                               chemicals, sludge hauling and dis
                               posajls, insurance and taxes
                                (computed at 1.6 percent of the
                               totaiL capital costs) , and main-
                               tenance (3.2 percent of the total
                               capital cost)
                              168   i
                                   i

-------
 Power
                                Based on $0.015/kw-hr
-The  short-term  capitalization  and  depreciation write-off period is
 what is currently acceptable tinder current  Internal  Revenue  Service
 Regulations  pertaining  to  industrial  pollution  control equipment.
 Economic analysis indicates other allowable  methods  of  depreciation
 write-off  are  more advantageous.   The annual costs presented in this
 document have  therefore  been  overstated.   The  document.  Economic
 Analysis  of Effluent Guidelines The Rubber Processing Industry (Phase
 II), contains revised annual costs,  reflecting  optimum  depreciation
      *"
 All  costs  were   computed  in  terms  of  August  1973  dollars which
 correspond to an  Engineering News Record Index (ENR)  value of 1920.

 Energy Requirements          i

 The waste  water control  and recycle  system requires electrical  enerov
 for  the   operation  of   pumps  and   mixers.   The  power needs  of the
 equipment  are modest and approximate HB horsepower.
 Honwater Quality. Aspects "    \
 There are  few nonwater quality aspects to be considered with this con-
 ™2ia ^eC?n0i0FC:   -In  order  t°  employ  the  proposed   technology,
 mechanical  defibering  is used.  As a result the  separated fibers are
 removed from the system as  a ; solid  waste,  and  dry  air  pollution
 controljlevices are required to remove fine fibrous emissions from the
 air.   The  costs associated with disposing of the fibrous solid waste
 are deemed minor in comparison with the treatment  costs  required  to
 remove  the fibrous material from the dewatering liquor in cases where
 chemical defibering is practiced.

 Periodically it will be necessary to remove  accumulated  solids  from
 the dewatering liquor storage tank.  It is estimated that these solids
 will amount to less than 15 cubic meters (20 cubic yards)  annually.

 For  those  waste  materials considered to be non-hazardous where land
 disposal is the choice  for  disposal,  practices  similar  to  proper
 sanitary  landfill  technology!  may  be  followed.  The principles set
 forth in the EPA's Land Disposal of Solid Wastes Guidelines (CFR Title
 1*0, Chapter 1; Part 2U1)  may be used as guidance for  acceptable  land
 disposal techniques.          ;

 For  those  waste  materials considered to be hazardous, disposal  will
 require special precautions.   In order to ensure long-term  protection
 of   public  health  and  the , environment,   special  preparation  and
pretreatment may be required prior to disposal.   If land  disposal  is
 to  be  practiced,   these  sites must not allow movement of pollutants
 such as fluoride and radium-226 to either  ground  or  surface  water
                              I
                               169

-------
Sites   Should   be   selected  that  have natural   soil   and geological
conditions to  prevent  such contamination or, if such conditions do not
exis.t,  artificial means  (e.g.,  liners)  must  be   provided   to  ensure
long-term  protection  of  the   environment  from  hazardous materials.
Where appropriate,  the location of  solid hazardous materials disposal
sites   should  be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction  in  which the site is located.

Pan. iHeaterlt  Mechanicalj, ancl Dry Digestion Rubber Reclaiming

The extent of  the waste water problems  and treatment types  for all dry
reclaiming.processes can best be represented by those of the pan,  or
heater, reclaim process.          |

The  waste water   types  are essentially similar  to those  produced by
Subcategories  E, F, and G plants with the additional  contribution  of
the  oven  vapor  condensates.   The majority of the process wastes are
created by spills and  leaks in  the  cracking,  grinding,  and  milling
buildings  as  well  as  around material and fuel oil storage  areas.  The
contaminants are principally oil and   suspended   solids.    The  vapor
condensates contain   orgahics   Vaporized  from  the rubber mix in the
depolymerization oven.            i

The control and treatment approach  proposed for  this  subcategory  is
isolation  of   the  process  waste  waters  preventing dilution of the
contaminants   and   a   decrease   in   their   treatability.    As   for
Subcategories   E, F, and G wastes,,,  the  key to this type  of  control and
treatment is the reduction and  collection of the contaminated  process
waste  waters   prior to treatment! for oil and suspended  solids removal
in  an  API-type    separator.     The    separable   organics   in   the
depolymerization  oven  condensates can  also  be  separated  in  the
separator.                        !
                                  ]'~ '!.'  "-.' ' -. ''-" "" "  - - ' • - •    	 ™ »'  » .• *••   •?,' '  . • '"  ln
The anticipated effluent quality  ^achieved by the proposed treatment is
presented in Table  25  together with the associated cost data.  In  ad-
dition,   a  detailed description of  the  recommended technology is given
in Section  IX.  Figure 10 is a  schematic flow diagram of the  reguired
control   and   treatment  facilities and is the basis for the indicated
cost estimates.                   !

Treatment Cost Data           "   !

The dry reclaiming industry was reviewed to determine  an  average  or
typical size for a pan process reclaiming plant.   The selected size is
59,000 kilograms (130,000 pounds) ; per day of reclaimed rubber, and the
corresponding   process waste water flow rate is  283,000  liters (75,000
gallons)  per day.   The design flow rate was  supported  by  the  plernt
data obtained  at the reclaiming plant visited.

-------
5 -'^
> o
cr o
O O
o m t-C
JC CM
O 
SCM
•co-
t-






-'

























Investment2
Annual Costs
Cantt-al Tncf-c
o o o o o
O O O o O
r^. jt CM CM r-
r-Tinco ,-T oT
CM in CM ,-1
*5- >.

B
"*"

, £
'00* .- • ^_
. z °
h, in
i en Q
4)
g; a
! < 41
O
>~
'!."-"- " • •- ii' ' ' c
! . ' • . T? Ji 1)
4)
4>>
W
(D T
. 3
-
v S -
<£
i * m «
m CM co rE Ol S"
O CTl O~v — «~J
§-:-*. £§ o
J o o o ^
i !? M •
j « S 
i .(.,,• . • 41 <0



in
4-1
m in
4J 0
in o
n
*" 4J
in >. c
n J3 0)
S ^ E
' in 4) ffl
•n 5 S
00 L.
8= •-•
i >- O i.
0 U ' CLU- 4) .
4) ' . 4-1
4) 5 «*r < ro
O O *J ° ^ S -
CO. 0 ' ^ fc
aj in -5 ; g S1 «
C-D4J' -D °° *•* :
4) c in X ~ ~ ->-^
S^&; § i^ J -g « I?1 ? ~
L^S; S i; < sw | -g go- cQ
S«£ '5 §| 1 S III
2 ^ |l i ^-J , .g




















S

t
o
t>c
41
4-1
^J
O
JZ
y
w
1
4-fj
cl
rol

1
El
ml

u
S

a
u

c
ID
C.
U
1)
c

u
0

p
-1
n
i
                                                                   171

-------
The  cited  costs are based oh the leases where no treatment facilities
that could be modified  yet  exist,!  and  no  reduction  or  isolation
measures for the containment of contaminated process waste waters have
been  taken.   The design considerations (i.e., the influent raw waste
loads) were selected to represent the expected raw waste  load.   This
results  in  the  generation of cost data which should be conservative
when applied to most of the plants in  this  subcategory.   Relatively
conservative  cost  figures  are  preferred  for  this type of general
economic analysis.                 i.

The capital costs were generated on a unit  process  basis,  with  the
following  "percent  add on" figures applied to the total unit process
costs  in  order  to  develop  the j total   installed   capital   cost
requirements:                      !

                                         Percent of Unit
                                     Process Capital Cost
         Electrical                ;           12
         Piping                    |    .15
         Instrumentation           |            8
         Site Work                 j            5
         Engineering Design and    j
           Construction Supervision1 Fees      10
         Construction contingency  i           15      "

Since  land  costs  vary  appreciably  between plant locations, it was
decided to exclude land cost from tjhe total  capital  cost  estimates,.
Land cost must be added on an individual case basis.

Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis.
          Item

Capitalization

Depreciation


Operations and Maintenance .
Power
    '       .   Cost Allocation
    i
10- percent of investment.

5-yejar straight line with zero
salvage value.

Includes labor and supervision,
chemicals, sludge hauling and dis-
posals, insurance and taxes
(computed at 1.6 percent of the
total capital costs), and main-
tenance (3.2 percent of the total
capi-tal cost)
    i
Based on $0.015 kw-hr for electri-
cal power.
                               172

-------
The  short-term  capitalization • and  depreciation write-off" period is
what is currently acceptable under current  internal  -Revenue  Service
Regulations  pertaining  to  pollution  control  equipment.   Economic
analysis indicates other allowable methods of  depreciation  write-off •
are  more  advantageous.  " The annual costs presented in this document
have.therefore been overstated. | The document.  Economic  Analysis  of
Effluent   Guidelines  The  Rubber  Processing  Industry   (Phase  II),
contains revised annual costs, Reflecting optimum depreciation  write-
off .        .                    |             ' , .  .   •
                                !            ,             •          '
All  costs  were  computed  in  terms  of  August  1973 dollars, which
correspond to an Engineering Hews Record Index (ENR) value of 1920.
                                i                   -.-.-•      ,        .'
Energy Requirements             j

The consumption of power and  energy  by  the  control  and  treatment
system  is minor and is limited !to electrically operated pumps to pump
process waste waters from the point sources within the  plant  through
the  treatment  system.   The  total power needs of the facilities are
approximately 12 horsepower.    |

Nonwater Quality Aspects        !

The primary nonwater quality effect created by the use of the proposed
facilities is the need  for  disposal  cf  oil  and  suspended  solids
collected  in  the  separator.   The  total volume of wastes requiring
disposal is estimated to be 172 ;cubic meters  (230  cubic  yards)  per
year which includes spent coalegcer filters.
                         ;       i
For  those  waste  materials considered to be non-hazardous where land
disposal is the choice  for  disposal,  practices  similar  to  proper
sanitary  landfill  technology  may  be  followed.  The principles set
forth in the EPA's Land Disposal of Solid Wastes Guidelines  (CFR Title
QO, Chapter 1; Part 241) may be used as guidance for  acceptable  land
disposal techniques.            i

For  those  waste  materials considered to be hazardous, disposal will
require special precautions.  In order to ensure long-term  protection
of   public  health  and  the  environment,  special  preparation  and
pretreatment may be required prior to disposal.  If land  disposal .is
to  be  practiced,  these  sites must not allow movement of pollutants
such as fluoride and radium-226 ito either  ground  or  surface  water.
Sites  should  be  selected  that  have  natural  soil  and geological
conditions to prevent such contamination or, if such conditions do not
exist, artificial means  (e.g., liners)  must  be  provided  to  ensure
long-term  protection  of  the  |environment  from hazardous materials.
Where appropriate, the location'of solid hazardous materials  disposal
sites  should be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction in which the :site is located.
                                  '                                    '
                               173

-------
          subcategories J  and  K  —  Latex-Based Products
                                   .'!''.
          The   latex-based  products   can | be  effectively  separated  into  two
          subcategories.    The  first subclategory (Subcategory J) includes latex
          dipping, latex thread,  and  products manufactured in porous molds.  The
          Subcategory K subcategory consists  of latex foam  manufacture.   Since
          the   required  treatment  is  different  for  the  two  subcategories,
          separate discussions of the cost data are presented,

          Subcategorv J
                                i
         Only one level of control and treatment has  been considered  in  the
         evaluation   of   treatment  effectiveness   versus   cost  data.   This
         recommended  treatment   includes:  chemical   coagulation  and   primary
         clarification of latex-laden wastes  followed by biological oxidation.

         The  biological  treatment  costi  data   have  been based on an aerated
         lagoon and settling pond system. |  The reason  for this  selection  is
         that  the  BOD  concentration in, the process waste waters is typically
         too low to support  an   activated  sludge   type  biomass.   Since  the
         process  wastes  can  be separated  from the utility waste waters, the
         proposed treatment system" is limited to the treatment of  the  process
         wastes.                          '
                                          I
         Treatment Cost Data
         A  profile  was  made  of  the latex dipping industry to determine the
         typical size of a production facility.  The average, or typical, plant
         has a daily consumption of 2,100! kilograms  (4,700  pounds)  of  latex
         sol.ids.   The  associated process waste water flow, derived from pJant
         visit data, is 153,000 liters  (40,000 gallons) per day.
                                         |
         The model treatment plant, consisting of chemical coagulation,  clari-
         fication,  and bio-oxidation is illustrated in Figure 11,  This plant,
         equivalent to BPCTCA, is described more fully in Section IX.
HI
The cited costs are based on the
that  could  be  modified  yet
measures for the containment of
been taken.  The treatment design
correspond  to  the  expected raw
cost figures are preferred for this
 cases where no  treatment  facilities
exist,  and  no reduction or isolation
contaminated process waste waters have
 s upon which the cost data are  based
  waste load.  Relatively conservative
    type of general economic analysis.
         The capital costs were generated
         following  "percent  add on"
         costs  in  order  to  develop
         requirements:
                             figures
                               the
                                 on
    a unit  process  basis,  with  the
     applied to the total unit process
    total   installed   capital   cost
                                         174

-------
                                                                           I
                                                LU


                                                fc
                               «o ac oo
                                                LU>-
                                                o-o:
                                                D-CD
                                                a co
                                                z:=>
                                                LU to
                                                •to
                                                OU.
                                                0.0
                                                Ul
                                                a:
175

-------
                                          i  Percent of unit
                            It: em          Process Capital Cost;

                   Electrical                      20
                   Piping                  !        15
                   Instrumentation         i         8
                   Site Work               I         5
                   Engineering Design  and  !
                     Supervision Construction      10
                   Construction Contingency        15

              Jrea*ment costs incurred by |the  associated technology can  be rep-
         resented  in terms  of  incremental   costs  per  unit   of   production
                 * ,J°™ndata J°r a typical latex diPPin* P^nt  consSng l,™0
                    (4,700 pounds) of  late*  solids per dly indicate  that  the
                                                         kilogram .($0.06?/Ib) of
^
t!
                     costs  vary  appreciably  between plant locations, it was
        r-*n* ^ +  ^xcfude landcost froin t"6 tQtal  capital  cost  estimates.
        Land costs must be added on an individual case basis.          -un«-B.

        Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis:

                  —-                   i -           Cost Allocation

        Capitalization                 10; percent of investment

        Depreciation                   5-year straight line with zero
                                    v  salvage value.

        Operations and Maintenance     Includes labor and supervision,
                                       chemicals, sludge hauling and dis-
f                                      posals, insurance and taxes
                                       (computed at 1.6 percent of the
                                       •total capital costs) , and main-
                                       tenance (3.2 percent of the total
                                       capital cost)

        Power                          Based on SO. 015 kw-hr "for electri-
|                                      cal power.
:                    •                     i    '       >
                                         !   :        "   "."•.""     •
        The   short-term capitalization  and  depreciation write-off period is
        wnat is  currently  acceptable under current  Internal  Revenue  Service
        Regulations  pertaining  to  industrial  pollution  control  equipment.
        Economic analysis  indicates other iallowable   methods  of  depreciation
        write-off  are  more advantageous.   The annual costs presented in this
        document have   therefore  been  oyerstated.    The  document,  EcSnomiS
        Analysis  of Effluent Guidelines  The Rubber  Processing Industry (Phase
        writeoffSlnS revised annual costs,   reflecting  optimum  depreciation
                                          I-
                                        176J

-------
 All   costs  were  computed  in Iterms  of  August  1973 dollars, which
 correspond to an Engineering News  Record Index (ENR)  value of 1920.,
                                •'• _     ,
 The   total  capital  and  annual   costs  for   the   model   treatment
 technologies  are presented for ja  typical latex-dipping plant in Tcible
 26,  together with raw waste load and treated effluent quality.

 Energy Beguirements            |
                   ~            I                         •
.The   primary  clarification   arid    biological   oxidation   treatment
 technologies require  electrical 'energy  only for operation  of  equipment
 such as   pumps   and   aerators.    The  power  needs  are  low and will
 approximate 16 horsepower.      j

 ffonwater Quality Aspects       !
                                I
 The  principal nonwater  aspect iof  the  proposed  technology is  the
 disposal   of  the  primary  coagulated  latex solids' and the infrequent
 removal of  the biological  solidsi from  the  settling   pond.    Both  of
 these wastes will'  be  removed most economically by  contract disposal
 using a vacuum  truck.   The  annual volumes  of  these wastes  will
 approximate:                    i

       Primary Solids:   940  cubic  meters  (1,250 cu yds)
     Biological Solids:   290  cubib  meters  (390 cu yds)

 For   those  waste  materials considered €b be; non-hazardous where land
 disposal is the  choice   for  disposal,  practices  similar  to  proper
 sanitary   landfill  technology  may   be  followed.  The  principles set
 forth in the  EPA*s -Land  Disposal! of  Solid Wastes  Guidelines (CFR Title
 40,  Chapter  1; Part 241) may be used as guidance  for  acceptable  land
 disposal techniques.            i

For   those  waste  materials considered to be hazardous, disposal will
 require special  precautions.  In! order  to ensure  long-term  protection
of    public   health and  the  environment,   special  preparation  and
pretreatment  may be required pribr to disposal.   If land disposal  is
to  be  practiced,  these  sites must not allow movement of pollutants
such  as fluoride and radium-226 to either  ground or  surface  water.
Sites  should be  selected  that  have natural  soil   and geological
conditions to  prevent such .contamination  or,  if such conditions do not
exist, artificial means  (e.g., liners)  must   be  provided  to  ensure
long-term  protection  of  the  Environment  from hazardous materials.
Where appropriate,  the location of solid hazardous materials  disposal
sites  should  be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction  in which the site is located.
                                !
                               177
                                l"

                                r'

-------
                                        Control and Treatment Technology^
 Investment                |                           $236,700

•   '                       j    -.   :,-    •  •-'.,


Annual Costs              •
                          i             .    •

     Capital Costs        j                             23,700
                          L-                  '    —
     Depreciation         j                             47,300

     Operating and Maintenance Costs                   25,100
     (excluding energy and! power costs)

     Energy and Power Costs                             it6op

Total Annual Costs        '                           $ 96 700
Parameters                ',      Raw Waste              Effluent Quality
kg/kkg(lb/100  Ib)         ;        Loads                	~~	
of raw material si

     BOD                  ;       18.2                      2.20

     Suspended Solids     i       10.90                     2.90

     Oil                  i        0.90                     0.73
                          I  -             '       •'    .•   •
     Chromium        •     j        0.0533                   0.0036
 The control and treatment!technology includes chemical coagulation,
 clarification, biological:oxidation, and secondary clarification,


                           j                           .    -       •

Table 26 - Estimated Waste!Water Control Costs for a Latex Dipped Plant
            (Subcategory J)!
                          i
                          1    178
                          i

-------
 Subcategory K                  •

 Two  levels  of  control   and  -treatment  have  been  studied  in  the
 evaluation  of  treatment  cost land effectiveness.   The first level of
 the proposed technology is chemical coagulation and   clarification  of
 latex-based   wastes,   as   weU   as   chemical    precipitation  and
 clarification of zinc-laden foam rinse waters.   The  second  technology
 level  proposed  involves biological oxidation of the combined primary
 effluents.   The  biological  treatment  cost   data   are  based  on  an
 activated  sludge treatment system.   This type of system was selected
 because  the  BOD loading  of  j  the   combined  effluent   is   high
 (approximately  400 mg/1)  and would be able to support an active mixed
 liquor.   The treatment  cost  is |  also  based   on a   combined  process
 effluent which includes the slightly contaminated barometric condenser
 flows.    This  waste  stream has been included in the cost  evaluation
 because the residual zinc concentration after   chemical  precipitation
 requires  dilution  by  the  condenser  discharge  in  order  to avoid
 biological  inhibition.          i
                                I                                     .
 Treatment £ost Data             j
                                I                     '
 The only significant latex foam 'plant in the United  States was used  as
 a basis  for the industry.   The  plant  has a daily consumption of 68,000
 kilograms (150,000 pounds)  of latex solids; the average process waste
 water flow  is  1,608,000 liters  025,000 gallons) per  day.
                                i
 The  model  treatment plant,  illustrating BPCTCA and BATEA, consists  of
 chemical coagulation of latex solids,  ch,emical  precipitation of zinc,
 and  biological oxidation.   (See  Figure  12.)  This type of plant  is
 described more  fully in Sections'  IX and X.
                              '  i
 The influent raw waste  loads, upon  which the   treatment   designs  are
 based,   represent  the  raw effluent  conditions at the  sole  D.s. latex
 foam plant.  This results  in the  generation of cost data which  are the
 most appropriate for the subcategory  as  it is known to  exist.

 The  total capital and annual costs  for  the model treatment  techniques
 for  the  sole  latex foam plant are presented in Table  27, together with
 the  raw  waste loads and treated effluent qualities.

The  treatment  costs  for  a  latex  foam  production facility can be
 expressed as an incremental costj  per unit  of  production.   The  cost
 data  for a plant consuming 68,OpO kilograms (150,000 pounds) of latex
 *£4d? daily indicate that the BPCTCA and BATEA  treatment  will  cost
 SO.015 per kilogram ($0.0068/lb)! of latex consumption.

The  capital  costs  were  generated on a unit process basis, with the
following "percent add on" figures applied to the total  unit  process
costs   in   order   to  develop;  the  total  installed  capital  cost
requirements:              •     !
                               179

-------

-------
Investment
                                                    Treatment  of  Control Technology
                                                        A                    i
                                                    $348,000              649,000
Annual Costs                            j
     Capital Costs   "                   j
     Depreciation                       j
     Operating and Maintenance Costs    ;
     (excluding energy and power costs) ;
     Energy and Power Costs             j"
Total Annual Costs2
  34,800
  69,600
  55,300

   3.500
$163,200
  65,000
 129,800
  98,400

  13.100
$306,300
Parameters
kg/kkg(lb/1000 Ib)
of raw materials
BOD
Suspended Solids
Zinc -





Technology A is chemical
chemical precipitate and
is Technology A followed
2August 1973.
Raw Waste
Loads!

20.44
8.71 '
3.54
i .
i
i
i
I .
coagulation and clarification of
clarif icationjof zinc-laden waste
by biological! oxidation treatment
; | . .
Effluent Quality
A i

9.43 1.*1
1.60 0.94
0.083 0.083





latex waste waters and
waters. Technology B
•

Table 27 - Estimated Waste Water Treatment Costs' at Different Degrees of Treatment
for a Latex Foam Plant (Subcateeorv K)

!

                                    181

-------
                                 Percent of Unit
                                 Process Capital Cost

          Electrical               j      12
          Piping                         15
          Instrumentation     . •    !       8
          Site Work                ;       3
          Engineering Design and   ,
            Construction Supervisioh
            Fees      ^            |      10
          Construction             i
            Contingency            '      15

 Since land costs vary appreciably i between  plant  locations,  it  wets
 decided  to  exclude  land cost from the total capital cost estimates.
 Land costs must be added on an individual case basis.

 Annual costs were computed using the following cost basis:

          -.£tem_                   !   Cost Allocation	

 Capitalization              10 percent of investment

.Depreciation                5-yearjstraight line with  zero
                             salvage value

 Operations & Maintenance    Includes labor and supervision, chemicals,
                             sludge hauling and disposal,  insurance
                             and taxes (computed at  1.6 percent of
                             the total capital cost), and  maintenance
                             (3,2 percent of the total  capital cost)

 Power                       Based on $0.015 kw-hr for  electrical  power.

 The  short-term capitalization and jdepreciation  write-off   period is
 what  is   currently   acceptable under current Internal Revenue Service
 Regulations   pertaining   to  pollution  control  equipment.    Economic
 analysis   indicates   other allowable methods of depreciation write-off
 are  more  advantageous.   The annual costs presented  in this  document
 have  therefore  been overstated. I  The  document. Economic  Analysis of
 Effluent   Guidelines  The  Rubber ; Processing  Industry  (Phase   II),
 contains   revised annual costs,  reflecting  optimum  depreciation write-
 off a       '                        j                   .

 All  costs  were  computed  in  terms   of  August  1973   dollars,   which
 correspond to  an Engineering News  Record Index (ENR) value  of 1920.
                                   I '' -.".'.:.''
 Energy Requirements                \    '"•'.'

 Energy usage   is related  to the  ne'ed for electric  pumps to  move  waste
 waters through  the treatment  system  and '  for  several  agitator and
                               182

-------
                              '  !         '    ''•-•                 '   '

aerator  systems.   The extra pojwer required for treatment and control
systems is minor and is estimated to be 134 HP.

23onwater Quality Aspects        i
                                i    ...''•-       .
The main nonwater effect of the model treatment system ie the disposal
of the primary chemical treatment solids wastes  and  the  synthesized
biological  solids.   The  most . feasible  ultimate  disposal of these
•filtered and stabilized solid wastes is landfill.  The annual  volumes
of these waters is calculated to! be:
                                !
    Primary Solids:  2,000 cubic meters (1,500 cu yds)
    Biological Solids:  800 cubic meters (600 cu yds)

For  those  waste  materials considered to be non-hazardous where land
disposal is the choice  for  disposal,  practices  similar  to  proper
sanitary  landfill  technology  'may  be  followed.  The principles set
forth in the EPA's Land Disposal! of Solid Wastes Guidelines (CFR Title
>tyO, Chapter 1; Part 241) may be used as guidance for  acceptable  land
disposal techniques.            !

For  those  waste  materials considered to be hazardous, disposal will
require special precautions.  In order to ensure long-term  protection
of   public  health  and  the  environment,  special  preparation  and
pretreatment may be required prior to disposal.  If land  disposal  is
to  be  practiced,  these  sites must not allow movement of pollutants
such as fluoride and radium-226vto either  ground  or  surface  water.
Sites  should  be  selected  that  have  natural  soil  and geological
conditions to prevent such contamination or, if such conditions do not
exist, artificial means (e.g., liners)  must  be  provided  to  ensure
long-term  protection  of  the  environment  from hazardous materials.
Where appropriate, the location !of solid hazardous materials  disposal
sites  should be permanently recorded in the appropriate office of the
legal jurisdiction in which the site is located.
                                !-'."•"'•
Detailed Cost Information for All Subcateaories
   •*———                       .  i             •      .    _

Tables 28 through 43 contain detailed cost information used to develop
the total capital  and  annual  icosts  for  best  practicable  control
technology  currently available :(BPCTCA) and best available technology
economically  achievable  (BATEA)  treatment  systems  presented   and
discussed in Sections VIII, IX and X of this report.
                               183

-------
                          !
          Daily Raw Material Consumption - 900  kg  (2,000  Ibs.)

      Estimated Process  Effluent Flow -= 14,700  L/day  (3,900 gpd)

           -  .      '       j            -I.-..
 Description of Treatment   Facility              Estimated Capital Costs

 Sewer Segregation        ;                            $ 7,200
 Process Sumps and Pumps j                             20,900
 Process Waste Water Force  Main                         1,400
 Filter                   \                              2,300
 Process Effluent Sewer  and Monitoring Station        .10,100

      Sub-Total           i                            $41,900
 Site Work                !                              4,200
• Electrical               !                              6,300
 Piping                   !                              8,400
 Instrumentation          j              „                6.300
      Sub-Total                                       §67,100
                          i
 Engineering Fees                                       6,700
 Contingency              ]                             10.200
      Total Capital Cost  (Investment)2     . .          $84.000
                         . i •  .  .     •     ,	  •. •
   Includes sealing existing floor drains, installation of new process
   drains, and oily waste Water retainment curbing.
 2                      '!                 •
   Land costs are not included.
   ' *  '                    |                   -'••'..-'
                          i                ' .      " .    '
Table 28 - BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs for a Typical Small-
           Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
           (Subcategorv EO
                          I   184

-------
         Pally Raw Material Consumption « 7,700 kg (17,000 Ibs.)

       Estimated Process Effluent Flow - 75,800 L/day (20,000 gpd)
 Description of Treatment Facility

 In-plant Sewer Segregation
 In-plant Process Sumps and Pumps
 Process Waste Water-Force Main
 Outdoor Waste Water Segregation System
 Outdoor Process Sumps
 Oil Separator
 Filter
 Process Effluent Sewer and Monitoring
    Station

      Sub-Total

 Site Work
 Electrical
 Piping
 Instrumentation

      Sub-Total

 Engineering Fees
 Contingency

      Total  Capital  Cost  (Investment)^
Estimated Capital Costs

       $ 13,900
         31,300
         10,300
          6,300
         10,000
      "   11,100
          4,600

         10.100
       $  97,600

          4,900
         11.700
         14,600
          7.800
       $136,600
         13,700
         20.700

       $171.000
 1
  Includes  sealing existing floor drains, Installation of new process
  drains, and oily waste water retainment curbing.

  Includes  roofing, curbing, and process waste water drains.
  Land costs are not  included.             '
Table 29 - BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital  Costs for a Typical  Medium-
           Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant'
           (Sub category D                '.
                             185

-------
            Daily Raw Material  Consumption = 15,4oO kg (3^,000 Ibs.)

          Estimated Process Effluent Flow = 95,900 L/day (25,300 gpd)


Description of Treatment Facility                     Estimated Capital  Costs

In-plant Sewer Segregation   ;                               $ 22,400
In-plant Process Sumps and  Pumps                             41,700
Process Waste Water Force Maih        2                       17,700
Outdoor Waste Water Segregation System                        11,000
Outdoor Process Sumps        '                                 10,000
Oil Separator    '            '                                  7,800
Filter                   •    |                                  6,900
Process Effluent Sewer and Mopitoring Station                 10,100

     Sub-Total               !                              .$127,600

Site Work                    i                    .              6,^00
Electrical                   i                                 15,300
Piping            t           j                                 19,000
Instrumentation              j                                 10.100

     Sub-Total               i                               $178,^00

Engineering Fees             i                                 17,800
Contingency                  i                                 26.800
                             i                            •   —————

     Total Capital  Cost (Investment)3                       $223.000
 Includes sealing existing flpor drains, installation of new process drains
 and oily waste water retainment curbing.
2
 Includes roofing, curbing, and process waste water drains and sewers.

 Land costs are not included.!
Table 3D - BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital  Costs for a Typical  Large-
           Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
           (Subcategory G)
                             I  .  '.  •           -  .  . .  :          .   .
                             ;186

-------
          Dally Production Capacity - 54i,000 kg (110,000 Ibs.)

     Estimated Process Effluent  Flow - J392,000 L/day  (.104,000 gpd)


 Description of Control/Treatment Unit  j        Estimated Capital Cost

 Primary Oil Decant  Tank                1              $  8,800
 Waste Oil  Pumps                        j                2*'800
 Waste Oil  Storage Tank                 |                s',900
 Waste Oil  Storage Pump                  !       •         2 800
 Waste Water Storage Tank                j     _          12*700
 Waste Water Tank  Mixer                  !                14*100
 Waste Water Tank  Discharge  Pump         :                4*100
 Waste Water Return  Pump                 !                ] \QQ
 Monitoring Station                      j             _lo!4oO

      Sub-Total                 '         j             $ 63,000
 Site  Work                               !                6f300
 Electrical                              |    ...  .         9f500
 P!Pln9                 v               :               12,600
 Instrumentation                         !     .          -q CQQ

      Sub-Total                '         j             $100,900
 Engineering  Fees                       i               10 100
 Contingency                             i              .15^000
     Total Capital Cost (Investment)1   j             $126.000
                                        I

 Land costs are not included.           I
Tab1e 31 ""PP"* ^.BATEA Treatment Costa for a"Typicd!:ffe
           Rubber Reclaiming Plant    ~           *r—°
           jSubcategorv H)               i
                           187          i
                                        I

-------
                          - I   .    .  - .    ........   .    ,••--.,-' •  ... •-  '
                           i   /,    .:„••,•••-•    -L-,   •   •-  ,,'•,-:,•

            Daily Raw Material Consumption - 59,000 kg (130,000 Ifas.)
                           !      "          *                    '
          Estimated Process';Effluent Flow - 283,400 L/day (74,900 gpd)


 Description of Treatment Facility                  Estimated Capital Costs
                           i
 In-plant Sewer Segregation!                                $  44,600
 In-plant Process Sumps and; Pumps                            28,4-00
 Process Waste Water Force Main        -                     22,500
 Outdoor Waste Water Segregation System                      19,100
 Outdoor Process Sumps     I                                  10,000
 Oil Separator             ,                                  16,500
 Filter                    '                                   6,900
 Process Effluent Sewer and;Monitoring Station               10,100
      Sub-Total            '                                $158,100

•Site Work                 ;                                   7,900
 Electrical                ;                                  19,000
-Piping                    !   .                               23,700
 Instrumentation           !                                  12,600
      Sub-Total            !                                $221,300

 Engineering Fees          i                                  22,200
 Contingency               '                                  33.500
      Total Capital  Cost (Investment)3                     $277.000
  Includes sealing existing!floor drains, installation of new process
  drains, and oily waste water retainment curbing.
 2                         ;
  Includes roofing, curbing,  and process waste water drains  and sewers.

  Land costs are not included.
Table 32 - BPCTCA and  BATEA Treatment Capital  Costs  for-a Typical  Pan.
            Dry Digester or Mechanical Reclaim  Plant
            (Subcategorv I)!
                           j    188.

-------
          Daily Latex Solids Consumption * 2,100  kg  (4,700  IbsJ

      Estimated Process Effluent Flow - 153,000 L/day  (40,000 gpd)
Description of Treatment Unit

Collection Sump and Pumps
pH Adjustment and Coagulant Feed
Mix and Flocculation Tanks
Clarifier
Aerated Lagoon
Aerators
Settling Pond
Monitoring Station

     Sub-Total

Site Work
Electrical
Piping
Instrumentation

     Sub-Total

Engineering Fees
Contingency

     Total Capital Cost  (Investment)
Estimated Capital Cost

      $  7,300
        14,800
         4,700
        18,400
        27,300
        16,600
        36,000
        10.400
      $135,500
         6,800
        26,300
        20,000
        10.800
      $189,400
        is,900
        28.400

      $236.700
1
  Land costs not included.
Table 33 - BPCTCA and BATEA Treatment Capital Costs for a Typical  Latex
           Dipping Production Facility
           (Subcategory J)
                              189

-------
         Daily Latex Soljids Consumption « 68,000 kg (150,000 Ibs)

     Estimated Process EjffJuent Flow - 1,608,000 L/day (425,000 gpd)


 Description of Treatment Unit                     Estimated Capital Cost

 Latex Collection Sump and Pumps                         $  5,800
 pH Adjustment and Coaguilant Feed                           1*200
 Latex Coagulation Tanks;                                   37*500
 Zinc Collection Sump and Pumps                             7*600
 Lime Slurry Tank       j                                    1*600
 Zinc Mixer and Flocculator-Clarifier                      40*000
 Thickener              |                                   41*200
 Vacuum Filter and Solids Handling Equipment               48*500
 Monitoring Station   '].'...                            15*000

      Sub-Total          !                                 $198,400

 Site Work              '                                    a g00
 Electrical              j                                   ^
 Piping                                                    29,900
 Instrumentation
      Sub-Total          |                                $278,000

 Engineering  Fees        i                                  28,000
 Contingency             ]                                  42.obo
                        I            '	
      Total Capital Costs^  (Investment)                   $348.000
 1                       i
 Land  costs are not  included.
Table 34 -  Technology AiCapital Costs for'a Typical Latex  Foam Plant
            (Subcategorv:K)                                 •         "
                             190

-------
         Oafly  Latex  Soltds  Consumption - 68,000

     Estimated  Process  Effluent  Flow » 1,608,000
kg (150,000 Ibs)

L/day (425,000 gpd)
 Description of Treatment  Unit

 Equalization Basins
 Aeration Basins
 Clarlfier
 Thickener
 Aerobic Digester

     Sub-Total

 Site Work
 Electrical
 Piping
 Instrumentation

     Sub-Total

Engineering Fees
Contingency


     Total  Capital  Costs  (investment)1
 Estimated Capital  Costs

        $  85,700
         103,500
         100,400
          22,400
        _ 58.800

        $370,800

          18,500
         44,500
         55,600


       $519,100

         51,900
       - 78.000
       $649.000
 Land costs are not  included.
      35 "  Technology  B Capital Costs  for  W Typical Latex Vc
           (Subcategorv K)I
                             191

-------
                       •  . I.  .

         Dally  Raw Material  Consumption - 900  kg  (2,000  Ibs.)

        Estimated  Process Effluent  Flow • 14,700 L/day  (3,900 gpd)
 Description of Cost  Itemj
                         - i    -
 Absorbent                :
                         i
 Sludge Disposal

 Labor        .    -        j

 Power and Energy         j

 Maintenance              '
                         •]'•
 Insurance and Taxes      j


Total Annual Operating and.Maintenance Cost
Annual Cost

 $   800

     700

   6,300

     600

   3,400

 	L.700
 $13.500
Table 36 - BPCTCA and BATEA Operating and Maintenance Costs  for a Typical
           Small-Si zed Molded..Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
          ''
                            192

-------
           Daily Raw Material  Consumption' - 7,700 kg (17,000 Its.)

        Estimated Process Effluent Flow -| 75,800 L/day (20,000 gpd)
 Description of Cost Item                i
                                         !
 Absorbent                               i

 Sludge Disposal                          |
                                         !
 Labor                                   j

 Power and Energy                        j

 Maintenance                       .      j
                                         i
 Insurance and  Taxes                     i
                                         i
                                         i
 Total  Annual Operating and Maintenance Costs
$24.000
Table 37 - BPCTCA and BATEA Operating and! Maintenance Costs for a Typical
           Medium-Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant	~
          ISubcategory  F)                ',
                              193

-------
        Dally  Raw Material Consumption - 15,400 kg  (34,000 Ibs.)

      Estimated Process Effluent Flow « 95,900 L/day  (25,300 gpd)
Description of Cost  Item:

Absorbent                j
                         |
Sludge Disposal   **     '

Labor                    j

Power and Energy         j
                    t     \
Maintenance              !
                         i
                         I               .
Insurance and Taxes      !
                         i
                         i
Total Annual Operating and Maintenance Cost
Annual Cost

 $ 4,900

   3,300

   6,300

   1,200

   8,800

   4.500
 $29.000
Table 38 - BPCTCA and BATEA Operating and Maintenance Costs for a Typical
           Large-Sized Molded. Extruded or Fabricated Rubber Plant
                             194

-------
         Daily Production Capacity - 54,000 kg (iio.ooo'lb,.)
     Estimated Process Effluent Flow - ^2.000 L/day (,*.000 gpd)
 Description of Cost

 Sludge Disposal
 Labor

 Power and Energy

MaIntenance

 Insurance and Taxes
                                   . i
Total Annual Operating and Maintenance Cbst
Annual Cost

  $ ^,500

    8,800
    4,700

   4,000
   2.000

 §24.000
              S^fnS^^^&i?ii«,c^.for
                           195

-------
     Dally Raw Mkerlal Consumption - 59,000 kg  (130.000 Ibs.)

    Estimated Process Effluent Flow - 283,400 L/day (74,900 gpd)
                i   ....     ,          .   .  .  .  ,
 Description of Cost Item

 Absorbent      !
                i      -' •              •
 Sludge Disposal |

 Labor          i

 Power and Energy!
                i
 Maintenance            /">
                I
 Insurance and Taxes

                i
Total Annual Operating and Maintenance Costs
TabIC 40 - PPCTCA and BATEA Operating and Maintenance rn«t* *.„ a
           Typical Panf Dry Digester or Mechanical Reclaim Pli^nT"
            u          '                "                '
          (Sub category '!)
                i    •                                                         '.
                !                                           .                  j
                           196

-------
                         Daily Latex Solids Consumption^ - 2.100 kg  (4,700  Ibs.)

                      Estimated Process Effluent Flow - 153,000 L/day  (40,000 gpd)
                             .          I-  ..„.
 Description of  Cost  Itam              !

   Chemicals                           |

   Sludge Disposal                      i

   Labor                                j

   Power and Energy                     ;

   Maintenance                          j

   Insurance and Taxes                .  I

Total Annual Operating and MaintenanceiCost
                                                                           Annual Cost

                                                                             $ 1,900

                                                                               3,000

                                                                               8,800

                                                                               1,600

                                                                               7,600

                                                                               3.800
                                                                            $26.700
it
                Table kl ~ gPCTCA and BATEA Operating and Hainan,..,
                           Typical  Latex Dipping Production FacTTTtj
                          (Subcatefebtv 'J
                                              197

-------
         Daily  Lotex Solid^ Consumption - 68,000 kg (150,000 Ibs)

     Estimated  Process Effluent F,ow = ,,608.000 L/day (425.000 gpd)
                           i             .

 Rescript ion of Cost
   Chemicals

   Sludge Disposal

 -  Labor

   Power and Energy

   Maintenance

   Insurance and Taxes
Total Annual Operating and ;Malntenance Cost
                                                              $58,800
                         198

-------
                                     -   I •  .•'•   •  -     •   :       .  '
        Daily Latex Solids Consumption  j= 68,000 kg  (150,000 Ibs)

    Estimated Process Effluent  Flow = 1;,608,000 L/day  (425,000 gpd)

                                        I          '
Description of Cost I tern                |          /           Annual  Cost
                                        |   ,         .    ,      u -.-.«!! .-!,-,„•,
  Sludge Disposal                       |.                      §   800

  Labor                                 I                        11,100
  Power and Energy .                     ;                         9,600

  Maintenance                           j                        20,800

  Insurance and Taxes                   j                        10.A-00

Total Annual Operating and Maintenance  Costs                   $52,700
Table A3 - ^Technology B Operating and Maintenance Cost for a Typical
            Latex Foam Production Facility (Subcategory K)
                                199

-------

-------
                              SECTION IX

                 BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
              CURRENTLY AVAILABLE - EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
                              i

General Molded^ Extruded and Fabricated Rubber Subcategories


The  best  control  and  treatment  technologies  currently  in iase at
molded, extruded, or fabricated production  facilities  emphasize  in-
plant  housekeeping  and control measures.  In-plant techniques varied
widely from plant to plant.  In general, they included  the  isolation
of   potential  waste  water  sources  with  retainment  curbing,,  the
elimination of drains in contaminated areas, and the use of  sumps  to
collect  isolated  process  waste  water streams.  The model treatment
technology for a typical plant! is a combination of the  best  features
of  the  various  plants  examined.   It is similar for all three size
subcategories.                i
                              |
Basically, the technology consists of:

    1.   Eliminating anti-tack; or latex solution discharge.
    2.   isolation, control, and treatment of all oily waste
         streams.             j

A flow diagram of the model treatment system is shown in Figure 10.

Previous experience with the tire and inner  tube  industry  indicates
that zero discharge of anti-tack solutions is widely practiced.  Since
this  waste  water  problem  is  common  to  Subcategories E, F, and G
facilities, it is considered a> feasible practice for all Subcategories
E, F, and G facilities to attain zero discharge of anti-tack solutions
by adhering to the following procedures:

    1.   Recycle of anti-tack solution.
    2.   Installation of curbing around the anti-tack dipping
         area.               . :
    3.   Sealing of drains in the dipping area.
    U.   Reuse of the recircuiating system wash water as make-up
         for. fresh an ti-tack solution.
                              i
The reuse of recircuiating system  wash  water  is  the  key  to  zero
discharge  of  this  waste.   In emptying the system for cleaning, the
anti-tack solution should be .stored in tanks.   The  wash  water  used
should  also  be  collected  'and  stored.  Once the system is cleaned,
stored anti-tack can then be returned to the system for use in the new
production batch.  The collection and stored wash water  can  then  be
reused  as  make-up  water  for  the  anti-tack bath during the normal
production run.               ,
                               •201

-------
Elimination of latex discharges from fabricated products facilities is
achieved by:                     j            •

    1.   The use of curbing -around latex storage and transfer areas..
    2.   The sealing of all drains in latex use areas.
    3.'   The containment of all latex-contaminated waste streams.

It is normal for latex-using facilities to buy latex in bulk and  then
store it in drums as needed, for use within the plant.  The drums nor-
mally  need to be stripped clean of latex after every use.  When water
is  used,  a  waste  water  is  generated.   This  stream  has  to  be
containerized  to  eliminate discharge of latex.  Eowever, it has been
demonstrated that wash waters emanating from this area are  eliminated
when  plastic  drum  liners  are used.  The liners are discarded after
each drum use.
                                 j
Control and treatment of  oily  waste  streams  involves  segregation,
collection,   and  treatment  of ! these  wastes.   The  wastes  to  be
segregated include runoff from oil storage  and -unloading  areas  and
leakage and spills in the process; areas, as shown in Figure 10.  Press
and mill basins, when present, are included in the process area.
                                 i
To  minimize  the raw waste load,] all process water should be isolated
from- the nonprocess waste water  used  in  the  plant.   This  can  be
achieved  by  diverting  drippings from heavy machinery in the molding
and curing areas to sumps.  These,  waste  flows  are  intermittent  by
nature  and,  therefore,  sizeable  flow  rates  will  hardly  ever be
obtained without first collecting all wastes in centralized locations.
Waste waters collected in these sumps will be periodically  pumped  to
an  API-type  gravity  separator,!  where  the separable oil and solids
fraction is removed.  The waste water can  be  either  pumped  to  the
treatment  system or collected in batches and hauled to a treatment or
disposal area.  The latter method should be used only when it is shown
to be unfeasible to rip out and install new sewer lines.

In the medium and large plants, separated oil is  removed  by  a  belt
skimmer.   A  decant  drum is provided to allow water removed with the
oil to settle out.  Concentrated ioil-water mixtures are  then  removed
from the decant tank, drummed, scaled, and disposed of.  Water removed
from  the  tank  is  pumped  back  to  the  separator.  Settled solids
collected in the separator are periodically removed and  disposed  of.
Additional  treatment for oil and suspended solids removal is obtained
by passing the separator effluent through an filter coalescer.  In the
small plants, the waste water flow rates and loadings are  low.   This
allows  the  waste  streams  to be pumped directly from the collection
stunps to  the  filter.   Oil  and  suspended  solids  which  might  be
separated  in  the  sump are manually removed.  The possibility exists
that a high suspended solids loading  may  cause  clogging  of  filter
"coalescers.    In-plant   controls   should  be  capable  of  yielding
significantly lower suspended solids loadings than HO  mg/1,  however.
                               202

-------
              Set-  S??M-^y  ?  J *     j?     W°Uld be a""00".  Alternatives do
              exist,  strict in-plant controls to prevent oil and grease  spills  and
              leaks  can result  in  compliance with the regulation, or  an  alternative
              treatment system such as dissolved  air  flotation or   dispersed  ail
              flotation can be utilized to  omply with the  limitations.    '
                            manufacturing j hose   via   lead-sheathed   processes,  an
                         parameter,  lead,  can   be  a   significant  pollutant  wiS
             •JSSK^U*?* the plant's waste water effluent.  Lead enters ^curing
             condensate  by being scavanged from  the lead-sheathing; resulting in  I
             JhJ ^Sf™? tration  of  approximately  60 mg/1 within the condense?
             The flow rate of condensate is small, approximately 1  gpm,  therefor^
             gSSSL-'J™**^*  involyr  Segregation  of the condensfte'followel by
             treatment.   other  possible , streams  may also  contain  significant

             watSr  ?f i-i6^- «. TheSe  ?re  th€ lead press and «£*» bSTJSSSj
             Seated    uJSSS Strfams exist they also should  be  segregated  and
             treated.   Methods  of  control  are pre-coat filtration, and recycle
                       C°    9 tOW6r 
-------
 Effluent quality is best expressed in terms of the waste load per unit
 Qf  raw  material  consumed and is thereby independent of the flow and
 relative size of the plant.  Limitations for BPCTCA are as follows:

 Effluent                         Effluent
 Characteristic                   Limitations
                                  |    .    , •  , .   ' .  .    •„..;..
                     Maximum for  j   Average of daily
                     any one day  j   values for thirty
                                  j   consecutive days
                     	  i   shall not exceed
                                  I     ;     """~"
          (Metric units)    fcq/kkg of raw  material

 Oil and grease          0.70     i       0.25
 TSS                     1.28     i       0.64
 PH                      Within thfe range 6.0 to 9.0.

         (English units)   'ib/IOOOilb of  raw material

 Oil and grease          0.70     '       0.25
 Tss                     1.28     !       0.64
 PH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.   '

 In addition to the  above limitationsf  discharges attributable to  lead-
 sheathed hose production are subject to  the following limitation.
                                  i     .

 Effluent                       .  Affluent
 Characteristic                   Limitations

                     Maximum for  '   Average of  daily
                     any  one day  j   values  for  thirty
                                  •   consecutive days
                     	  i .  shall not exceed

          (Metric units)   Kg/kka  of  raw  material

 Lead                    0.0017   . j       0.0007

         (English units)   lb/1000 lib of  raw material

 Lead                    0.0017    i       0.0007

 For  plants utilizing wet scrubbers,  an additional allowance for TSS is
 as  follows:                       ]

 Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic              :     Limitations
                                  i -  ", ,      . ,   .........
                               204 I

-------
                              Maximum for
                              any one day

                                         !
                                    Average of daily
                                    values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                                    shall not exceed
          TSS
          TSS
                    (Metric units)
                   (English units)
                          kg/kkg of raw material
                               equivalent
                        5.8
           2.9
                          Ib/1o6o ib'of raw material
                               I equivalent
                        5.8
  i
2.9
          Only one of the two small plants visited is  currently  achieving  the
          standard  for  oil.   Both small plants are achieving the standard for
          suspended solids.               |

          Subcategory F;  Medium-Sized Production Facilities

          The  control  and  treatment  technologies  are  compatible  with  the
          following thirty day average effluent quality for medium-sized molded,
          extruded and fabricated rubber  production facilities:
t
                   Suspended Solids
                   Oil and Grease
                   Lead
                   pH
                                          i
                                        HO mg/1
                                        15 mg/1
                                       0.1 mg/1
                                        6.0 to 9.0
It  is  expected  that  the  use of an API separator will result in an
effluent oil concentration of approximately 30 mg/1  (possibly  higher
concentrations   should   be   damped  by  secondary  oil  and  grease
treatments).  The use of a filter coalescer should further reduce  the
effluent   oil   concentration jto  15  mg/1.    Literature  on  filter
coalescers indicates that 15 mg/1 is readily attainable.  A  reduction
of  suspended  solids  to  40  mg/1 will result from the use of an API
separator.  Additional reduction appears likely after passage  through
the filter coalescer.

                         expressed
           Effluent quality is best
           of   raw material  consumed and
           relative size of the plant
      in terms of the waste load per unit
   is thereby independent of the flow and
Limitation for BPCTCA are as follows:
           Effluent
           Characteristic
                              Maximum  for
                              any one  day
                                 Effluent
                                 Limitations

                                    Average of daily
                                    values for thirty
                                         205

-------
                                     consecutive days
                                     shall  not exceed
          (Metric units)    kg/kkg of  raw  material
                                i.      -
Oil and grease           0.42    !         0.15
TSS                      0.80    |         0.40
PH                       Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)    lb/1000 lb of  raw material
                                |      -    ;  -     ........ ^ ....       ..
Oil and grease           0.42    j         0.15
TSS                      0.80    j         0.40
PH                       Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

In addition to the above limitations, discharges attributable to lead-
sheathed hose production are subject to  the following limitation.

                                i                         .           .  '
Effluent                        I Effluent
Characteristic                  | Limitations

                    Maximum for \     Average of daily
                    any  one day j     values for thirty
                                ;     consecutive days
                    	 |     shall not exceed

         (Metric units)   kq/kkor of  raw  material

Lead                     0.0017  i         0.0007

        (English units)   lb/1000 lb of  raw material

Lead                     0.0017  j         0.0007
                                i
For plants utilizing wet scrubbers,  an additional allowance for TSS is
as follows:                     i

Effluent                        iEffluent
Characteristic                  j Limitations

                    Maximum for ;    Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    	     shall not exceed

         (Metric units)  -kg/kkq: of raw material
                               equivalent
                                1       /"  . *
                        5.8     i         2.9
                                1

                             206'
                                I
                                i

-------
        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of rawmaterial
TSS
        5.8
All the  medium-sized  plants
standard  for  both  oil  and
analysis conducted by the EPA
Subcateggry
  equivalent

          2.9

 visited  are  currently  achieving  the
 suspended solids (according to saimpling
contractor).
Large-Sized Production Facilities
The  control  and  treatment  technologies  are  compatible  with  the
following  thirty day average effluent quality for large-sized molded,
extruded and fabricated rubber production facilities:
          Suspended Solids
          Oil and Grease
          Lead
          PH
                        40 mg/1
                        15 mg/1
                       0.1 mg/1
                        6.0 to 9.0
Effluent quality is best expressed in terms of the waste load per unit
of raw material consumed and is thereby independent of flow  and  size
variations  within  the  overall  size  subcategory.   Limitations for
BPCTCA are as follows:       !
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
                 Effluent
                 Limitations

                    Average of daily
                    values for thirty
                    consecutive days
                    shall not exceed
         (Metric units)   kg/kkg of raw material
Oil and grease
TSS
PH  '
        0.26 ;           0.093
        0.50.i           0.25
        Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of raw material
Oil and grease
TSS
PH
        0.26 j           0.093
        0.50 \           0.25
        Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
In addition to the above limitations, discharges attributable to lead-
sheathed hose production are subject to the following limitation.
                             i  207

-------
 Effluent                          [Effluent
 Characteristic                   , idmita tipns

                     Maximum for  j    Average of daily
                     any one day  j    values for thirty
                                      consecutive days
               .      - •        i    shall not exceed

          (Metric units)   kcr/kkg  of  raw maters

 Lead                    0.0017   I        0.0007

         (English units)   lb/1000 ib of Taw ,.»<.«„.< -,-i

                         0.0017   j        0.0007

                          scrubber!s'  an  additional allowance  for TSS  is
 Effluent                         ^Effluent
 Characteristic                   limitations

                     Maximum for  :   Average of daily
                     any one day  i   values for thirty
                                  !   consecutive days
                       .           I   Shall not exeegfl

          (Metric units)    kg/kkq tof raw material
                        - "      equivalent

 TSS                      5.8   •   i       2.9

         (English units)    lb/lP^plib_of_raw_material
                                 equivalent

 TSS                      5.8             2.9
                                   , .,, ,   .„„,   ,

    JJjqestion BeclajLmed Rubber  Suhcateaory

identification of Best Practicable Control  Technol
Currently Available    :           |~^ -- -
^vdi^Sti°nvrUbber f6013101^? is  a  declining industry and  currently
only  three  known  plants  remain.   The  wet  digestion  process  is

          yaSi°Ut Wl   S0me°
oocoht              '    the Wet    ges     r
production being taken up by the  dry ^reclaiming processes
                              208 !

-------
 Of the  existing  wet  digestion  plants,  all  except  one  discharge
 contaminated   process  waste  waters   to  local  municipal  treatment
 systems.  The one  exception  utilizes  a  waste  stream  recycle  and
 reclaim  system  which  appreciably  reduces  the waste water loadings
 prior to direct discharge.  This plant  is currently  undergoing  plaiU
 to also discharge to a municipal treatment system.

 Only  minor  waste  water  quality improvements can be achieved by the
 good housekeeping and waste control because the greatest proportion of
 waste water contamination is generated  by the dewater ing- liquor  waste
 stream and not by spills, leaks, and washdowns.

 Limitations for BPCTCA are as follows:
 Effluent
 Characteristic
                     Maximum for
                     any one day
                                 Effluent
                                 Limitations

                                    Average of daily
                                    values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                                    shall not exceed
          (Metric units)   kcr/kka of pro duet
COD
Oil and grease
Tss        .
PH
                        14,7  _           6
                         0.40   !         0
                         l.OU   !         0.52
                         Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                      •
         (English units)    lb/1000 Ib of
TSS
PH
    and grease
                         O.SO   !         0.1W
                         1.04   :    .     0.52
                         Within .the range 6.0 to 9.0.
 Pan fHeaterl .  Mechanical and Dry Digestion
7 Reel aimed Rubber
 Identification of Best Practicable Control Technology
 Currently Available            !
            *                    I           '          '           •
 Currently,   the most common method of treating wastes from  Subcategory
 I  reclaim facilities is to discharge to municipally operated treatment
 systems.   In-house efforts tc control the pollution-producing   aspects
 of  the   facilities  have  been;  directed  mainly toward air emission
 problems.   Water pollution problems have not been considered  a major
 problem.    Therefore,   the proposed treatment technology for a  typical
 Subcategory I  reclaim  plant  is   the  same  as  that used  in lather
                             209!

-------
industries having similar waste water problems.  It is very similar to
the  technologies proposed for  Subcategories. E, F, and G.

As before, the technology employed consists basically of:

     1»   Eliminating anti-tack solution discharge.
     2»   Segregation, control  and treatment of all oily waste.

The  flow diagram is the same  as presented for Subcategories E, F, and
G and is presented in Figure 10.  The  anti-tack  solution  discharges
are  eliminated by recycling.   Wash;waters are also reused.  Oily waste
streams  are  segregated, collected and treated.  Segregation involves
blocking  existing  drains  in contaminated  areas   and   installing
retainment  curbing.  Once segregated, the waste streams are collected
in sumps.  The waste water is  treated  in  an  API  separator  and  an
filter  coalescer  medium.   For a detailed discussion of the proposed
system, refer to the related paragraphs dealing with 'Subcategories  E,
ff and G.                          '                  .

Effluent Loadings Attainable with the Control Technology

Based on the control technology obtained from reclaim sources and data
obtained  from  industries  having  similar  waste water problems, the
control and treatment technologies\ are  deemed  compatible  with  the
following  thirty  day  average effluent quality for pan (heater), dry
digester or mechanical reclaim facilities.
                                   ;                         ••                    j
          Suspended Solids               no mg/1
          Oil and Grease           i      30 mg/1
          PH
6.0 to 9.0
It is expected that the use of an API separator and a filter coalescer
will result in an effluent oil concentration of 30 mg/1.   The  higher
concentration  of  oil and grease allowed for rubber reclaiming is due
to the use of light soluble oils utilized in rubber reclaiming.

A reduction cf suspended solids to 40 mg/1 will result from the use of
the API separator.  Additional reduction appears likely after  passage
through a filter coalescer.

Effluent  limitation  for BPCTCA, expressed in terms of waste load per
unit of raw material consumed are as follows:

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum .for     Average of daily
                    any one day    : values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    	     shall not exceed
                             210

                                   :            .             :•              ;  ;   i

-------
          (Metric units)   kg/kkg of product

 Oil and grease          0.40            0.14ft
 TSS                     0.384  ;         0.192
 PH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

         (English units)   lb/1000 lb of product
 Oil and grease         '0.40            c
 TSS                     0.384           o!l92
 PH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

 The following COD limitations may apply to  pan,  dry  digestion,  and
 mechanical  reclaimed rubber processes integrated with a wet digestion
 Effluent                         Effluent
 Characteristic •                  Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                :     consecutive days
                    		shall not exceed

          (Metric units)    kcr/kka of product

                         6.7   ' '•         2.8

         (English units)    lb/1000 jb of  product

                         6.7             2.8


 Subcateaories  j and K — Latex-Based Products

 The principal  difference in the :waste water characteristics  found  at
 i^6XZ   e*    manufacturing  facilities    and   those  of  the  other
 subcategories  studied in this document, is  the presence of substantial
 quantities of  uncoagulated  latex  solids in  Subcategories J and K waste
 waters Subcategory J plants include  latex-dipped goods, latex  thread,
 and  products  made  in  porous   molds.   The  one latex foam plant in
 existence constitutes Subcategory K.                          P^HC. in

 Subcategory J

All latex-bearing waste waters should be  passed  through  a  chemical
—"—-  and  clarification  primary  stage of treatment.  In this
            i                                               .
f£^fs th?,J-a^ef " coagulated to form  solid  rubber.   Treatability
studies  will determine whether a "sinker" such as clay is required to
                              211

-------
weight, down -the coagulated solids or whether their buoyancy will allow
them to be skimmed from the clarifier.

The first unit of this treatment is a rapid mix tank where  the  waste
water  pH  is  adjusted  to  facilitate  coagulation.  The coagulating
chemicals, alum and polyelectrolyte are added to the tank.   The  tank
contents  are  vigorously  mixed  to  bring  together  the coagulating
chemicals-  and  the  latex  solids.   Waste  water  then  flows  to  a
flocculation tank where the coagulation process is completed with mild
mixing  in  order  to  create  a separate solids floe.  The mixture of
flocculated solids and waste water passes to the clarifier  where  the
coagulated  solids separate from the waste water.  If a "sinker", such
as clay, is required the solids will  settle  to  the  bottom  of  the
clarifier  where they can be drawn off, and the clarifier waste stream
will overflow.  If, on the other hand,  the  latex  solids  float  and
separate  readily,  the  coagulated  latex  will  be  skimmed from the
surface of the clarifier and the clarified waste water will  underflow
from clarifier.                  i

The  most  practicable technique for disposing the small quantities of
coagulated  latex  solids  resulting  from  this   treatment   is   by
contracting . for  the  transport  of  the  residual  wastes to a final
disposal site.  In the case of the sinking solids these can be  pumped
from  the  clarifier to a sludge dewatering bed from where they can be
collected periodically by the disposal contractor.   For  the  skimmed
latex  solids,  the skimming can be first passed to a screen where the
bulk of the water is removed and returned  to  the  treatment  system.
The screened solids can then be containerized.       .

The  clarified  waste stream passes from the clarifier into an aerated
lagoon where it  is  mixed  with  biological  solids.   Microorganisms
synthesize  new biological solids; from organic matter contained in the
waste water.  At the same time, some soluble matter  is  consumed  for
energy  purposes  using oxygen supplied by the aerators in the lagoon.
The net result is that soluble  matter  is  converted  into  insoluble
biological  solids which can be separated from the waste water thereby
reducing the soluble BOD of the waste water.  Treatability studies and
waste water analyses will  determine  if  the  nutrient  addition,  if
necessary, can be made in the rapid mix tank.

The mixture of waste water and biological solids in the aerated lagoon
overflows  from  the  lagoon  to  a settling pond* where the biological
solids settle out and additional biological stabilization of the waste
water occurs.  The settled solids; are removed periodically, say  twice
a  year,  from  the  pond.   The  most feasible and practicable method
involves the.  employment  of  a  contract  haulerfs  vacuum  truck  or
equivalent  'apparatus.   The  clarified  waste water from the settling
pond overflows to an effluent  monitoring  station,  where  the  waste
water  flow, temperature, and .pH are recorded and .an automatic 24-hour
composite sample is collected.   ,  '
                               212:

-------
A biological treatment  system  composed  of  an  aerated  lagoon  and
settling  pond  is proposed for Subcategory J facilities since the BOD
levels in this waste water are too low to support a  good,  settleable
biomass  in  an  activated  sludge  treatment  facility.  The proposed
treatment is illustrated schematically in Figure 11.

The above description discusses primarily the treatment of latex-laden
wastes.   Non-latex  waste  waters  which   require   only   secondary
biological  treatment,  such as product rinse waters, should be routed
to the aerated lagoon, bypassing  the  coagulation  and  clarification
system.   This  approach  will , enhance  the treatability of the latex
wastes and reduce the size of coagulation-clarification facilities  by
preventing unnecessary dilution.

It  should  be  noted  that  the latex-laden wastes can be reduced and
potentially eliminated by careful housekeeping and good latex handling
practices.  Excessive washdown jand cleaning waters should  be  avoided
when  dealing with latex spills.  Latex spills can often be coagulated
in situ, with alum or other coagulants, and removal as a solid mass by
shoveling and scraping.  Plastic drum liners can be used to  eliminate
pollutants  from  entering the waste waters during drum cleaning.  The
benefits, in treatment costs and effluent quality,  created  by  these
and other techniques are appreciable.

A  few  latex-dipping  operations  generate waste waters which require
additional control and treatment techniques.  These techniques are not
included in the cost data presented in Section VIII since they are not
representative of the processes: used by the  majority  of  the  latex-
based manufacturing facilities.:  Form-cleaning wastes, such as chromic
acid-laden   rinse   waters,  should  be  eliminated  by  the  use  of
alternative cleaning techniques believed to be feasible in almost  all
cases.   If  the  chromic  acid cleaning technique cannot be replaced,
then chromium chemical  reduction  and  precipitation  procedures  are
required.

SubcateqorY £

The BPCTCA treatment for the latex foam industry is based on the waste
water  characteristics  and  treatment  approach  of the only existing
latex foam plant.  Briefly the  model  treatment  system  consists  of
chemical  coagulation  and clarification of latex-bearing waste waters
and  chemical  precipitation  of  the  zinc-laden  rinse  waters   and
biological treatment.

All  latex-laden  wastes can be, isolated and sent to a chemical coagu-
lation and clarification system.  The system  consists  of  two  dual-
purpose  coagulation  and ' clarification tanks.  The tanks are filled,
treated, and settled alternatively in a batch-wise manner.  The  latex
wastes  are  first adjusted manually for pH using acid and alkali feed
systems and then-dosed with coagulating chemicals  such  as  alum  and
                             213

-------
polyelectrolyte.  The coagulated latex solids are allowed to separate.
Treatability  studies will ascertain whether a "sinker"f such as clay,
is required.  Floating latex solids can 'be skimmed from the water  and
screened.   The  filtrate  water  from  the  screen is returned to the
treatment system, and the screened solids are collected and hauled to a
final disposal site.  During the  entire  coagulation,  settling,  and
emptying  -process  the  second  identical  tank  is  on-line and beinq
filled.

Zinc-laden rinse waters are treated in another  system  simultaneously
to  the  latex-laden  wastes.  The 'zinc wastes are pumped to rapid mix
tank where lime and polyelectrolyte are added  under  vigorous  mixing
conditions.   The  pH  of the waste water is raised and the solublized
zinc is precipitated as insoluble zinc hydroxide.  • The  precipitation
process  is  concluded in a flocculation tank where the zinc hydroxide
and lime solids agglomerate under  mild  agitation."   The  flocculated          f
waste water flows to a clarifier where the zinc sludge settles out.             1

The clarified waste water is discharged with the clarified latex waste          I
waters  to  a  neutralization tank where the pH of the combined wastes          \
are adjusted to the acceptable range for biological treatment (6.0  to
9.0 units).                        !

The  zinc-lime  sludge is pumped to a holding tank prior to dewatering
on a vacuum drum filter.  The filtrate is returned to the mix tank and
the filtered sludge is containerized prior to final disposal.

The performance of the latex  waste  water  treatment  system  can  be
improved  with  good housekeeping a!nd handling procedures as described
for Subcategory J industries.      !

Effluent Loadings Attainable with the Control Technology

Subcategory J                      ,

Based  on  raw  waste  load  and  control  and  treatment  data   from
Subcategory J plants, it was determined that the control and treatment
technologies  can  achieve  the  following thirty day average effluent
qualities:

         BOD                            30 mg/1             I
         Suspended Solids          i     40 mg/1
         Oil                            15 mg/1
         Chromium                  ;      0.05 mg/1
         pH           f            '     6.0 to 9.0

The chromium limitation is included to ensure that those plants  using'
chromic  acid  form-cleaning  techniques  do  not  discharge,  chromium
containing wastes without adequate treatment.
                              214

-------
 The effluent waste loads resulting from the application  of  treatment
 technologies equivalent to chemical coagulation with clarification and
 biological  treatment,  constitute  the  best  practicable control and
 treatment standards currently available for SubSategory  J.   Effluent
 limitations for BPCTCA are:                                   *ii.Luent
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum for'
                    any one day
                                  Effluent
                                  Limitations

                                     Average of daily
                                     values for thirty
                                     consecutive days
                                     shall not exceed
          (Metric units)    kg/kkg of raw material
 Oil and grease
 BOD5
 TSS"
 pH
                        2.0    i         0.73
                        3.72            2.20
                        6.96   .;         2.90
                        Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
         (English units)    lb/10QO  lb of  ra«
 Oil  and grease
 BODS
 TSS
 pH
 limitatin
                        2.0             0.73
                        3.72    ;         2.20
                        6.96    ;         2.90
                        Within the range 6.0 to  9.0.

                 the   above  limitations,  discharges  attributable to
                 cleaning  operations are subject  to  the  following
Effluent
Characteristic
                                Effluent
                               ' Limitations
                    Maximum for
                    any one day ',
         (Metric units)   kg/kkg
Chromium
                        0.0086
                                   Average of daily
                                   values for thirty
                                   consecutive days
                                   shall not exceed

                                .of raw material
                                       0.0036
        (English units)   lb/100!0 lb of raw material

Chromium                0.0086  i      .  0.0036
                               215

-------
         Subc ateqory K
HIM
        -The  raw  waste  load and control and treatment data obtained from the
         only operating latex foam plant indicates that the recommended  BPCTCA
         control   and   treatment   technologies  for  latex  foam  production
         facilities are  compatible  with  the  following  thirty  day  averciae
         effluent quality:                                                   y
                   BOD
                   Suspended Solids
                   Zinc
                   pH
                                           60 mg/1
                                           40 mg/1
                                           3.5 mg/1
                                           6.0 to 9.0
         This effluent quality can also be expressed in terms of effluent waste
         loads  which  are independent of waste water flow and dilution.  These
         effluent waste loads, resulting  from  the  application  of  treatment
         technologies  equivalent  to  chemical  treatment and clarification of
         both latex and  zinc-laden  waste  waters  and  biological  treatment,
         constitute  the  best  practicable  control  and  treatment technology
         standards  currently  available  for  the  latex   foam   subcategory.
         Effluent limitations for BPCTCA are:   !
         Effluent
         Characteristic
                             Maximum^ for
                             any one day
                                 Effluent
                                 Limitations

                                  ,  Average of daily
                                  :  values for thirty'
                                    consecutive days •
                                    shall not exceed
          (Metric units)   kq/kkg of raw material

Zinc                    0.058           0.024
BOD5                    2.4       !      1.4
TSS                     2.26      :      0.94
PH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   lb/1000 ,lb of raw material

Zinc                    0.058     ;      0.024
BOD5                  .2.4       ;      1.4
TSS                     2.26 '    i      0.94
PH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
        Variability Factors               :    -

        For  all  pollutant   parameters   the daily  maximum  is  greater than the
        monthly average.  The ratio of daily maximum to monthly average is the
                                          216

-------
variability factor.  Available long-term data on the operation, of  the
designed  treatment  systems   (within the rubber and other industries)
were  statistically  analyzed.    Using   2.3   standard   deviations,
variability   factors   were   derived   for  pollutants  within  each
subcategory.
                               217

-------

                              SECTION X

         BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY  ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE -
                         EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS


General Molded, Extruded. and Fabricated Rubber Sufccategories

Effluent limitations on oil and suspended  solids  applicable  to  the
best available technology economically achievable  (BATEA) and the best
practicable   control  technology   currently  available   (BPCTCA)  are
identical  for  general  molded,  extruded,  and   fabricated   rubber
subcategories.    BPCTCA   treatment  reduces  the  prime  pollutants,
suspended solids, oil and grease,   and  lead  to  such  a  level  that
further  treatment cannot be justified on a technical, cost or benefit
basis.                         .        .

Complete water reuse or  elimination  of  contaminated  waste  wsiters,
leading  to zero discharge, is not  universally feasible.  Treatment of
the waste water to approach influent-supply water quality in  a  reuse
or  recycle  system  requires removal of oils, suspended solids, total
dissolved solids, and trace contaminants that cannot be  substantiated
on   a   technical,  benefit,  or   cost  basis.   Some  small-capacity
manufacturing facilities (where the process waste water flow is  small
and slightly contaminated)  can eliminate direct discharge to navigable
waters  by  contract disposal or discharge to municipal systems.  This
will most probably be the most economic approach and will avoid costly
discharge monitoring and reporting  procedures.

Effluent Loading Attainable with Control Technologies

Limitations and standards for BATEA are identical to those for  BPCTCA
with  the  exception  of the limitations for wet scrubbers.  For BATEA
wet scrubbing waters should be recycled and the blowdown settled prior
to discharge.  The BATEA limitations for wet scrubbing waters shall be
as follows:

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                ;   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                              ,      consecutive days
                    	.	.	i     shall not exceed

         (Metric units)    kg/kkg of raw material
                              1eguivalent

TSS                     i.'o   :          0.5
                             219

-------
          (English units)    lb/1000 j.b^of raw

                                 equivalent



- TSS                     1-0 '      :      0.5


  Wet Diqestign_Reclaimed  Rubber^
                       611* involves "cycling of  waste  water  streams
                 «    Process  oils.   The  proposed  modification  is
             schematically in Figure 9 (Section VII).

 In a conventional wet digestion reclaiming process,  the  devulcaniz«=.<3


         -'                            Ljg:f?
 The dewatering liquor is sent to an agitated storage tank  from  which

 it can be pumped back to the digestion make-up process?
                   The decant tank is equipped with  an  overflow
                                          "                  °-
 The recovered oils  and organics  from  the  decant tanks are  sent  to  a

















 streams  and  to suspend rubber fines and prevenTthS? sStifng lT2£
digestion process without the recycle system.         generated  by  CL



Effluent Loadincis Attainable with Control Technologies     '. '
                            220

-------
 Further  treatment  of   effluent  waste  waters   beyond  BPCTCA is not
 considered  economically  achievable  by  this  economically  marginal
 segment  of   the  rubber industry.   Future changes in the profit margin
 of reclaimers may warrant reevaluatidn, however, at  this  time  BATEA
^limitations  shall be  equivalent to BPCTCA limitations.
       -IHeaterlj    Mechanical ^    and  Dry  pigestj.on  peel aimed  lubber
 Subcategory

 For this  subcategory, the  effluent  limitations  recommended  for  the
 best  available  technology economically  achievable are identical to
 those for the  best practicable technology currently available.

 Although  it is not feasible to recycle or reuse entirely  the  process
 weiste  waters,  direct  discharge to navigable waters can be eliminated
 by employing the local  municipal treatment system for the discharge of
 those waste waters which   wou^d  benefit  from  secondary  treatment.
 Contract  haulage of contaminated waste is not generally feasible since
 the volumes involved in this industry are considerable.

 Latex-Based Products

 Subcategory J

 Waste  water  pollutants are substantially reduced by BPCTCA.  Further
 reductions of  COD  may be possible, however indications  are  that  the
 effluent   COD  from biological treatment of  latex dipped, molded,  and
 extruded  plants  may be   less  than  that  for  the  Latex  Subcategory
 (manufacture of  latex rubber)  after carbon adsorption-.  Unless further
 information   is  obtained, justifying  additional  treatment  on  an
 environmental  and  economic basis, BATEA shall be equivalent to BPCTCA.

 It is possible in   some cases  to  reduce the  effluent  loading  by
 applying   good- housekeeping and materials-handling procedures, such as
 the containment  and reduction  of latex washdown waters;   however,  the
 extent of  the  effect of these  measures  cannot  be  anticipated.
 Municipal systems  can be used  to treat the residual  contamination  of
 the  process wastes, thereby eliminating direct discharge to navigable
 waiters.                        ;                   .

 Subcategory K

 The BATEA treatment (equivalent to EPCTCA)  for  the latex foam industry
 is based  on studies made by the^ only operating  latex foam plant in  the
 industry.    In  brief,   it  involves  biological  treatment  using  an
 activated sludge process.   The activated sludge process  is selected in
 this  instance  since   it  is the most feasible  and economic biological
 treatment approach (based  on the high BOD loading of latex foam  waste
 waters   after  primary   treatment) .    The   treatment   system  is
 schematically  represented  in Figure 12.           -      .
                             22]

-------


                     1±quor
                                    settled in the secondary clarifier

A drum-type vacuum filter separates thickened sludge into:
                                                 l>elt  conveyor  to  a
2.
         A filtrate that 'is recycled to the neutralization basin.
                              222 ,

-------
The dewatered sludge cake is biologically stable and can  be  disposed
of  to  a  sanitary landfill.  Filter aid and precoat tanks, pumps and
metering equipment may be required to assist and maintain the  quality
of the filtrate.                          •              ;

Effluent Loading Attainable with Control Technologies

Currently,  there  is  only one known latex foam plant.  This plant is
negotiating to be  permitted  to  discharge  to  a  municipal  system.
Further   analysis   of   technology   beyond   BPCTCA  is  considered
unnecessary,  it is doubtful that new  plants  will  be  built,  other
latex  foam plants have existed, but were economically forced to close
mainly from polyurethane completion.  If  other  plants  do  begin  to
manufacture  latex foam, a reevaluation cf both BPCTCA and BATEA would
be warranted.  Process differences  and  plant  size  would  be  major
factors to reconsider.                                  ;
                              223

-------
                               SECTION XI


                    NEW-SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
 Effluent_Limitatiohs          |

 General Molded^ Extruded^ and Fabricated Rubber Subcategories

                        for  new  sources  are  identical  to  the best
                           With  8tri<*er  limitatons  aAd  ts
               w?^^St£iCter "•f^j™-   Some new plants?      as"
               will  not  be  economically capable of achieving further

                       cfiS£ha-9e' '5* theref^e-  ^ generaT feSSiS
                       can be imposed upon new sources.

 Wet Digestion Reclaimed Rubber Subcategory

 Technological  and  economic  restraints  resulting from air and water
 pollution problems point to  the  eventual phasing  out  of  the   wl?

 SSriSeP2TSf;p,J?00rdin9 t0 industry ^kesman,  no new  facilitSs
 using  the wet digestion process are planned  for  the future.   In fact

 lo   chan^ieS*-USi^ th€ Pr°CrS either  have  a^«ady chafed  or plan
 A^corS^^fv    2  thS  Pan'* dry  di9estion»  or   mechanical  process?
 Accordingly,  new-source performance  standards shall be   equivalent  to
 best   practicable   control  technology currently available     N^W
                 n                                      the
           or mechanical  process.
    JHeaterl^. Mechanical^  and ^y. Digestion Rubber Reclaiming

Effluent  limitations  for new  sources  are  identical  to  the best
£5° ^bJ^°ntr01 technolo5Y Currently available?   ?hese  standards
SSo^ii Jff   I1?  are  Presented in section IX of this report.  NO new
process alterations are known at this time which would  enable  a  new
source to achieve stricter limitations.

Latex-Based Products Subcateaory
          1imitfJi°nf  f°r  Subcategory  J  and  K,  new  sources  are
             ^the  beSt  Practicable  control  technology   currently
 X os rennJ^6  *tandards and limitations are presented in Section
wWoh «^?^  P ^*     new Process alterations are known at this  time
which would enable a new source to achieve stricter limitations.
                              225

-------
 gretreatment Recommendations
                                     ** giV6n t0 «ew Production  facil-
                                                            -a-ent

 Iron,
        Molded,. Extruded and fabricated Rubber Products Subcategories

                      for Process waste waters from  Subcategories  E
get Digestion Reclaimed Rubber  Subcateqory

             C0ntf01f for Process  waste  waters  from  Subcategory  H
                                                                '
                                               «~'»  fr -
                                    'to  Di^stion geclaimed  Rubber

                             226
                                                                             fe

-------
Latex-Based Products Subcatecrory

Reconunended pretreatment of process waste waters  from  Subcategory  J
and  Subcategory K facilities include coagulation and clarification of
solids-laden waste water.  In addition, precipitation  procedures  are
required to remove any chromium in Subcategory J waste waters and zinc
in Subcategory K waste waters.
                              227

-------
                            SECTION XII



                          ACKNOWLEDGMENTS                  .      .





 Inc  °WestnCh  dl"aft  °f  th1S  document was PrePared by Roy F.  Weston.



 DaJld0^"*96^^
The  Environmental  Protection  Agency  wishes  to   acknowledae "  th*

"SfSJl dnH°f fhe°ff1ce:s  and Plant penSSl In the rSbblr Indus 2?

U£r£«      Valu!ble/ss1stance 1n the collection of data relating to
process  raw waste  load and  treatment plant performance at

rubber processing facilities.  Special aclcnowlIdgEtS 2d!
                            .   ,
                        '
                                                         ,
         s±a
                           229

-------
                             SECTION XIII                 ,

                         GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY

Shreve, R.N;, "Chemical Process Industries," CPI", New York:  McGraw-
Hill, "Inc., 1967.

Standen, A. ed., "Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology;
Vol»  17", New York:  John Wiley and Sons, 1968.

•"Rubber Industry Facts", New York:  Rubber Manufacturers Association,
1972.

"Air  Flotation-Biological Oxidation of Synthetic Rubber and Latex
Wastewater".  Lake Charles, Louisiana:  Firestone Synthetic Rubber
and Latex Company, October 15, 1972.                                          |

Rostenback, R.E., "Status Report: on Synthetic Rubber Wastes."  sewage
and Industrial Waste, Vol. 21, No. 9, September  1952, 1138-11U3.

Placek, O.R. and Ruchhoft, C.C., "A Study of Wastes from the Synthetic
Rubber Industry."  Sewage and Industrial^Waste, Vol. 18, No. 6,
November  1946, 1160-1181.       :

Martin, A.E. and Rostenback, R.E., "Industrial Waste Treatment and
Disposal."  Industrial  and Engineering Chemistry, Vol. «t5. No. 12,
December  1953, 2680-2685.                                 !

Dougan, L.D. and Bell,  J.C., "Waste Disposal at  a Synthetic Rubber Plant."
sewage and Industrial Wastes, Vol. 23, No. 2, February 1951, 181-187.

"A Study  of Pollution Control Practices  in Manufacturing Industries."
Marketing Services Division, Research Services Department* Dun and
Bradstreet, Inc., Jufie  1971.

Hebbard,  G.M., Powell,  S.T.  and Rostenback, R.E., "Rubber  Industry'".
Industrial  and Engineering Chemistry, Vol. 39, No.  5, May  1947,  589-595.

Nemerow,  N.L.,  "Theories  and Practices of Industrial Waste Treatment",
New York:   Addison-Wesley Publishing  Co., 1963.

Alliger,  G.  and  Weissert, F.C., !"Elastomers."  Industrial  and
Chemistry,  Vol.  59,  No. 8, August  1967,  80-90.

Montgomery,  D.R.,  "Integrated System  for Plant Wastes Combats  Stream
Pollution."   Chemical  Engineeriag. Vol.  63, No.  Ht  February  1967,
 108-110.                                                  ;

Ruebensaal,  C.F.,  "The Rubber.Industry Statistical  Report and  Changing
Markets and Manufacturing Patterns  in the Synthetic Rubber Industry."
                               231

-------
     New York:   International Institute of Synthetic  Rubber  Producers,  Inc.,
     1972.

    ^Hofmanri, W.,  "Vulcanization and Vulcanizing Agents",  New York:   Palmerton
     Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  1967.                           .

     Hawley, G.G.,  "The Condensed Chemical Dictionary",  New  York;  Reinhold
     Co.,  1971.                            ;

     Lund,  H.F., ed., "Industrial Pollution Control Handbook", New York:
     McGraw-Hill,  Inc., 1971.

     "Methods for  Chemical  Analysis  of  Water and Wastes."  Environmental Pro-
     tection Agency,  National Environmental Research  Center,  Analytical Quality
     Control Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1971.
         »                            .    i
     Taras, M.J.,  ed.. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water  and
     Wastewater; American Public~Health Association,  Washington, D.C.,  1971.

     Water; Atmospheric Analysis, Part  23, "Standard  Method  of Test of  Bio-
     chemical Oxygen  Demand of Industrial  .Water and Industrial Wastewater."
     1970 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, American Society  of  Testing  and
     Materials, Philadelphia, -Pennsylvania,  1970.

     Eckenfelder,  W.W., "Industrial  Water  Pollution Control", New  York:
     McGraw-Hill,  Inc., 1963.

     "Rubber Products Handbook,  Molded, Extruded Lathe Cut, Cellular",  3rd ed.,
     Rubber Manufacturers Association,  December 1970.

     "Sheet Rubber Handbook,  Gasket  and Packing Materials",  2nd ed.,  Rubber
     Manufacturers Association,  September  ;1968.

     "Hose Handbook", 3rd ed.,  Rubber Manufacturers Association, October 1970.

I     Noble, E.E. and Amendole,  G.A., "Zinc Removal from  A  Rubber Reclaiming
.;     Operation", unpublished  internal B.F.  Goodrich report to James Lewis.

|     Perry, J.H.,  ed., "Chemical Engineers•  Handbook", 4th ed., New York:
\     McGraw-Hill,  Inc., 1963.
:                                          ,.,._,.          ;
     Water Quality Criteria 1972. National Academy of Sciences
     and National Academy of  Engineering for the Environmental
     Protection Agency, Washington,  D.C. 1972 (U.S. Govt.  Printing
     Office, Stock No. 5501-00520) .        '.
                                   232

-------
                              SECTION XIV

                                GLOSSARY

 Accelerator Agent:

 A compound which greatly reduces  the time required for vulcanization of
 synthetic or natural  rubber.

 Act

 The Federal Water  Pollution Control  Act,  as Amended.

 Activator                                                    '

 A metallic oxide that makes possible the  crosslinking  of  sulfur  in
 rubber vulcanization.

 Antioxidant                    '

 An organic compound added to  rubber  to retard oxidation or  deterioration.

 Anti-tack Agent

 A substance used to prevent rubber stocks from sticking together during
 periods of storage.
Bag House
                              •v
An air emission control device used to collect intermediate and large
particles  (greater than 29 microns) in a bag filter.   (A bag filter
constructed of fabric.)  Common usage in the industry  is to control and
recover carbon black in a dry state from vapors leaving the compouridina
area.                          :

Banbury Mixer

Trade name for a common internal mixer manufactured by Farrel Corporation
used in the compounding and mixing of tire rubber stock,
Best Available Demonstrated Control Technology

Treatment required for new sources as defined by Section 306 of the Act

Best Available Technology Economically Achieyable^BATEA^

Treatment required by July 1, 1983 for industrial discharges to surface
wctters as defined by Section 301  (b)  (2)  (A) of the Act.
                             233

-------
                                         SrentlvAyailable
 Treatment  required bv
 waters as  delined  ^
 BOD5                     .     .     ]
                                    I
 Biochemical Oxygen  Demand  (5 day) .
                                                                to surface
                                          Polymerization of isobutylene
  Camelback
  Tire tread used in the retreading of tire carcasses.
  Cagitaijcosts                      I
                                                              i
  Financial  charges  in August 1971  dcllaT-« «h,-~K
  of  capital times the capital expendi£urL 5    *tf comPute<3 as the cost
  of  capital is assumed to £ iJS            Pollution control,   cost
                                                        oonpolklds
 garbon Black
 A reinforcing agent used in large ^antities in
at
 Cement
                                                ">* «-»- * to proceed
                  consisti^ of polymeric rubber solids dissolved in
                °r  ^^egation  of  previously e^sified partides into a
COD     .                             i
Chemical Oxygen Demand.                    -
Crumb               ••''.'
small coagulated particles' of synthetic rubber.
                              234

-------
 Curing Agents                   !

 Curing or vulcanization agents are substances which bring about the
 rubber cross linking process.   The most important agent is sulfur.
 vulcanization.)

 Depreciation    -                ',

 Accounting charges  reflecting  the deterioration of  a capital asset over
 its  useful life.  Reported as  straight line over five years with a:ero
 salvage value.                  '.

 Devulcanization

 The  term is used to describe the  softening  of a vulcanizate
 by heat and chemical additives during  reclaiming.  -

 Pry  Air-Pollution Control       !                   -

 The  technique of air pollution abatement without the use  of water.

 Emulsion                        •'

 A stable mixture of two or more immiscible  liquids held in suspension by
 small  percentage of substances called  emulsifiers.

 Endogenous Respiration

 Auto-oxidation of the microorganisms producing a reduction and stabilization
 of biological solids.

 EPDM

 A synthetic rubber based on ethylene-propylene and a controlled amount
 of non-conjugated diene.   Polymerization is carried out in solution.

 Extender                                             .-..'.

 A low specific gravity  substance used in rubber  formulations chiefly to
 reduce costs.

 Extrude                         |                         :

To shape by forcing a material through a die.  The operation is carried
 out in a device kncwn as an extruder.
A high specific gravity (2. 00-4. ,50)  compound used in rubber mixtures to
provide a certain degree of stiffness and hardness and used to decrease
                               235
                                                                             L

-------
costs.  Fillers have neither reinforcing or coloring properties and are
similar to extenders in their cost-reducing function.

Flash                              ;

The overflow of cured rubber from a mold.          -         |
Gallons per minute.

IR                              .   :                         .       .

Poly isoprene rubber, the major component of natural rubber, made syn-
thetically by the solution polymerization of isoprene.
                                   [
Investment Costs

The capital expenditures reported in August 1971 dollars required to
bring the treatment or control technology into operation.  Included are
expenditures for design, site preparation, purchase of materials, con-
struction and installation.  Not included is the purchase of land on
which the system is to be built.
Liter

Iiatex

A suspension of rubber particles in' a water solution.  Coagulation of
the rubber is prevented by protective colloids.  A protective colloid is
a surface-active substance that prevents a dispersed phase of a .suspension
from coalescing by forming a thin layer on the surface of each particle.

Masterbatch                        !

A compounded rubber stock applicable to a wide variety of uses.  Main
ingredients are rubber, carbon black and extender oil.

mcr/1                               '                         :

Milligrams per liter.              :

                                   i
Modifier                                                    '.     "     -

An additive which adjusts the chain length and molecular weight dis-
tribution of the rubber during polymerization.
                              236

-------
 Monomer
 NBR
 New Source
 after the publication of   e
 Non-Produff^.ive_Rubber Stock
Hon-React.ive_Rubber  Stock
Operations and
PER
              rUbber' a
BE

lower pH indicates acidiy;
Pigment
                                            e"ttlslon
                                                                    of
                                                            iS
                                c rubber «aae by soiution I polymerisation
                                                                    •
                                             indicates alkalinity and a
                             237

-------
 Plastic                            ;         •

 Capable of being shaped or molded with or without the application of
 heat.

 Process_Water

 All  waters that  come  into  direct  contact with the raw materials and inter-
 mediate products.

 Productive Rubber Stock

 Compounded rubber which contains  curing agents and which can be vulcan-
 ized.   Synonym for reactive rubber stock.

 Raw  Material  Equivalent

 The  term raw  material  equivalent  shall  be equal to the raw material
 usage  multiplied by the volume of air scrubbed via wet scrubbers
 divided by the total volume of air scrubbed.           -    '  ,

 Reactive Rubber  Stock               '

 Compounded rubber which contains  curing agents and which can be vulcan-
 ized.   Synonym for productive rubber stock.
                                   '"'.'.•         -   i
 Reclaimed Rubber                   ;                         i

 Depolymerized (plasticized) scrap rubber, either natural or synthetic.

 Reinforcers or Reinforcing  Agents

 Fine powders  used to increase the  strength, hardness and abrasion
 resistance of  rubber.  Reinforcing agents used in the rubber processing
 include carbon black, zinc  oxide, and hydrated silicas.

 Rotacure                            ;

 Trade name for a common curing press;

 SBR               .                                      .

 Styrene butadiene rubber.  A synthetic rubber made either by emulsion or
 solution  polymerization of styrene and butadiene.

Soapstone

A substance used to prevent rubber stocks from
 sticking  together during periods of storage.  Used in both a dry and
 solution form.  The major ingredient is usually clay.
                              238

-------
          Solution                                                ;

          A uniformly dispersed mixture at the molecular  level  of  one or more
          substances in one or more other substances.

          Stripper           .            :
                                   <     •    " •                    r

          A device in which relatively volatile components  are  removed from a
          mixture by distillation or by passage of steam  through the  mixture.
          A division of a particular industry which possesses  different traits
    «     which affect water quality and treatability.

          Surface Waters                                        "

          The waters of the United  States  including the territorial seas.

          Vulcanization

'          Vulcanization is the process  by  which plastic rubber is converted into
'          the elastic rubber or hard rubber  state.   The process  is brought about
/          by linking of macro-molecules at their reactive  sites.

          Wet Air-Pollution Control

          The technique of air pollution abatement  utilizing water! as an
          absorptive media.
                                        '239

-------
                                     TABLE 44
                                  CONVERSION TABLE                 '

 MULTIPLY (ENGLISH UNITS)                    by                TO OBTAIN (METRIC UNITS)

     ENGLISH UNIT      ABBREVIATION    CONVERSION   ABBREVIATION   METRIC UNIT
 acre                    ac
 acre - feet             ac ft
 British Thermal
   Unit                  BTU
 British Thermal
   Unit/pound            BTU/lb
 cubic feet/rninute       cfm
.;cubic feet/second       cfs
 cubic feet              cu ft
 cubic feet   •           cu ft
 cubic inches            cu in
 degree Fahrenheit       °F
 feet                    ft
 gallon                  gal
 gallon/minute           gpm
 horsepower              hp
 Inches                  in
 Inches of mercury       in Hg
 pounds                  Ib
 million gallons/day     mgd
 mile                    mi
 pound/square
   inch (gauge)           psig
 square feet             sq ft
 square inches           sq in
 ton (short)             ton
 yard                   .yd
 * Actual  conversion,  not a multiplier
0.405
1233.5
0.252
0.555 :
0.028
1.7 i
0.028
•28.32 ;
16.39
0.555(°F-32)*
0.3048:
3.785
0.0631
0.74571
2.54 ;
0.03342
0.454
3,785
1.609 :
i
(0.06805 psig +1)*
0.0929
6.452
0.907
0.9144.
ha
cu m
kg cal
kg cal /kg
cu m/min
cu m/min
cu m
1
cu cm
°C
m
1
I/sec
kw
cm
atm
kg
cu m/day
km

atm
sq m
sq cm
kkg
m
hectares
cubic meters

kilogram - calories

kilogram calories/kilogram
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters/minute
cubic meters
liters
cubic centimeters
degree Centigrade
meters
liters
liters/second
klllowatts
centimeters
atmospheres
kilograms
cubic meters/day
kilometer

atmospheres (absolute)
square meters
square centimeters
metric ton (1000 kilograms)
meter

                                         240
                                                          * U.S.WVW»«IOtT nHimie CTOL117$- 582-421/255

-------